HGBooks September Kit 2018 by Hardie Grant Publishing

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Destination Flavour People and Places Adam Liaw

C OV E R

Celebrate Adam Liaw's favourite food, people and stories from across Australia, New Zealand, China, Japan, Singapore and Scandinavia, and peek behind the scenes of the acclaimed TV series Destination Flavour.

DRAF T

In Destination Flavour, food writer and presenter Adam Liaw curates the best recipes and stories from the acclaimed television series, along with dozens of brand new dishes encountered in his travels. Celebrating food, people and places across six chapters, this book features more than 80 authentic and achievable recipes, unique stories of people Adam has met along the way, stunning food and travel photography, behind-the-scenes insights into the making of the show and candid moments from the road. This is the book that fans of the show have been waiting for.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$50.00 | NZ$55.00

ISBN

9781743794487

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

270 x 215 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full-colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Adam Liaw is a unique voice in Australian food. He is a food columnist for Fairfax and The Guardian, and the author of five hugely popular cookbooks on Asian cuisines. On television, Adam hosts the prime-time SBS food and travel program, Destination Flavour, soon to be in its sixth season and recently awarded the ACTAA for the Best Lifestyle Program for 2016 for Destination Flavour Scandinavia. Adam was the winner of MasterChef Australia’s blockbuster second series in 2010.

Key Information • • • • •

The book follows in the path established by another successful SBS series, Food Safari. Hardie Grant titles based on this show starring Maeve O’Meara have collectively sold more than 100,000 units. Publication in September comes ahead of prime-time screening of the sixth season of the highly successful Destination Flavour – expected in October and to run for 10 episode – coinciding with the key Christmas selling period. Adam won MasterChef Australia's blockbuster second series in 2010 and has become one of Australia's favourite cooks, authors and TV presenters. Adam has previously authored five best-selling cookbooks: Two Asian Kitchens, Asian After Work, Adam’s Big Pot, Asian Cookery School and The Zen Kitchen. Adam is a keen social media influencer. In 2015 Klout ranked his online presence as the most influential in the Australian food industry.

AUSTRALIA

This recipe always reminds me of my friend James (see page xxx), and is not intended to be a traditional carbonara. But I feel like I need to explain myself here, as it seems any time anyone makes anything that isn’t a straight-down-the-line carbonara, you can almost feel the entire Roman diaspora gathering the pitchforks. So for a classic Roman carbonara, just follow this recipe but use guanciale instead of pancetta, and leave out the garlic and watercress.

ADELAIDE HILLS CARBONARA PREPARATION 10 MINUTES COOKING 15 MINUTES SERVES 4

1 bunch watercress; you’ll need about 60 g (2 cups) picked leaves 2 tablespoons olive oil 2 garlic cloves, finely chopped 180 g pancetta, cut into thin slivers 2 whole eggs, plus 3 egg yolks 85 g grated pecorino 500 g dried spaghetti

Pick the small stalks and leaves from the watercress, discarding any thick stalks. Heat a frying pan over medium heat, add the oil and sauté the garlic and pancetta slowly for about 5 minutes, to render the fat from the pancetta and toast the garlic. When the fat has rendered, stir the watercress through to wilt it, then remove from the heat. In a bowl, beat the eggs and extra yolks well, then whisk the pecorino through and grind in plenty of black pepper. While the pancetta is cooking, bring a large pot of water to the boil and add a good amount of salt. Add the spaghetti and boil until just al dente. Reserve about 60 ml (¼ cup) of the pasta water, then drain the pasta and return it to the warm pot. Add the pancetta mixture and all the rendered oil, the egg and cheese mixture and the reserved pasta water. Stir briskly until the oil, egg, cheese and pasta water have combined and emusified to make a creamy sauce that coats the pasta. Serve immediately. NOTE The key to a creamy carbonara is emulsifying the oil from the cured meat, the egg yolk and cheese with the small amount of pasta water added. In Italian, this blending and finishing process is called mantecare, and it’s an absolutely vital technique to know if you want to make great pasta and risotto dishes.

1353 DFPP 01 AUSTRALIA_1_2.indd 32-33

13/3/18 1:33 pm

AUSTRALIA

STEVE SUNK I FIRST MET STEVE OUT THE BACK OF BEYOND, IN A TOWN CALLED HUMPTY DOO, A LITTLE SOUTH OF DARWIN IN THE NORTHERN TERRITORY. IF YOU JUDGED STEVE’S BOOK BY ITS COVER, YOU’D THINK HE’D BE THE KIND OF GUY TO ROUGH YOU UP IN A COUNTRY PUB FOR LOOKING AT HIM FUNNY.

But the reality is beautifully different. A big-hearted character with an easy laugh, Steve spends much of his time with remote Indigenous communities in the Territory teaching nutrition, hygiene and life skills through cooking. Although the communities are usually suspicious of outsiders, Steve spends weeks at a time with them, accepted through decades of building strong friendships. I took this photo in his shed, which doubles as his forge and foundry. He made me a beautiful set of knives with steel from old twisted shipping cables, and handles carved from camel bones. My favourite is a small, heavy boning knife I’ve dubbed ‘The Croc Knife’. It might be the only hand-made crocodile-boning knife in the world. Steve hammers the steel with an old hydraulic rock crusher he found abandoned in a field in South Australia. It sprays sparks of white-hot metal with every strike, which don’t seem to bother Steve much, despite his singlet and thongs. After the knives were made Steve put me to work, showing me how to fillet a crocodile tail and find the bolts of pungent fat that run down each fillet, which taint the flavour of the meat if not removed. My set of knives from Steve – complete with its one-of-akind ‘Croc Knife’ – is still one of my favourite gifts from all of my travels, and every time I use them they remind me of big Steve and his big heart.

1353 DFPP 01 AUSTRALIA_1_2.indd 46-47

13/3/18 1:33 pm

There are so many dishes in Chinese cuisine designed to show off the ostentatious expense of the ingredients, and by doing so the status and wealth of the person serving them. Unfortunately, many of those expensive ingredients in the past (such as shark fin) were expensive because of their rarity. As the focus within China and around the globe shifts to sustainability, there’s a push to modernise these dishes with ethical and sustainable alternatives chosen to show the ingredient’s quality rather than just its price.

CHINA

This version of the classic Shandong ‘Eight Immortals’ is designed for just that purpose.

EIGHT IMMORTALS CROSSING THE OCEAN PREPARATION 45 MINUTES + 30 MINUTES SOAKING + 15 MINUTES STANDING AND RESTING COOKING 30 MINUTES SERVES 6–8 AS PART OF A SHARED MEAL

5 dried shiitake mushrooms, soaked in 250 ml (1 cup) hot water for 30 minutes 8 asparagus spears 8 raw prawns, peeled and deveined 8 raw scallops, roe removed 1 reconstituted dried sea cucumber (available frozen from Asian grocers or specialty suppliers) 1 chicken breast 1 tinned abalone, very thinly sliced 80 g prosciutto, thinly sliced 1 litre (4 cups) strong chicken stock, fish stock or a combination of each 2 tablespoons shaoxing wine ½ teaspoon salt

In a saucepan, bring about 1 litre (4 cups) salted water to a simmer. Add the shiitake mushrooms and their soaking liquid and simmer for 10 minutes, then remove the mushrooms and set aside. In the same pan of broth, blanch the asparagus spears for 1 minute, then refresh in iced water. Blanch the prawns and scallops separately for about 1 minute each, or until just cooked, then set aside. Simmer the sea cucumber for 2 minutes and set aside. Finally, add the chicken breast to the broth and simmer for 5 minutes. Turn off the heat, cover with a lid and allow the chicken to stand for a further 10 minutes. Remove the chicken from the broth, reserving the broth. Rest the chicken for 5 minutes, then thinly slice into medallions. Halve the prawns along their length, and halve the scallops horizontally. Thinly slice the shiitake mushrooms, abalone and sea cucumber. Cut the asparagus into 5 cm lengths. Arrange the chicken, seafood, blanched vegetables and prosciutto slices, in eight separate wedges, in a shallow presentation bowl. Meanwhile, in a separate saucepan, bring the stock to a simmer and add the shaoxing wine, salt, soy sauce and ginger. Add about 500 ml (2 cups) of the reserved blanching broth and adjust the seasoning of the soup to taste. It should be strongly savoury. Serve the arranged ingredients and soup separately, and pour the hot soup over the arranged ingredients just before eating.

½ teaspoon soy sauce 3 slices fresh ginger

1353 DFPP 02 CHINA_1.indd 92-93

15/3/18 5:24 pm

SCANDINAVIA

1353 DFPP 03 SCANDI_1_2.indd 98-99

One thing I love about Destination Flavour is that we get to take our program to the most interesting places in the world for food from one series to the next. It wasn’t so long ago that Scandinavian food would barely have registered in a discussion of ‘important’ cuisines. The New Nordic food movement changed all that. It’s hard to really explain just how influential the movement was, but I think it’s safe to say that it has been as impactful on the way people eat all around the world as nouvelle cuisine was in the 1970s. Perhaps even more so.

13/3/18 1:31 pm

112

SCANDINAVIA

113

DAG LINDEBJERG THE SEAFOOD SITUATION IN THE NORWEGIAN TOWN OF BERGEN IS UNLIKE ANYTHING I’VE EVER SEEN. AN INTRICATE NETWORK OF SMALL ISLANDS MEANS THAT THE WATERS AROUND THE TOWN ARE A HAVEN FOR HUNDREDS OF DIFFERENT SEAFOOD SPECIES, WHICH COME IN TO ESCAPE THE RAVAGES OF THE NORTH SEA.

Every few weeks a new species swims in and the residents of Bergen, whose summer houses line the shores, either jump in their boats, or just head out to their back decks stretching out over the water and, by pot, net or line, just haul in their next meal. In the summer the waters teem with hundreds of thousands of delicious brown crabs, and a crab pot dropped in the water is sure to be filled when it’s next pulled up. It’s easier than going to the supermarket. My guide through the waters of Bergen was Dag Lindebjerg, a man they often call ‘Mr West Coast’. What he doesn’t know about the waters of Norway’s west coast isn’t worth knowing. Dag is a renaissance man. A former sailor, journalist, broadcaster, sports commentator and Olympic swimming coach, Dag retired in 2013 and spends much of his time aboard his wooden boat Lindy, exploring the waterways and fjords of western Norway. It’s an idyllic life, and one I hope one day to emulate. Among Dag’s long list of accomplishments perhaps he’s earned his happiness, but I’ll always remember him for teaching me how to make the perfect crab sandwich.

1353 DFPP 03 SCANDI_1_2.indd 112-113

13/3/18 1:31 pm

SCANDINAVIA

114

Cooking seafood in the water it was caught in is one of the simplest and most satisfying experiences. It’s a perfect representation of connecting yourself to your food, and your food to its surroundings.

BROWN CRABS IN BEER WITH BROWN BUTTER MAYONNAISE KRABBEFEST PREPARATION 10 MINUTES COOKING 15 MINUTES SERVES 4

Chill the crabs for around 20 minutes in the freezer, or on ice, until they are asleep.

4 brown crabs, or 2 mud crabs

Fill a very large pot with clean sea water, or water with salt added. Add the additional salt, sugar, beer, halved lemons and dill and place the pot over high heat.

2 tablespoons salt 2 tablespoons sugar 1 bottle [330 ml?] dark lager or dark ale 2 lemons, halved ½ bunch dill, roughly torn lemon wedges, to serve crusty bread, to serve BROWN BUTTER MAYONNAISE

200 g butter 100 ml grapeseed oil, or other neutral-flavoured oil 2 egg yolks 2 tablespoons lemon juice a pinch of salt

1353 DFPP 03 SCANDI_1_2.indd 114-115

When the liquid starts to steam, add the crabs and continue to heat. The liquid will start to simmer after about 10 minutes, at which point it is time to remove the cooked crabs. For the brown butter mayonnaise, melt the butter in a small saucepan over medium heat and continue to cook for around 5 minutes, until it browns and has a nutty aroma. Add the oil, remove from heat and set aside for a few minutes to cool slightly. In a small bowl, mix the egg yolks and lemon juice using a hand-held stick blender, then add the brown butter mixture in a stream until a thick mayonnaise forms. Serve the crabs immediately, with the mayonnaise, lemon wedges and crusty bread. NOTE For Dag Lindebjerg’s (see page xxx) perfect Norwegian crab sandwich, spread a piece of bread with plenty of the mayonnaise, top with a generous amount of brown crabmeat or tomalley (preferably from a female crab), then add a pile of claw meat (preferably from a male crab) on top.

13/3/18 1:31 pm

171

Kara-age is one of my favourite Japanese dishes and can be found on izakaya menus everywhere. An izakaya is a casual-style of Japanese restaurant found all over Japan, and they’re a great place to catch up with friends to share a good meal and a few cold beers. Kara-age means ‘empty fry’ or ‘naked fry’, which refers to the chicken being fried without a thick batter; instead, a flavourful soy-based marinade sits underneath a very light flour coating, giving the dish its name.

JAPAN

170

Frying the chicken in three short blasts at high heat with rests in between produces a crispy outer coating, while residual heat gently cooks the interior, for tender and succulent meat.

TRIPLE-FRIED KARA-AGE 三度揚げ唐揚げ

PREPARATION 15 MINUTES + 15 MINUTES STANDING COOKING 15 MINUTES SERVES 4, AS PART OF A SHARED MEAL

3–4 boneless chicken thighs (around 600 g), skin on 60 ml (¼ cup) light soy sauce 2 tablespoons sake 1 tablespoon grated fresh ginger, juice only ½ teaspoon sugar

Place the flour on a tray or in a large bowl. Using chopsticks, pull the chicken out of the marinade and drop it into the flour, one piece at a time. (Adding the pieces one at a time helps avoid pouring in too much marinade, and stops the chicken sticking together.) Shake any excess flour from the chicken and place on a tray in a single layer. Allow the floured chicken to stand, uncovered, for at least 5 minutes before frying. In a wide saucepan, heat the oil to 180°C.

about 2 litres (8 cups) rice bran, canola, sunflower or other vegetable oil, for deep-frying

Working in batches, deep-fry the chicken three times. For each batch, deep-fry the chicken for 1 minute, then remove to a rack and rest for 30 seconds. Return the chicken to the oil and fry for 30 seconds, then rest on a rack again for another 30 seconds. Add the chicken back into the oil for one last blast of 30 seconds to 1 minute, then rest for 2 minutes on a wire rack.

Japanese mayonnaise, to serve

Serve the chicken with a lemon wedge, and a little Japanese mayonnaise scattered with shichimi togarashi, if desired.

90 g (¾ cup) potato flour, or cornflour

lemon slices, to serve shichimi togarashi (Japanese seven-spice), to serve (optional)

1353 DFPP 04 JAPAN_1_2.indd 170-171

Cut the chicken into 5 cm pieces. Combine in a bowl with the soy sauce, sake, ginger juice and sugar and stand for 10 minutes.

NOTE Allowing the coated chicken to stand for 5 minutes before frying allows the flour to absorb the flavour of the marinade, and then dry slightly. This little resting time is the secret for producing crispy and flavourful kara-age.

13/3/18 1:28 pm

hardie grant publishing ADVANCE INFORMATION

hardiegrant.com

Destination Flavour Pack GTIN: 9349685009771

C OV E R

RRP: $600 With discount: $300

DRAF T

12 copy pack & poster with 50% discount

NZ RRP: $660 With discount: $330

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

From the Earth World’s Great, Rare and Almost Forgotten Vegetables Peter Gilmore

C OV E R

From the Earth is a celebration of 50 unique and exotic heirloom vegetables and plants through the seasons. Some the author grows himself in his experimental garden on Sydney’s northern beaches, while others come from suppliers he has developed close and lasting relationships with over his 15 years as executive chef at Quay.

DRAF T

The book includes botanical illustrations, as well as full-colour photography by Brett Stevens, as well as key information about each vegetable (family group; history and origin; traditional cooking uses; growing conditions; anecdotal stories; and why the author loves them!) and a recipe inspired by the vegetable.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$80.00 | NZ$90.00

ISBN

9781743793480

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

320 x 240 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full-colour photography, and illustrations, throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The recipes range from simple – about the cooking technique with little adornment – to more complex dishes that may feature at Peter's restaurants Bennelong or Quay. All are approachable and achievable in the home kitchen, but in some cases assume a level of competency. The key, always, is celebrating the organic beauty of the vegetables and allowing them to shine. In the chef's words: 'Simplicity is key, with a little bit of complexity thrown in'. Recipes include Fried puntarelle chicory, Kyoto red carrot salad (sheep’s milk feta, smoked almond, sherry caramel), Slow braised roveja peas (fermented mushroom and black garlic purée) and Slow cooked galeux d’ eysines pumpkin (aged comte cream, truffle). In addition, the book profiles, in words and pictures, chef Gilmore's home garden and the evolution of his now abiding passion for it, as well as five of his most loyal growers and seed suppliers.

Author Details Peter Gilmore is one of the most acclaimed chefs in Australia and his restaurant, Quay (where he has been executive chef since 2001), is one of the most awarded. It has held the prestigious three-hat and three-star rating in the Sydney Morning HeraldGood Food Guide and Gourmet Traveller Restaurant Guide for 13 consecutive years. As well, it has ranked in the S Pellegrino World's 50 Best restaurants since 2009 (as high as 26th in the world in 2011). Peter describes his cuisine as 'food inspired by nature' and his garden as his 'place of wonderment and imagination'. It is from his garden that the inspiration for world-class dishes comes. He sources rare plants and heirloom vegetable seeds, as well as growing his own at his home property – consisting of four 10 metre–long raised garden beds – on Sydney's northern beaches. If vegetables work here, they're grown for his restaurants on a larger scale. He was inspired to cook at a young age and started his apprenticeship at 16, then spent his 20s working in kitchens overseas and in country New South Wales. He received critical recognition as head chef at De Beers Restaurant at Whale Beach in 2000, and moved on to Quay – part of the Fink Restaurant Group – in 2001. He also oversees Bennelong at the Opera House, another Fink Group restaurant. His previous books are Quay (2010) and Organum (2014).

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

DRAF T

C OV E R

Key Information

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$80.00 | NZ$90.00

ISBN

9781743793480

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

320 x 240 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full-colour photography, and illustrations, throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

From the Earth follows from the success of Quay (2010) and Organum (2014).

•

It capitalises on the global name Peter has established for himself as a cook who places the highest importance on the origins and quality of the ingredients he plates at his iconic harbourside Sydney restaurant. It reflects the journey he has undertaken since moving out of central Sydney and discovering the joys – personally and professionally – of cultivating vegetables from seed.

•

It will appeal to fans of his work at Quay and Bennelong, including global restaurant watchers who have observed his continued success as part of the S.Pellegrino awards; gardeners; and people who appreciate the beauty of next level organic, heirloom vegetables.

I N T RODUC T ION

I planted my first vegetable garden about twelve years ago; for the first time in my adult life I had moved into a house with a reasonable size backyard. I decided to plant a herb garden and experiment with a few vegetables. I was instantly hooked, the idea that you could plant a small seed and that within a few days it would spring to life from the earth. A small green shoot would appear with all of this potential for life which would turn into a more substantial plant and in the case of the humble pea, climb up a trellis and eventually start to flower. The flowers would be pollinated and turn into the beginnings of a very small pea pod, that pod would grow and provide sustenance, beauty and flavour and then if that pod was allowed to mature further new seeds would form inside, hundreds of them on a single plant. These seeds could be saved, stored and each seed would grow a new plant next season. Of course, I knew this was how it worked but I hadn’t experienced it first hand before. I hadn’t realised just how wonderful it was. What a truly, deeply amazing gift nature had provided. Then I discovered just how many remarkable varieties of vegetables are actually available. I started to devour seed catalogues and my humble garden bed grew to take over the whole of the backyard including my sons’ soccer pitch which they were not impressed with. I remember buying them a trampoline to make up for it thinking the trampoline would take up a lot less space but then I even planted potatoes underneath it. As a chef, I then started to question why I couldn’t buy some of these varieties I was growing for the restaurant. I wanted to use purple and white carrots, not just orange ones. I wanted some of the amazing varieties of radishes that I was growing, ones that were the colour of watermelon inside. I wanted to use the flowers from the peas I was growing. Twelve years ago, in Australia you couldn’t find some of these varieties in the market place so I decided I would approach farmers directly. I met with a couple of local market farmers who grew close to Sydney and asked them, “would you grow multi coloured carrots and pea flowers for me?” I was met with, “carrots are orange mate.” “No, I’m not going to grow a field of peas for you and go out each morning and pick flowers. If I grow peas, I will plant a whole field, wait until the peas are ready, go out and pick the whole field and send them to market just the once.” Eventually I found some like-minded, small scale passionate growers who were willing to work with me. They were prepared to grow more unusual, often heirloom varieties for the restaurant and I was willing to pay a premium for them. It gave me a much wider palette of beautiful ingredients to work from and the deal gave them a new market and a better livelihood. It was the beginning of a new revolution in produce here in Australia, a direct relationship between farmer and restaurant with no middle man, this was especially true from a city restaurant point of view. Of course this type of thing had been happening in Europe for decades but it wasn’t really happening in Australia back then. Most city restaurants just placed an order with a fruit and vegetable distributor who just bought what was available at the Sydney Markets. My small-scale farmers gradually became bigger and were able to start supplying other Sydney restaurants directly as well. Fast forward a decade or so and a lot of the produce that I wasn’t able to buy back then

F ROM T HE E ARTH

Black Chickpea FA M I LY

FABACEAE

SPECIES

CICER ARIETINUM

C U LT I VA R

CECI NERI DELLA MURGIA

ith an estimated 10 million hectares across the world dedicated to growing them, the chickpea is one of the most important pulse crops on earth. A legume of the Fabaceae family, it is believed that the chickpea originated in the fertile crescent of modern Turkey, Syria and Iran. It is one of the earliest cultivated legumes, with chickpea remains found in the Middle East dating back to around 7000 BC. Having been gradually introduced to the Mediterranean region, chickpeas reached the Indian subcontinent by 2000 BC. — Chickpeas are cheap to buy – much cheaper than most protein sources – and contain a wide range of amino acids. High in fibre, low in fat and containing phosphorous, calcium and iron, they are widely used in Middle Eastern dishes such as falafel and hummus as well as stews and soups. On the Indian subcontinent they form an important part of a predominantly vegetarian diet, where they are also processed into a flour (besan) used to cook bhaji, pakoras, breads and some dhals. — There are many cultivars of chickpeas but they generally fall into two main groups: desi (microsperma) cultivars, which produce smaller, darker seeds and are predominantly found in the Indian subcontinent, Ethiopia and Iran; and kabuli (macrosperma) cultivars, which produce relatively large, plump seeds with a smooth, cream-coloured coat and are largely grown through Afghanistan, North Africa, western Asia, southern Europe and the West ern hemisphere. — Chickpeas thrive in a sunny site with a cool, dry climate and a well-drained soil (they are generally grown on heavy black or red soils with a pH of 5.5–8.6). While chickpeas can be cultivated in tropical and subtropical climates, they do not do well in humid and low-lying tropical areas with excessive rains. — The Ceci Neri della Murgia chickpea is a desi cultivar, though larger in size and with an even darker black colour than the ones found in India. It was grown in the southern regions of Murgia in Apulia during the 19th century as an important protein source for rural families, though over time it almost disappeared from cultivation, falling out of production for more profitable crops such as olives and grapes. Being listed by the Slow Food Foundation has helped revive these black chickpeas, bringing them to the attention of artisan food importers and chefs, with six farmers from a local Slow Food Presidium having started to produce them again using integrated farming techniques. — The pods of Ceci Neri della Murgia can be harvested while they are still green; each contains two small chickpeas which are initially green in colour with a tinge of black – it is only once fully dried that the seeds become jet black in colour. (There are other chickpea cultivars that remain green even after they are dried and there exists a red variety of chickpea that, despite my best efforts, I have not yet been able to track down). I love these particular chickpeas for their nutty, rich flavour and striking black colour, and find them easy to grow in my home garden in Sydney.

F ro m T h e E a rt h 13

BLACK CHICK PEAS SLOW LY BR AISED IN ROAST ED ONION JUICE SERVES

The striking black chickpeas are the star of this dish. Their flavour is enhanced by cooking them slowly in a roasted onion juice, adding a depth and complexity that is set off by a little garlic cream and some fried wakame seaweed.

CHICKPEAS

GARLIC CREAM

400 g (14 oz) black chickpeas 1.5 litres (51 fl oz/6 cups) filtered water

24 garlic cloves, peeled 1.5 litres (51 fl oz/6 cups) milk 50 g (1¾ oz) unsalted butter 2 shallots, finely diced 20 g (¾ oz) inner celery stalk, white part only, finely diced 500 ml (17 fl oz/2 cups) Vegetable Stock (see Basics, page XX) 2 tablespoons crème fraîche sea salt

Add the chickpeas to a bowl, cover with the water and leave to soak overnight.

ROASTED ONION JUICE 1 kg (2 lb 3 oz) rock salt 10 large brown onions 100 g (3½ oz) shiitake mushrooms, sliced 1 x 10 cm (4 in) square dried kombu seaweed 1 tablespoon brown rice vinegar

Add the garlic cloves and 500 ml (17 fl oz/2 cups) of the milk to a saucepan. Bring to a simmer and cook for 2 minutes, then strain the garlic and discard the milk. Return the garlic to the pan and repeat this process twice more. (Triple blanching your garlic like this helps to reduce the intensity of its flavour, preventing it from being overpowering in the finished cream.) Melt the butter in a separate saucepan, add the shallot and celery and gently sauté until translucent. Add the blanched garlic and vegetable stock and simmer until virtually all the liquid has evaporated, then transfer the mixture to a food processor or blender and blitz on high speed for 1 minute until smooth. Pass through a fine-mesh sieve, stir in the crème fraîche and season with sea salt. Refrigerate until required.

Preheat the oven to 200°C (400°F) and cover a baking tray in a layer of rock salt. Cut each onion in half leaving the skins intact, then place the onion halves, cut side up, on the rock salt. Roast for 45 minutes, or until the onions are well coloured and soft to the touch. Dust the salt off the onion halves, then transfer to a large bowl, cover with plastic wrap and leave for 30 minutes to sweat. Once sweated, strain and reserve the onion juice and pass the onion flesh through a cold press juicer. Strain and combine the extracted juice with the reserved onion juice in a heavy-based saucepan, bring to a gentle boil together with the sliced shiitakes and cook until reduced by half. Remove from the heat and add the kombu seaweed and vinegar. Leave to cool, then strain, discarding the solids. Set aside.

Additional ingredients (optional) 2 tablespoons shredded dried wakame seaweed, soaked in cold water for 1–2 hours and patted dry 500 ml (17 fl oz/2 cups) grapeseed oil

To serve If garnishing with seaweed, place the wakame on a baking tray and semi-dehydrate in a dehydrator or a very low oven preheated to 80°C (175°F) for 2 hours, or until the seaweed is quite dry but still flexible. Heat the grapeseed oil to 180°C (350°F) in a large saucepan, add the semi-dehydrated seaweed in small batches and fry until crispy. Drain on paper towel and set aside in an airtight container until needed. Drain the soaked chickpeas, place them in a medium saucepan and pour over enough cold water to cover them by 10 cm (4 in). Bring to a gentle boil and cook for 15–20 minutes, adding additional water if necessary, until tender. Strain the chickpeas and transfer them to a clean saucepan with the reduced onion broth. Bring to a simmer over a high heat and cook for a further 20 minutes, or until the chickpeas have absorbed most but not all of the onion juice. Season with sea salt to taste. Reheat the garlic cream. Place a large spoonful of chickpeas in the centre of each bowl and ladle over some of the excess juice. Top with a spoonful of garlic cream and garnish with the fried seaweed, if using.

F ROM T HE E ARTH 16

Trentino Cabbage Turnip FA M I LY

BRASSICACEAE

SPECIES

BRASSICA OLERACEA

C U LT I VA R

NAONE ROSSE ANTICA TRENTINO

first came across the Trentino cabbage turnip in an article by Joseph Simcox of The Rare Vegetable Seed Consortium. A self-labelled ‘botanical explorer’, Joe travels the world in search of rare and unusual fruits and vegetables, collecting and saving seeds, and discovered this particular vegetable at a rare vegetable seed exchange in Northern Italy. According to Plinio Pancirolle, the editor of the regional country association for the Northern Italian region of Trentino, the Naone Rosse Antica has been raised in the area for more than 2000 continuous years, a claim substantiated by historical records. — Despite the name, Plinio and his colleagues claim that the Trentino cabbage turnip, because of its flavour, texture and leaves, is not actually part of the brassica rapa (turnip) species but belongs to brassica oleracea (cabbage) instead. Botanical information in this area shows extensive crossover between brassica species with many overlapping and conflicting definitions – whichever way it goes, this is a unique and ancient vegetable that needs to be celebrated. It has a succulent texture and mild flavour that is best enjoyed raw. — When I first grew this vegetable, I planted the seeds in mid-autumn. It did take some time for the swollen tap root to develop but it became very large by early spring, about the size of a soccer ball. There are two varieties of the Trentino Cabbage Turnip available, the redskinned, red-leafed variety Naone Rosse Antica, and the green-skinned variety Naone Giallo Antica. Both varieties have white flesh and are equally delicious.

F ro m T h e E a rt h 61

SA LA D OF R AW T R EN TINO CA BBAGE TUR NIP WIT H CA PER VINAIGR ET T E SERVES

Like a cross between celeriac and kohlrabi, the flavour of this rare cabbage turnip lends itself well to this caper vinaigrette preparation. This salad would make a great accompaniment to roast chicken. 1 large Trentino cabbage turnip 2 tablespoons salted capers, rinsed 1 tablespoon finely diced shallot ½ teaspoon finely diced garlic 2 tablespoons lemon juice 70 ml (2¼ fl oz) good-quality apple-cider vinegar sea salt and freshly ground black pepper 200 ml (7 fl oz) extra-virgin olive oil 1 tablespoon finely julienned flat-leaf (Italian) parsley 1 tablespoon sliced chives about 30 pea tendrils about 30 pea flowers about 40 small nasturtium leaves

Use a sharp knife to peel the cabbage turnip, then cut into thin 1-cm (½-in) wide ribbons using a mandoline. Transfer the ribbons to a large bowl of iced water and leave for 1 hour. Meanwhile, add the capers, shallot, garlic, lemon juice, vinegar and a pinch each of salt and pepper to a bowl and mix well. Leave to macerate for 1 hour. Once macerated, slowly whisk the extra-virgin olive oil into the caper mixture to form an emulsion, then stir through the parsley and chives. Drain and dry the cabbage turnip ribbons well, add to the bowl with the vinaigrette and toss together. Place the dressed cabbage turnip on a large platter and garnish with the pea tendrils, pea flowers and nasturtium leaves.

F ROM T HE E ARTH 62

Grower

HAYDENDRUCE & ERIKAWATSON H AW K E S BU RY

REGION

form. The joy of picking a ripe cob in the height of summer and peeling back its husk to expose the milky white jewels makes the wait worthwhile.Bea volorepudam, sequi sume omnistis et, inulluptio blaudis doluptat aut ligendiscit destis et assum a dolorporerum illuptatemo blaborrum ipsundi optatem con con prem el il inulpar iostiaero to te pro etur, occatenisquo dipsam es everistis ut pliqui to berovid et qui volla ped ma diti cum fuga. Officid eruptam corestium alit, saperenditio offic tet volendantem autem iunt, exces eossinv elibus volesecum cusaperis qui aut quo te velendae la quam doluptat.— Caborpo rehenisquo dus sed maximo ipsam velibusape none non pa voleni reium ium, netur?—Berum quatisque sa conse landeni minveli berrum de nonsequis sint anis ipiendenit pliquiae nonsedis ipsapel ipiendae officiliqui comnis sandaec eaquia netur maxim verro quiaspelenet la nobis dolupta ssuntet quisimu stibus delenim vercimi, samendus elendici unt quo dolo dolendit que ped utatur aut facidestia idus volorei caboria placesciist, solliae. Ro intionseque sitaquid modit qui utessi coribus est quas aut ad ut faciam dem aut vellece aribusdant landelit odi vendi volorepudi odipis et res rest eturi nim il intia doluptas volorep rendit, coreprate aut que periorio. Ximet ipsam ent.—Veliquasitia cupidel liquae nimusam voluptam quiatis re nis ad molorepe cullecestrum aborpor rumquiducid quo quam idiamus, conempero comnis dernati blantiatur, optatis dis et et enimus sint quis ad quas eum fuga. Inctem quas as deniet, con prae venecatquis sendiorrunt quasper ehenihit et alique plique nobis aborionsed quiatecto bea sit, ipsus et que derum ex explatenis dolesequas eum quatus.

T ountry Gentleman corn is an heirloom variety developed and introduced to the American market in 1890 by S.D Woodruff & Sons. This ‘shoepeg’ corn has sweet, milky white kernels tightly and unevenly packed in zig zag like patterns. I love the irregular patterns and when picked young this corn is deliciously sweet.—Corn is also referred to as zea-mays or maize and belongs to the Poaceae family of flowering plants known as grasses. The Poaceae is an important plant family that provides many cereal crops such as maize, wheat, rice, barley, oats and millet. Other relatives in this family group include lemongrass, rye, sugarcane and bamboo.—Corn’s genetic lineage can be traced back to Mesoamerica (Central America and Mexico) from a selection of wild grasses called teosintes. It is thought that naturally occurring mutations together with human selection of certain species transformed these ancient varieties of wild grasses into the cultivated plant now called maize or corn. Archaeological evidence shows that maize has been cultivated for some 7000 years.—When growing corn, it is important to remember to plant in groups / blocks rather than single rows. Corn is wind pollinated, so this technique will aid better pollination. Corn prefers full sun and needs a nutrient rich, loamy soil to grow well. In cooler climates corn seeds should be planted once the soil is beginning to warm and there is no danger of frosts. From seed to harvest will be about 90 days.—Corn is a majestic plant to watch grow from the initial shoot to its towering 8-foot height. Watching its tassels sway in the wind and knowing that pollination is underway gives me a sense of anticipation for the ripening cobs beginning to

F ROM T HE E ARTH

204

205

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Farm Community Emma Lane and Tom Lane

C OV E R

This is the story of a farm built with the involvement of the local community. The Farm at Byron Bay has since become a diverse community of its own, made up of organic farmers, growers, chefs, bakers – all united by the common values of simplicity, sustainability and real food.

DRAF T

The Farm Community is a blueprint for adopting those values and connecting with your own community, no matter whether you’re in the city, the suburbs or the countryside. Alongside stories of The Farm’s community, you will find simple steps to living more sustainably with rewarding projects like making your own compost bucket, companion planting and drying flowers. The book also includes more than fifty recipes collected from across the community, celebrating The Farm’s real food ethos.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781743794661

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Non Fic General

Format

270 x 215 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Emma and Tom Lane once led big-city lives in fast-paced jobs in the advertising and fashion industries. They traded it in to establish The Farm in Byron Bay, to create a different life for themselves and their four children, where they could understand where their food comes from, develop a love of the land and be a part of a real community.

Key Information •

The Farm – while also being a working farm – is one of Byron Bay’s most popular tourist destinations, with hundreds of thousands of visitors each year and over 150 thousand followers across social media channels.

•

Recipes include contributions from Byron Bay institutions such as Three Blue Ducks, Stone & Wood and Brookfarm, as well as simple family dishes from the tables of the Lane family and the rest of The Farm community.

•

Stunning photography transports you to The Farm and the beautiful surrounds of iconic Byron Bay.

•

Emma and Tom are passionate about sharing everything they have learned in their switch to sustainable community living; their story will inspire others to make their own easy changes.

( emma & tom.)

From historic environmental protests such as the Bentley coal-seam gas uprising in our local community to the resurgence of community gardens in urban communities to the current trend in crowdfunding projects, communities have formed to create and sustain a sense of belonging and purpose united by a common goal. We all like to feel part of a community and take in the benefits it provides. In recent years, there has been a movement back towards the value of community – after all, we are ultimately social creatures wired to work as a team. As a society, we are all looking for more meaningful ways to connect and be involved in a greater cause, a project that may improve not just our lives but the lives of our community and the environment in which we live. One of the strongest and most rewarding ways to connect is through the growing and sharing of food. Real food. Thousands of years ago our ancestors knew this but, with the advent of machinery and a decline in organic farming practices in the twentieth century, we began to forget about the importance of growing food as part of a community. The emphasis became about mass production rather than quality, with machinery replacing humans, and synthetic fertilisers, pesticides and genetic modification replacing traditional practices.

But people began to question the potential negative effects these ‘improvements’ were having on our community, socially, politically and environmentally. Fortunately, in recent times there has been a return to traditional organic farming methods. Farmers are consciously choosing to be pesticide free, which is not only improving our environment, but also, importantly, the toxic load on people. Deep down, we all know this is a better way for the sustainable future of our planet. The Farm at Byron Bay is a place where a group of people are working together as a community for a more sustainable future. We want to show that by working as a community, following organic farming principles, we too can enjoy the real food that our ancestors enjoyed. It’s about the joy of simple living. You can taste the difference in every bite. The Farm Community is a book about the power of working in a community of people driven by a similar goal. We explore community through a selection of recipes and ‘how-to’s’ all brought about by the connections we have created on The Farm: a real working farm with sustainable farming practices and a deep passion for real food and wellbeing at its heart.

Something wonderful happens when you work in a community of people pulled together by a common goal. There is a certain misconception around the idea of going it alone and the satisfaction that solo achievements can bring. But many of the world’s greatest achievements have only been accomplished through the help of a community.

Our ethos to ‘grow, feed, educate and give back’ propels us. ‘Grow’ is not just about growing food – it’s about growing a community. ’Feed’ is about feeding our bodies, but also our souls. ‘Educate’ helps us to create a ripple effect around our mission of increasing wellbeing, and we ‘give back’ to the community through social enterprises as well as giving back to the land so that it can continue to nurture future generations. It really is one big cycle of life. Organic farming practices are important to us. Unlike conventional farming practices, we now realise that giving back to the soil and the land and not just taking is paramount. While The Farm is not yet certified organic, we adhere strictly to organic farming principles. This means we are all about soil conservation, composting and farm diversity. All food is grown without the use of synthetic pesticides and fertilisers and our animals do not take antibiotics or hormones. ‘Organic’ is a complete mindset where we recognise that The Farm has its own delicate ecosystem, much like our human bodies. We take a proactive approach to the soil and its fertility, and rely on beneficial insects and natural predators to maintain the delicate ecosystem. While studies so far do not necessarily prove that organic food is any more nutritious than conventionally grown food, eating organic does certainly limit our exposure to pesticides and antibiotic-resistant bugs. The latest research from the British Journal of Nutrition claims that organic foods can boost a person’s antioxidant intake by 40 per cent so this, together with the reduction of pesticides being ingested, must ultimately lead to a healthier life. This principle in itself ties in beautifully with our mission of increasing health and wellbeing from the soil up.

OUR ANIMAL COMMUNITY We have a community of animals at The Farm and these creatures are as important as the people. In the animal ‘Farmily’ we have Bond Brown chickens, English Large Black pigs and a variety of cattle breeds, including Scottish Highlanders, Murray Greys, Black Angus and Herefords. Our philosophy with our animals is to give them an opportunity to live as naturally as nature would allow. Our animals have up to seven times more space to roam compared to the industry standard. All our animals are raised on pasture and are regularly rotated to new pastures to give them a diversity of food. In turn, the animals fertilise the pastures with their droppings to help regenerate the land. In the Farmyard chapter of this book you will get to know our animals in more detail (we have some favourite characters that are not all for eating!) and their dedicated carers. We will explore the importance of good animal husbandry with our leading educators. We will discuss the importance of ‘snout to tail’ eating in today’s society of waste and overconsumption. There are numerous delicious recipes from our farm community and discussions around the importance of pasture raising animals and the effect this has on our own health.

THE FARM’S ETHOS AND ORGANIC PRINCIPLES

Grant.

Josh and Lynette.

Passion Plot at The Farm

Greens from The Farm

Chapter One

The Market Garden

We have known Josh and Lynette for nearly ten years; they have been with us since the beginning of The Farm. The ‘leg up’ they were given at The Farm was invaluable for them in starting their own market garden. Their produce business, Greens from The Farm, now occupies a 1.5-acre plot in the Market Garden at The Farm, and their entire harvest of seasonal produce is sold to the Three Blue Ducks restaurant, The Produce Store and to The Bread Social bakery next door. They also supply sunflowers to the flower nursery during the warmer months. Making a livelihood growing organic produce wasn’t always on the radar for Josh and Lynette. Josh worked at the Retravision store in Byron Bay for ten years, while Lynette was a chef from Sydney with time in the kitchen at Icebergs and Bills. She made the move to Byron Bay, where she met Josh and became head chef at local restaurant Fishheads before setting up her own meal delivery business, Dine at Home. That’s how we met Lynette. She had Josh come on board to help us grow and cook our fresh farm produce from our garden at home in Federal. In

hindsight, this was their trial ground for what was around the corner. When we invited Josh and Lynette to be the first growers to take on their own Market Garden plot at The Farm, they took a leap. They also tied the knot! But there was no time for a honeymoon. One week after their wedding, Josh and Lynette took their first delivery of seedlings and began planting out The Farm. Lynette has always demonstrated such a great work ethic. While we were preoccupied with the logistics of opening of The Farm’s gates, Lynette said, ‘We can’t open a farm without farm produce!’ and set about making that happen. A few years on, they now have two daughters, Lillian and Amelia, who are regular helpers in the Market Garden. During peak times, Josh and Lynette plant between 3000 and 5000 seedlings a fortnight, supplied by local business Seedlings Organic at Tintenbar. They grow salad leaves, herbs, edible flours, garlic, kale, spinach, rainbow chard and Warrigal greens, and this year they are harvesting their first season of brassicas.

Those who have met Grant on duty at The Farm in the Market Garden or on one of his guided Farm tours know that he is as passionate about his canine bestie, Jeta, as he is about his halfacre Market Garden space at The Farm, appropriately named ‘Passion Plot’. Grant’s background is in furniture design and hospitality, but one of his great passions is permaculture design. After 10 years serving food and running his own café in Canberra, his heart wasn’t in hospitality anymore, so he packed his things and headed north for a new direction. Landing in the Northern Rivers, Grant formed friendships with many of the young farmers in the area. These community networks quickly led him to The Farm, where he learned the ropes of small-scale farming firsthand. He is now working hard

to build his produce business, supplying the Three Blue Ducks restaurant and Produce Store, and he is about to take on another local farming aspirant from Mullumbimby to help him manage things. Grant is currently growing bush beans, carrots, beetroot (beets), radish, swedes (rutabaga), parsnip, fennel, purple broccoli and green cabbage. He has grown artichokes, celeriac, chillies, beans, sweet potato and button squash, among other crops. ‘For me The Farm is an important beacon providing people with an example of how we can move forward to a more responsible way of providing food,’ says Grant. ‘It’s great that The Farm provides an opportunity for people like me to take on a passion and benefit the community at the same time.’

HOW TO MAKE

YOUR OWN F L OWER CROWN B Y F L O W E R S AT T H E FA R M

Ros and Elle have kindly spent many an hour over the last three years teaching myself and the girls how to make flower crowns. What a joy to work with fresh flowers and to weave them into something you can wear. There may just be a little forest nymph in us all! W H AT YO U W I LL N E E D

Chapter Three

Flowers and Herbs

dodder vine (ask your florist for this) 12 green floristry wires (6 thin and 6 medium) scissors green, spriggy foliage, such as jasmine, eucalypt or any variety of thryptomene fresh seasonal blooms floristry tape

1 Pull away a nice semi-thick strand of brown dodder vine. Shape into a circle and intertwine to join at the back. Wrap a few lengths of thin floristry wire around the garland to lightly secure. Snip off any strays with your scissors. Now that you have your base, you’re halfway done. 2 Cut some strands of the green jasmine and thread them through the dodder vine, securing with a little piece of thin wire if need be. Repeat with the eucalyptus, thryptomene or whatever spriggy foliage you have, until you have a light covering all the way around. 3

Now it’s time to wire up your blooms. Take one length of medium floristry wire and gently push it through the top of one stem (just under the petals) until 1 cm is poking through. Carefully bend both sides of the wire downwards so they run parallel to the stem. Cut the flower stem nice and short. Starting from the top, wrap the floristry tape tightly around the stem and wire all the way to the bottom. (It helps if you stretch the tape a little as you wrap, so it’s tight.) This step is awesome as it makes the whole garland look polished, and your blooms last longer as you’re sealing the stem with the tape. Repeat for the remaining blooms.

4 Now attach your flowers to the garland. It’s best to start with the biggest bloom – put it at the front or just off centre, and then arrange the other blooms around it. Insert the covered stems into the dodder vine and either wind the stems around the vine, or secure with a small piece of wire if necessary. It doesn’t need to be perfect. It’s all about making a relaxed boho-style crown.

BY EMMA LANE

Wildflower, basil, tomato and buffalo mozzarella salad Serves 4

112

Basil and tomato are great companion plants, and I always add a little basil to my tomato salads. It’s amazing how nature works – what grows well together often tastes delicious together too. Cut the large tomatoes roughly into quarters. Thinly slice a handful of the larger basil leaves. Keep the sweeter, smaller leaves leave whole. Roughly tear the buffalo mozzarella up into smaller pieces. Add the chopped tomatoes, chopped basil, small basil leaves and smaller tomatoes to a bowl. Gently mix together with your hands. Add a decent splash of good-quality olive oil and a good squeeze of lemon juice. Season to taste with salt and pepper, or my favourite, Tridosha Native Spice gourmet salt and pepper. Transfer the salad to a flat serving dish and sprinkle with the edible flowers. My favourites are pansies, lavender and nasturtiums, but you can use any you can get your hands on. Just make sure they have not been sprayed with chemicals.

Flowers and Herbs

Chapter Three

4 large red beefsteak tomatoes (or any fresh tomatoes you have) 1 bunch basil 3 large balls of mozzarella cheese,approx. 150–200 g (5½–7 oz) each 1handfulofwholecherrytomatoes,yellow varietiesoranysmallervarietiesyoumay have splash of good-quality olive oil a squeeze of lemon juice 1 handful of edible flowers

113

Historically, Indigenous cultures handed down knowledge from generation to generation about the native foods of their land. They were well versed in what the land could provide in terms of native plants for gathering and animals for hunting, as well as the climate patterns and the seasons. Sadly, with the passage of time, this knowledge is being diluted. Like any muscle that is not exercised, the skills necessary to forage in nature’s wild pantry are being lost, particularly to those living in cities away from natural environments. The convenience of grocery stores doesn’t help much either. They make everything that bit more accessible, but not necessarily seasonal, fresh or even as enjoyable and rewarding to eat. Indigenous Australians have a history of being incredible hunter–gatherers, in addition to being stewards of the land. Fortunately for us there are still Aboriginal elders in the community who are teaching their relatives and the wider community about bush foods unique to their land. Here in Byron Bay we have had the fortune of attending dinners organised by the local Boomerang Festival that supports Indigenous arts and tradition. At these dinners, not only have we eaten amazing bush foods integrated with modern cuisine, but we have also learned more about Indigenous culture. These events have highlighted for me the need to respect the land and not take more from it than we need. This is how we work with the land at The Farm. We make sure that we keep the soil healthy so that it can continue to provide highly nutritious food now and for future generations. My grandparents knew the land better than our generation. I remember how they would speak about the first sighting of a particular bud that would presage a certain bird arriving, the little secrets of the seasons and their particular idiosyncrasies. We all have

124

the native landscape

Chapter Four

( emma. )

knowledge of the obvious ones, like the golden-rust colour of leaves marking the start of autumn, but there are a multitude of subtleties that we have lost with the passage of time. The modern-day forager is more attuned to rummaging (alone, in silence) through the supermarket shelves under the blue haze of fluorescent lights. I can almost sense the broccoli grimacing in the over-refrigerated grocery store shelves, looking for a place to hide amongst its droopy neighbours. Even the organic produce can look like its on its last legs, having lost its lustre from weeks of tiresome travel in cold refrigerated planes and transport trucks. If we are what we eat, then it’s no wonder we have a population drowning in fatigue, obesity and anxiety. But it’s not all doom and gloom. There is a definite shift back to appreciating the idea of native foods, and with that, native regeneration. This has also meant a greater awareness of the importance of bees in the natural order of things, in particular their vital role in the food chain.

125

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The 2019 Foodies' Diary Seasonal produce, recipes, festivals and farmers' markets Allan Campion and Michele Curtis

C OV E R

A food-themed diary organised by week, featuring recipes, produce information, drink matches and markets around Australia.

DRAF T

Foodies’ Diary returns in 2019! This stunning diary for food lovers provides inspiration on what to eat and cook based on the best fresh produce available each month of the year. It includes all the features of a good diary as well as beautiful colour photography and illustrations, more than 60 delicious recipes, seasonal food lists, wine matches and a guide to food and wine markets and festivals around Australia.

Author Details Allan Campion and MicheleCurtis live and breathe food. Professional chefs and award-winning food authors, they have been writing about the Australian food scene since the mid 1990s. Cooking and eating seasonally has always been at the heart of what they do. Find Michele at Frankie’s Top Shop, her cafe and food store that specialises in delicious take-home meals – and cakes – in Melbourne’s St Kilda West. Allan is the founder of Melbourne Food Experiences, a specialist in food tours, corporate team-building events, cooking classes, functions and private parties. All are run in partnership with top Melbourne chefs, chocolatiers, bakers, wine experts, restaurants, bars and cooking schools to offer outstanding food and wine experiences.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781743793879

Key Information

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

•

Imprint

HG Local

•

Series

• •

Category

Stationery

•

Format

210 x 150 mm

•

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Foodies’ Diary sells well each year and is sought out by foodies across the country. Lush colour photography and illustrations. Simple and delicious recipes feature what’s fresh at the market each month. Handy food hints throughout. A perfect gift for the food lover. Targeted marketing and publicity campaign to food and lifestyle media.

JANUARY

FRUIT apricots, bananas, blackberries, blueberries, boysenberries, cherries, currants, gooseberries, honeydew melons, loganberries, lychees, mangoes, mangosteens, mulberries, nectarines, passionfruit, peaches, pineapples, plums, rambutans, raspberries, rockmelons, strawberries, tamarillos, valencia oranges, watermelons VEGETABLES asparagus, avocados, beans, capsicums, celery, cucumbers, eggplants, lettuces, okra, onions, peas, radishes, squash, sweet corn, tomatoes, zucchini, zucchini flowers

We love this style of soup, where the simplicity of the broth is combined with the silky softness of delicate wontons. A delicious meal on a hot summer’s night.

Prawn wontons in a summer vegetable broth

300 g raw prawns

Remove the tail, shell and veins from the prawns.

2 spring onions, thinly sliced, plus 1 spring onion, dark-green part only, thinly sliced, to garnish

Chop the prawns until very finely minced. In a bowl mix together the prawn, spring onion, ginger, 2 tablespoons soy sauce, chopped coriander and egg white until it is really well combined.

2 teaspoons grated ginger

On a clean work surface, lay 1 wonton wrapper out flat in front of you. Brush two edges of the wonton with water. Place one teaspoon of prawn mixture in the centre of the wrapper.

100 ml soy sauce, plus extra, to taste 1 tablespoon chopped coriander 1 egg white 1 × 100 g packet wonton wrappers 1 litre (4 cups) fish or chicken stock ½ red capsicum, thinly sliced 1 celery stalk, thinly sliced 100 g fresh peas 1 cob of corn, kernels removed 2 cm piece fresh ginger, thinly sliced

Fold each wonton in half, press edges together and hold firmly to seal. Repeat until all the mince mixture is used (approximately 30 wontons). In a large saucepan bring the stock and 1 litre (4 cups) of water to the boil, then reduce to a simmer. Add 3 tablespoons of soy sauce and the capsicum, celery, peas, corn and ginger. Simmer gently for 5 minutes. Carefully add the wontons to the simmering stock and cook for a further 9–10 minutes. Season to taste with soy sauce and serve with the sliced spring onion on top. Serves 4 SEMILLON AND SAUVIGNON BLANC BLEND

The term ‘summer is a glass’ could have been created with semillon and sauvignon blanc in mind. This classic blend uses the gentle, mellow flavour of semillon to counter the blast of intense flavours typically present in sauvignon blanc. Pale-green in the glass, with beautiful apple and stone-fruit flavours, it’s a great example of perfect balance in winemaking.

There are many options of this blend from across Australia. Well established is the Evans & Tate Classic Semillon Sauvignon Blanc: it’s the go-to classic and super affordable standard from Margaret River in WA. Other excellent options made across the country include wines from Wolf Blass, Hardys, Lindeman’s, Fifth Leg, Vasse Felix, MadFish and Brokenwood.

JANUARY 2019

WEEK 04

JANUARY 2019

21 monday

25 friday

22 tuesday

26 saturday

23 wednesday

27 sunday

Robbie Burns Day

Australia Day

BERRY CHEESECAKE SLICE

24 thursday

‘Try a gluten-free base for this recipe. Soak 8–10 pitted dates in boiling water, then drain and place in food processor with 200 g (2 cups) ground almonds, 60 ml (¼ cup) melted coconut oil, and an optional 1–2 tbsps agave nectar. Process until combined and press into the bottom of the greased tart tin.’

Place 150 g digestive or granita biscuits in food processor and whiz to form small crumbs. Add 60 g melted butter and process briefly. Press biscuit mix into the bottom of a lined brownie tin and place in refrigerator to set for at least 20 minutes. Beat 500 g soft cream cheese and 150 g caster sugar until well softened and creamy. Bring 125 ml (½ cup) lemon juice to boil, add 2 × 5 g gelatine leaves and stir until dissolved. Add 125 ml (½ cup) cream and zest of 2 lemons and stir until well combined. Stir lemon mixture into cream cheese until combined. Pour on top of biscuit base, top with your choice of 500 g berries (sliced strawberries, raspberries, blackberries or blueberries) and chill until set. Remove from tin, cut in half lengthways and cut each slice into 3 cm slices to serve. Makes 10 slices.

JANUARY 2019

WEEK 05

FEBRUARY 2019

28 monday

01 friday

29 tuesday

02 saturday

30 wednesday

03 sunday

LYCHEE & STRAWBERRY PAVLOVA

31 thursday ‘Always use a scrupulously clean bowl for beating egg whites. Any speck of grease or dirt and the whites won’t whip correctly.’

Preheat oven to 180°C. Beat 6 egg whites until stiff peaks form. Add 440 g caster sugar, one-third at a time, allowing each third to be well incorporated so you end up with a thick, glossy meringue. Fold through 1 tsp vanilla extract, 1 tbsp cornflour and 2 tsps white vinegar. Either spoon the mixture into greased and lined 23 cm springform cake tin or spread in a thick circle on a sheet of baking paper on a tray. Place in preheated oven, lower the temperature to 120°C and bake for 45 minutes. Turn the oven off, leaving pavlova to cool inside oven. Place cooked pavlova on a serving platter and cover with whipped cream. Scatter 200 g sliced strawberries and 200 g lychee halves on top. Serves 8–10.

FEBRUARY

FRUIT bananas, blackberries, blueberries, boysenberries, figs, grapes, guavas, honeydew melons, kiwi fruit, loganberries, lychees, mangoes, mangosteens, nectarines, passionfruit, peaches, pears (red sensation, williams), plums, rambutans, raspberries, rhubarb, rockmelons, strawberries, tamarillos, valencia oranges, watermelons VEGETABLES avocados, beans, borlotti beans, capsicums, celery, chillies, cucumbers, daikon, eggplants, fennel, leeks, lettuces, okra, onions, peas, radishes, squash, sweet corn, tomatoes, zucchini, zucchini flowers

Chicken wings are the perfect for this recipe as they cook quickly on the barbecue, they adore a sticky marinade and are loved by everyone. Especially with noodles!

Chilli jam–glazed chicken wings with stir-fried noodles

PINOT NOIR

Barbecue meats and pinot noir are a classic food and wine match. Pinot typically has a beautiful bouquet of rich cherries and berries with soft, gentle tannins. It’s gentle, delicious and oh-so-easy to enjoy. This month’s chicken wing recipe, with lots of fabulous sweet spices and a kick of fresh chilli, is a great match with pinot. Pinot from the Yarra Valley region should be at the top of your list here, with excellent wines available from many local producers. These cool climate wines tend to be earthy, savoury and beautifully structured. Look for excellent pinot from wineries such as Mt Duneed Estate, followed closely by Yering Station, St Huberts, Coldstream Hills and Oakridge.

125 ml (½ cup) chilli jam 3 small red chillies, deseeded and finely diced ½ teaspoon salt 1 teaspoon caster sugar 80 ml (¹∕³ cup) olive oil 1 kg chicken wings 375 g hokkien noodles oil, for cooking 2 garlic cloves, crushed 1 teaspoon grated ginger ½ capsicum, finely diced 1 carrot, peeled and thinly sliced 4 broccoli florets, chopped 90 g sugar-snap peas ¼ Chinese cabbage, thinly sliced 4 spring onions, thinly sliced soy sauce to taste fresh coriander leaves, to garnish

Stir together the chilli jam, 2 of the diced chillies, salt, sugar and olive oil in a large bowl. Add the chicken wings and mix really well. Leave to marinate for 1–2 hours. Place the chicken on an oiled barbecue grill over a low heat. Cook for 40 minutes, turning often. Pour boiling water over the noodles and set aside to soften. Place the wok on a medium heat. Add a splash of oil, then garlic, ginger and remaining chilli, and cook briefly, stirring frequently, until fragrant. Add the capsicum, carrot, broccoli and sugar-snap peas and cook briefly, tossing occasionally. Add the Chinese cabbage, stir briefly, then add a splash of water. Cover the wok with a lid and cook for 2–3 minutes, stirring once or twice. Add more water if necessary to prevent the vegetables from catching. Drain the noodles and add to the wok with the spring onions and soy sauce to taste. Top the noodles with coriander leaves and serve alongside the chicken wings. Serves 4

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Making of Donald Trump David Cay Johnston

C OV E R

The New York Times bestseller that brought Trump's long history of racism, mafia ties, and shady business dealings into the limelight. Now with a new introduction and epilogue.

DRAF T

Pulitzer Prize-winning investigative journalist David Cay Johnston, who had spent thirty years chronicling Donald Trump for the New York Times and other leading newspapers, takes readers from the origins of the Trump family fortune – his grandfather's Yukon bordellos during the Gold Rush – to his tumultuous gambling and real estate dealings in New York and Atlantic City, all the way to his election as president of the United States, giving us a deeply researched and shockingly full picture of one of the most controversial figures of our time. "Johnston has given us this year's must-read Trump book." — Lawrence O'Donnell, host of MSNBC's The Last Word with Lawrence

O'Donnell "Provides useful, vigorously reported overviews of Mr. Trump’s life and career ... Mr. Johnston, who has followed the real estate impresario for nearly three decades, offers a searing indictment of his business practices and creative accounting."—Michiko Kakutani,

The New York Times "Johnston devastatingly covers ground he broke open as a reporter on the Trump beat in Philadelphia and at The New York Times ... The best of investigative reporting is brought to bear on a man who could potentially lead the free world."—USA Today

Publication

02 July 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781743794920

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Author Details

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Non Fic General

David Cay Johnston is an investigative journalist and winner of a 2001 Pulitzer Prize for journalism. A long-time reporter for the New York Times and the former president of the Investigative Reporters & Editors (IRE), he is also the author of several New York Times bestsellers, including Perfectly Legal and Free Lunch. He has won the IRE Medal and a George Polk Award for his investigative reporting, and is a columnist for The Daily Beast, National Memo and USA Today. Johnston teaches at Syracuse University College of Law and lives

Format

198 x 128 mm

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

AVAILABLE JULY 2018

"Carefully fleshes out the details of Trump's known biography ... with solid documentation."—Tampa Bay Times "Johnston's case is unassailable and eye-opening." —The Nation

in Rochester, New York.

Key Information • • • •

Author David Cay Johnston has chronicled Trump's life for close to three decades and knows the real Trump. Intensely researched book by Pulitzer prize–winning journalist, David Cay Johnston. Love him or hate him, Trump’s massive influence is undeniable. A media hit with publicity on release including: national TV interviews with ABC Breakfast; national TV interviews with Sky News’ The Bolt Report; national print extract in Australian Financial Review and reviews in The Age, The Sydney Morning Herald and The Adelaide Advertiser.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Yes We (Still) Can Politics in the age of Obama, Twitter and Trump Dan Pfeiffer

C OV E R

From Obama's former communications director and current co-host of Pod Save America comes an entertaining and enlightening account of how politics, the media, and the internet changed during the Obama presidency and how to forge a path forward in the Trump era.

DRAF T

The Decade of Obama (2007-2017) was one of massive change that rewrote the rules of politics in ways we are only now beginning to understand (which is why we all got 2016 wrong). Yes We (Still) Can looks at how Obama navigated the forces that allowed Trump to win the White House to become one of the most consequential presidents in American history, and how those on the left can come out on top, both in the US and globally. Pfeiffer, one of Barack Obama's longest serving advisors, tells never-before-told stories from Obama's presidential campaigns to his time in the White House, providing readers with an in-depth, behind the-scenes look at life on the front lines of politics. But this is more than a political memoir – it's also a sorely needed blueprint for progressives in the Trump era. As many look for a way through the general apathy and populism of the post-Trump/Brexit world, Yes We (Still) Can is an essential insider's take on the crazy politics of our time.

Publication

01 August 2018

Binding

Paperback

Author Details

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ $32.99

ISBN

9781743795033

Dan Pfeiffer is a co-host of the popular political podcastPod Save America . One of Barack Obama's longest serving advisors, he was White House Director of Communications under President Obama (2009-2013) and Senior Adviser to the President (2013-2015).

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

•

After the book was announced in February this year the title shot into the #15 position on Amazon US.

Category

Current Affairs

•

Dan has 443K followers on Twitter, his primary platform: @danpfeiffer.

Format

234 x 153 mm

•

Extent

304 pp

Pod Save America, the podcast Dan hosts with former White House staffers Jon Favreau, Jon Lovett and Tommy Vietor, the 'nobullshit podcast for people not yet ready to give up or go insane', and averages more than 1.5 million listeners per episode.

Illustrations

•

Hear Dan talking about the book here: http://bit.ly/2IFVeSW

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

Yes We (Still) Can taps into a growing demand in Australia and across the world for alternatives to the status quo and new ways of thinking about the world - witness the popularity of books such asUtopia For Realists and those by Thomas Piketty.

•

Feeds an ongoing interest in American politics and political memoir in Australia, alongside books likeWho Thought This Was a Good Idea? and James Comey's forthcoming A Higher Loyalty , alongside the more obvious blockbusters like Fire and Fury and What Happened .

AVAILABLE AUGUST 2018

Key Information

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Be Dazzling Simple Projects to Make Your Wardrobe Sparkle Rachel Burke Maximum cuteness for minimum effort: simple projects with sparkle and flair from super crafter Rachel Burke. You’re one glittery pompom away from having a better day! Inject some colour and fun into your life with Rachel Burke’s super-cute craft projects. Rachel, of Daphne and Daisy fame, is regularly asked how she makes her amazing bespoke fashions. Here she teaches you how to do it all: flowers, tinsel, gems, pompoms and bedazzling galore! These projects are easy too – no sewing or knitting skills required. Teaching you how to achieve maximum cuteness for minimum effort, Be Dazzling brings a welcome splash of razzle-dazzle to daily life. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781743794159

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

180 x 180 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Chapters are: · Gems (e.g. party socks, bedazzled collars). · Tinsel (e.g. the golden shrug, rainbow jacket). · Lovely legs (e.g. confetti tights, flower tights). · Pomspiration (e.g. tote bag, necklace, party earrings). · Flower power (e.g. headphones, flower crown, brooch). More than half of the projects are exclusive to the book (both brand new items and new designs).

Author Details Rachel Burke is the author of Daphne and Daisy (Hardie Grant Books, October 2017) and a crafter, blogger and artist based in Brisbane, Australia. She is a regular contributor to frankie magazine, and her freelance clients have included UNIQLO, GOMA, Etsy, the QLD Ballet, Splendour in The Grass, and Bonds. Follow her on Instagram @imakestagram or @apomogy, or read more on her website imakeyouwearit.com.

Key Information • •

Author Rachel Burke has more than 35,000 followers on Instagram @imakestagram (and more than 7000 @apomogy). Easy craft projects that anyone can make.

Contents 4

Introduction 8

Gem for joy 29

Tinsel town 54

Lovely legs 62

Pomspiration 84

Flower power 109

Thank you About Rachel Burke

Introduction Ever since I was little, I’ve had the urge to dunk myself in glitter. One of my earliest memories is of me stuffing (to the brim!) the pockets of my pre-prep art smock with sequins, gems and pipe cleaners, which I was gently asked to remove before leaving class that day. Like a magpie, I would collect shiny things and hide them away, constantly curating my own personal treasure chest. These treasures have always been the same things – gems, sequins, beads … and POMPOMS! What started as a juvenile appreciation for these materials has grown into a constant, unwavering desire to adorn myself and others in these things that bring me so much joy. For me, more is always more! I have never been one for minimalism, embracing instead a style that isn’t afraid to surprise and is always ready to dazzle. The rush that comes from stepping into a room while clad in a surprising and unique outfit is something I have come to cherish – and it’s an experience I’m excited to share with you all! Understated is overrated. MORE IS MORE. Be Dazzling.

4 Be Dazzling

Tools and materials

ACRYLIC POMPOMS

RIBBON

PIPE CLEANERS

SEQUINS

FUSE BEADS FAKE PEARLS

FAKE GEMS WASHI MASKING TAPE

FAKE FLOWERS HOT GLUE GUN

TEXTAS OR OTHER PERMANENT MARKERS

SHARP SCI S S O R S

COLOURED CARD PAPER (CUPCAKE) CASES

HANDMADE POMPOMS

WO OL Y A R N

TINSEL

Bedazzled collar Have a few old collared shirts lying about? Need to add some fun to your neckline? Well, get out the hot glue gun and transform a humble collar into a dazzling work of art. Wear it over the collar of your favourite shirt, tee, or on its own as a fabulous neckpiece!

YOU WILL NEED • 1 old collared shirt • scissors • hot glue gun • enough gems, fuse beads and sequins to cover your collar, in a variety of colours and sizes

22 Be Dazzling

Tinsel dress How can you resist the lure of being decked out entirely in tinsel? The answer is that you can’t. You simply can’t, so don’t fight it. Get ready to upcycle an old frock and turn it into a fabulous glitter ball!

YOU WILL NEED • about 10 m (33 ft) of tinsel lametta strips in a variety of colours • tape measure • scissors • 1 old dress (ideally cotton or woven) • hot glue gun

38 Be Dazzling

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO BY RACHEL BURKE

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781743793169

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Footy’s Revolution Elliot Cartledge Footy's Revolution brings together footy’s changes, controversies, champions, highs and lows as it has hurtled into the twenty-first century.

C OV E R

From humble beginnings, Australian rules football is now played in supersized stadia from Brisbane to Perth, Sydney to Adelaide, with Melbourne steadfastly clinging to its ‘spiritual home’ status. AFL has become a genuine national force, with round-the-clock news and opinions, and spectators watching every move, both on and off the field.

DRAF T

As the code shook off its VFL suburban shackles, sponsorship flooded in, old grounds were swept aside, themed rounds became the norm, Indigenous players rose in prominence and women’s footy came to the fore. And many of the original Victorian clubs faced a precarious future as the game was ruthlessly rationalised, nationalised and marketed to a new generation. From night football to drug scandals, salary caps, ‘franchise’ teams and media proliferation, it has not been an easy contest, while some of the game’s biggest stars – Lockett, Ablett, Carey, Hird, Goodes, Dangerfield and Franklin – have strutted the national stage, garnering admiration and controversy in equal measures.

Footy's Revolution is packed with overviews, snapshots and first-hand accounts from coaches, players and commentators on the AFL's remarkable ascent.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781743794340

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

•

Australian rules football is arguably the nation's favourite game, with over 3.5 million viewers tuning in for the 2017 AFL Grand Final.

Format

234 x 153 mm

•

Go inside the multimillion dollar operation that is the Australian Football League.

Extent

304pp

Cartledge explores the issues of individual clubs, including all the major controversies and battles for financial stability – and survival.

16 pp colour picture section

•

Illustrations

•

Hear from those who at the forefront, including coaches, players and commentators.

Age Range

•

Publishing in time for the AFL 2018 Grand Final and Father's Day.

Terms

SOR

Author Details Elliot Cartledge is a freelance writer, editor and author of two books books on AFL,The Hafey Years (2011) and Footy’s Glory Days (2013), as well as the co-author ofChasing Shadows: The Life and Death of Peter Roebuck (2015). He has played in and coached sporting teams on four different continents. Elliot lives in Melbourne, Australia.

Key Information

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO BY ELLIOT CARTLEDGE

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$29.99

ISBN

9781743793497

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

1918: How the First World War Was Won Gen. Julian Thompson Produced in association with Imperial War Museums, and illustrated beautifully with contemporary photographs and full-colour maps throughout, 1918: How the First World War Was Won tells the story of the final year of the war, and the allies' ultimate victory.

DRAF T

C OV E R

The war in 1918 changed character radically, and nowhere more so than on the Western Front. Over three years of stalemate, what had effectively become siege warfare conducted along a line of trenches from Switzerland to the sea was ‘unlocked’ by the German March 1918 offensive. Suddenly it was a war of movement again for the first time since November 1914. After some desperate fighting the Allies stemmed the tide of the German advance, and began the counter-offensive. 1918: How the First World War Was Won gives the detailed account of the final year of the First World War. Every battle is examined and retold from a new, refreshing perspective – it wasn’t just the British forces on the final push – they were accompanied by new American troops, Canadian reinforcements, and masterminded by the tactical command of French General Ferdinand Foch. This new, incredibly illustrated book tells the story of those final violent pushes to the end of the war in 1918, and is a must for any interested in the subject.

Publication

01 September 2018

Author Details

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$35.00 | NZ$39.99

ISBN

9781743794890

Major General Julian Thompson served in the Royal Marines for 34 years. During the Falklands War of 1982 he commanded the 3rd Commando Brigade of three Royal Marine Commandos and two battalions of the Parachute Regiment. He is now a visiting professor at the Department of War Studies at King’s College, London. He regularly appears on television as an authority on military history. He other books include Imperial War Museum’s The Somme and Verdun: 1916 Remembered, The Second World War In 100 Objects and The

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local Buy Ins

Series

Category

Military/War

•

Published to coincide with the 100th anniversary of the end of the First World War, the rarely told story of its final, pivotal year.

Format

•

Extent

224pp

Provides insight into, and analysis of, all aspects of the war showing how this long thought of stalemate was in fact a strong victory for the Allied powers.

Illustrations

Approx. 180 colour artworks

•

Age Range

A finely illustrated journey through every conflict in 1918, as well as an examination of many of the repercussions of the Great War after 11 November 1918.

Terms

SOR

•

This book is truly international in approach, looking at the impact of all Allied powers under the brilliant leadership of the French General Ferdinand Foch.

Gallipoli Experience.

Key Information

PART 4

OVERTURE TO CHANGING FORTUNES

NEW BRITISH TACTICS THE GREAT BATTLES THAT LAY AHEAD FOLLOWING THE STEMMING OF THE GERMAN OFFENSIVE WERE TO SEE THE BRITISH (INCLUDING OF COURSE THE AUSTRALIANS, NEW ZEALANDERS AND CANADIANS) PUTTING TO GOOD USE THE TACTICAL LESSONS THEY HAD LEARNED IN THE PRECEDING YEARS OF THE WAR.

he first involved changes in the techniques for artillery, which meant that guns could now hit targets picked from the map or air photographs, without preliminary ranging, which gave warning of an impending attack. More accurate survey combined

Previous page: Gun-carrying

tank.

Left: ???

with air photography provided the exact location of enemy positions. Accurate counter-battery fire was made possible by sound ranging: a line of microphones picked up the sound of enemy guns and pinpointed their position. Other factors that contributed to greater

Above: An Australian infantry platoon of the 29th Battalion being briefed by their platoon commander, Lieutenant Rupert Downs MC. It is only sixteen strong instead of thirty or more, companies often went into battle only fifty strong instead of over one hundred, and battalions around three hundred. However the firepower of an Australian (and British, Canadian and New Zealand platoon), even at this reduced strength was still greater than that of a platoon in the first three years of the war thanks to Lewis Guns (three in this platoon), and grenade launchers.

NEW BRITISH TACTICS 91

were laboriously moved forward. This allowed the enemy time to bring up reserves to mount counter-attacks and to improve their defences. As well as providing up to date information on enemy positions with air photographs, the newly formed Royal Air Force (established on 1 April 1918) supported the army by bombing and strafing enemy positions, again rudimentary by later standards, but valuable none the less. Aircraft were also used to drop ammunition to forward troops. To begin with the drops were inaccurate but improved with practice. Aircraft were also used to fly back and forth over a sector in which formations were moving up to the line, prior to an assault, to cover the noise of tanks, artillery and their ammunition limbers and wagons.

Below: Supply tank.

Above: Whippet Tank.

accuracy were an understanding of how a shell was affected by barrel wear, air pressure and high altitude wind. Meteorological messages were sent to gun positions every four hours giving wind speed, direction and temperature at various altitudes. So long preliminary barrages preceding an attack, some lasting for days, giving ample warning of the place of an impending attack, were things of the past. Now, a massive weight of fire would be brought down for a few minutes to drive defenders below ground. Next a creeping barrage would be fired, moving forward in stages, followed closely by the infantry – “leaning on the barrage” as it was called at the time. When the dazed defenders emerged, the infantry was on them with rifle, bayonet and grenade, before they had time to man their weapons. Tanks had also improved since the earlier types used on the Somme in 1916, and at Cambrai in 1917. The new Mk V was still slow by Second World War standards, top speed on roads 4.6 miles an hour, a fast walking pace – much slower across country, so effectively a mobile pillbox. But it was simpler to drive requiring one driver compared with four in earlier Marks. Some tanks were

PART 4: OVERTURE TO CHANGING FORTUNES

fitted with a bell inside connected to a wire pull outside. This enabled infantry to attract the attention of the commander, who could open a side hatch and talk to them enabling better co-operation between armour and infantry; an improvement on banging on the side of the tank with a rifle butt. In addition the British now had a medium tank, the Medium Mk A, rather misleadingly dubbed the Whippet; weighing fourteen tons, with a road speed of 8.3 mph, it hardly lived up to its canine name. But with four Hotchkiss machine-guns it was a valuable addition to the British capability. In addition the British had introduced the concept of supply tanks and gun carrying tanks. The supply tank, as the name implies, was designed to bring forward supplies and principally artillery ammunition over muddy, rough ground full of shell holes. Similarly gun carrying tanks carried artillery pieces forward – the gun was not fired from the tank. These tracked vehicles enabled the momentum of an advance to be maintained. Until their introduction, after each phase of an attack, when the advance had reached the limit of the supporting artillery, there had been long pauses while guns and ammunition

The infantry were trained and practised in flexible tactics. Advancing in rigid lines was out. Now infantrymen advanced in “blobs”, small groups of men, alternately moving and covering the other “blob”, in what became known as fire and movement: one blob moving, another covering it with fire. The light machine gun, the Lewis gun, provided far greater firepower than a bolt-operated, single-shot rifle, and was invaluable for these new tactics. In addition, the infantry now had its own “mini” artillery in the form of a grenade launcher. This fitted on the muzzle of a rifle and, using a special cartridge, would project a grenade far further than a man could throw it. Soldiers were taught that if held up by a pill box or strongpoint, or sometimes just a group of defenders in a shell hole, one blob was to go to

ground and return fire with Lewis gun rifles and grenade launcher, while others worked round to a flank. Trench mortars and Vickers machine guns also fired in support of the infantry. All these innovations, and the way that artillery, infantry, tanks and air were orchestrated meant that the British army was now fighting what todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s soldiers call â&#x20AC;&#x153;an all arms battleâ&#x20AC;?, rudimentary at first, but improving

Below: Supply tank.

rapidly with practice. The biggest limitation was the absence of portable battlefield radios; these would not come until the Second World War. Despite this drawback, the British Army by mid-1918 had become the best-led and best-trained army in its long history. It was about to put this training and experience into effect in a series of great successful battles, each bigger than any fought by the British army in the Second World War.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Ultimate Book of Party Food Master the Art of Entertaining Melanie Dupuis

C OV E R

In this landmark volume, Melanie Dupuis teaches readers to master the art of entertaining guests via a combination of recipes, cooking advice and tips on preparation techniques, alongside useful basics.

DRAF T

The Ultimate Book of Party Food presents the know-how required to master the art of entertaining guests with savoury and sweet treats. Each recipe features a full-colour cross-section illustration, step-by-step photography and a beautiful hero image to inspire the reader and demystify the cooking and preparation process. The Ultimate Book of Party Food includes basic building-block recipes such as sauces, breads, doughs and fillings, followed by detailed recipes, from fingerfood and small bites to sandwiches, rolls, soups, and tarts, to tiny sweet treats such as macarons and mini crèmes. Rounded of with tips on menu planning, preparation timing and food storage, alongside sample menus, cooking and preparation techniques and information on produce, The Ultimate Book of Party Food is the complete toolbox you need to host your next celebration.

Author Details

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$60.00 | NZ$65.00

ISBN

9781743794647

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

•

A stunning package of beautiful illustrations and photography.

Series

•

Learn the art of entertaining guests with savoury and sweet treats.

Category

Food & Drink

•

Format

326 x 245 mm

Presents an exhaustive list of party food recipes, from fingerfood, small bites, sandwiches and soups to sweet treats such as crèmes and macarons.

Extent

288pp

•

Step-by-step recipes accompanied by illustrations and photographs illustrate cooking techniques for ease of preparation.

Illustrations

Full colour photography and illustations throughout

•

In-depth fundamentals section gives you the tools to master the basics.

•

Age Range

Contains useful tips on planning, timing and food storage, alongside sample menus, information on produce and cooking/ preparation techniques.

Terms

SOR

Mélanie Dupuis trained as a pastry chef and caterer in France and worked in the country’s best hotels and restaurants (Hélène Darroze, Benoît Castel, Nomad Food & Design) before embarking on a second career as a food writer. Her first book, Patisserie , was published in 2014 and has been an international success.

Key Information

contents basics

recipes

glossary

Pastries & doughs.. ........................ 10

Skewers......................................... 62

Menus.......................................... 274

Pancakes & wraps . . ........................ 22

Sandwiches & rolls........................ 92

Basics . . ......................................... 278

Bread............................................. 28

Bites............................................ 118

Cutting........................................ 280

Sauces. . .......................................... 42

Choux & macarons . . .................... 172

Cooking....................................... 281

Creams.......................................... 50

CrĂŞpes, tartlets & cakes............. 192

Products...................................... 282

Ballotines . . ..................................... 54

Soups........................................... 226

Practical tips................................. 58

Sweet treats................................ 242

HOW TO USE THIS BOOK

BASICS Discover all the basic recipes and principles used by caterers, categorised into pastries and doughs, pancakes, bread, sauces, creams and ballotines, with practical advice for getting organised. Each recipe comes with an infographic and an explanation of how to prepare the dish.

RECIPES Put the basics to use and make kebabs, mini choux pastries, vol-au-vents, little soups and miniature desserts. Each recipe cross-references the necessary basics and comes with an infographic for understanding the concept of the recipe, and step-by-step photos that guide you through the preparation.

Each recipe is accompanied by a small symbol indicating, at a glance, if the dish is to be served hot or cold.

ILLUSTRATED GLOSSARY Find tips and deepen your knowledge of basic cooking techniques, and products, accompanied by illustrations. There are also detailed sample menus to suit any cocktail party.

PUFF PASTRY

Learn

Understand WHAT IS IT?

TIPS

Neutral-tasting pastry made by layering dough and butter to form a crisp flaky crust.

TIME TO MAKE Preparation: 1 hour to 1 hour 30 minutes Resting: 3 hours for the dough, 4 hours for each turn

Don’t work the dough too much, to avoid it becoming too elastic. If the butter comes out when making the first turn, refrigerate the dough for a few hours then continue. If the room temperature is low, remove the dough from the refrigerator a little ahead of time to make it easier to roll out.

IT’S READY …

EQUIPMENT

When the butter and dough components are clearly layered.

Stand mixer fitted with dough hook Rolling pin

CLASSIC USES Mille-feuilles Epiphany cake Vol-au-vents

TRICKY ASPECTS

Incorporating the butter into the dough. Making square turns to maintain the neatness of the pastry.

DERIVATIVES

Inverse puff pastry: butter and flour around the dough. Quick or Scottish puff pastry: some of the turning butter is mixed with flour.

TECHNIQUE TO MASTER Rolling out (page 279)

ADVICE

Use butter with 14 per cent moisture (or dry butter), which is easier to work with. Puff pastry shouldn’t be rolled into a ball. To use up any extra pastry, layer the pieces on top of each other and roll out again.

STORAGE

1 week in the refrigerator as a dough. Up to 3 months in the freezer as a dough after four turns; thaw in the refrigerator overnight, then complete the final two turns before using.

HOW DO THE LAYERS CREATE THE FLAKINESS?

WHY DOES THE DOUGH HAVE TO BE RESTED?

Layering the butter and dough traps the water in the pastry, which evaporates as steam during cooking, but can’t escape. It’s this steam that makes each layer of pastry swell up.

When the water is mixed with the flour, it makes the starch grains swell up. The added butter slips between the swollen starch grains, and the flour proteins form a gluten network. During the resting time, this gluten network – which becomes very stretched when the pastry is worked – will relax and give the pastry a less firm texture.

WHAT DOES THE VINEGAR DO? It makes the pastry slightly acidic, which helps it keep for longer.

MAKES 560 G

1 DOUGH 120 g water 10 g white vinegar 5 g salt 30 g unsalted butter, melted 250 g (12/3 cups) plain flour

2 FOR TURNING 150 g unsalted butter

Making puff pastry 1

1 To make the dough, mix the water, vinegar, salt, butter and flour in the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the dough hook attachment. Mix at low speed until the mixture is smooth. Roll into a ball, wrap in plastic wrap and refrigerate for at least 2 hours.

4 Place the butter in the middle. Rest for a few minutes at room temperature, then fold the four corners into the middle, taking care to maintain the same thickness all over. The butter should be firmly enclosed in the dough.

2 Put the butter between two sheets of baking paper. Tap lightly with a rolling pin to make a 10 cm square about 1 cm thick. Refrigerate for 30 minutes.

5 Roll the pastry out away from you, as evenly as possible, into a rectangle measuring about 30 × 15 cm.

3 Rest the dough at room temperature for 30 minutes. Roll it out (page 279) into a cross-like flattened diamond shape, leaving it slightly thicker in the centre.

third towards the middle, then fold the top third over it. Then make an anti-clockwise quarter (90-degree) turn with the folded pastry (with the seam at the right). You have made the first simple turn.

6 Fold the pastry into a ‘wallet’: fold the bottom

7 To make the second turn, roll out the pastry away from you. 8 Fold it into a wallet again and make an anti-clockwise quarter turn. Wrap in plastic wrap and rest in the refrigerator for at least 4 hours, ideally overnight. 9 Make two more simple turns, then rest in the refrigerator for a further 3–4 hours. Make one or, at most, two more turns before using. You can create gentle indentations with your fingers to indicate the number of turns you have completed.

BLINIS

Learn

Understand WHAT ARE THEY? Small pan-fried yeast pancakes that are thick, light and soft, made with yeast dough with beaten egg white mixed in.

VARIATION

Replace the usual plain flour with 50 g buckwheat flour and 75 g cake flour.

TIME TO MAKE Preparation: 15 minutes Resting: 1 hour

TIP

Pour the batter into a cookie cutter sitting in the hot pan to allow the mixture to set slightly, removing the cutter after about 10 seconds, and the blinis will be of uniform size.

EQUIPMENT Thermometer Stand mixer fitted with whisk attachment

THEY’RE READY … When the blinis are golden on both sides.

CLASSIC USE

Accompaniment for smoked salmon, taramasalata, etc.

TRICKY ASPECTS

Incorporating the beaten egg whites into the batter. Cooking.

DERIVATIVES

With seaweed: add 30 g wakame. With tomato: replace 40 g of flour with 40 g powdered tomato.

STORAGE

Cooked blinis: 2 days in an airtight container in the refrigerator.

WHY ADD BEATEN EGG WHITE AS WELL AS YEAST?

ORGANISATION

1 day before: prepare the batter up until the end of step 2, then set aside in the refrigerator. On the day: let the batter come to room temperature for 1 hour, then incorporate the beaten egg white.

To increase the amount of air in the batter. During cooking, this extra air – in addition to the water in the batter – will be transformed into gas bubbles that will give the blinis their airy texture.

MAKES 380 G (ABOUT 25 × 3–4 CM DIAMETER BLINIS) 30 g egg yolk (about 2 eggs) 10 g oil 125 g milk 7 g fresh baker’s yeast, crumbled 125 g plain flour 30 g unsalted butter pinch of salt 45 g egg white (about 1¹⁄₂ eggs) 10 g sugar

1 Mix the egg yolk with the oil. Warm the milk

to no more than 40°C on a cooking thermometer. Mix in the yeast, then pour into the egg mixture and whisk lightly until smooth. Add the flour to one side of the mixture and whisk delicately, gradually bringing the flour to the centre, until the mixture is smooth. Add the butter and salt, and whisk.

2 Cover with a clean tea towel and set

aside at room temperature for 1 hour, until the dough has doubled in volume.

3 Beat the egg whites in the bowl of a stand

mixer fitted with the whisk attachment, gradually increasing the speed of the mixer. Add the sugar to stiffen them. Using a silicone spatula, carefully fold the beaten whites into the yeast mixture (page 282).

4 Heat a lightly oiled frying pan until very

hot, then pour in small amounts of the batter to make the blinis. Small air bubbles will form. Once they burst, turn the blinis using a spatula and cook for a further 20–30 seconds. Set aside on a baking sheet lined with baking paper until cool. Repeat until all the mixture has been used.

ORGANISATION

STORAGE

Understand

Understand CHOOSE THE RECIPES WELL

HOW MANY PIECES?

Canapés + entrée–main–dessert: 4–6 pieces per person, 2–3 recipes Canapés + meal: main–dessert 8–12 pieces per person, 4–5 recipes Cocktail lunch: 18 pieces per person (4–6 of them sweet) 6–7 recipes Cocktail dinner: 24 pieces per person (6–8 of them sweet) 8–9 recipes

Balance the menu between pieces that take a long time to make and those that are very simple and quick, such as Cherry Tomatoes d’Amour (page 132) or Saffron Scallops (page 158).

WHAT IS REFRIGERATION?

WHAT IS FREEZING?

Storage of foodstuffs for several days between 0 and 4°C. The development of bacteria is slowed and the length of storage is increased in comparison to the fresh product.

Storage of foodstuffs for several weeks to several months at −18°C. The water in the products passes from a liquid to a solid state. Microbial and enzymatic activity is thus slowed or stopped, and products are stabilised.

HOW DO YOU FREEZE?

HOW DO YOU REFRIGERATE?

Freeze uncooked any mixtures to be finalised on the day, such as tart pastry. Do not freeze mixtures that are to be served raw, which will lose quality. Before placing a cooked mixture in the freezer, ensure that it has already come to room temperature, so as not to warm up the freezer too much.

Any element prepared in advance must be covered with plastic wrap and/0r stored in airtight containers. Don’t mix pieces from different recipes in the same container.

WHY PLACE PREPARED FOOD IN THE REFRIGERATOR? USE COMMON BASES

Choose multiple pieces that use a single recipe: for example, choux pastry can be used for a savoury dish (Mini Yellow Capsicum Religieuses, page 180) and for a sweet piece (Mini St Honoré Cakes, page 242).

FREEZING BASES

To freeze cooked: macaron shells, sautéed vegetables, chicken ballotines, foie gras rolls, choux pastry (piped in the desired shape). To freeze uncooked, rolled out, cut and shaped: puff pastry, shortcrust pastry, cracker dough, bun dough, choux pastry, soft white bread dough. To freeze uncooked in a dough: puff pastry.

Prepared dishes and sauces must be chilled within 2 hours of being made, including the time taken to cool, to prevent the growth of bacteria.

HOW CAN YOU ORGANISE YOUR REFRIGERATOR?

HOW DO YOU STORE RAW MEAT FROM THE BUTCHER?

WHY DO SOME THINGS NOT FREEZE WELL?

Use as many airtight containers of the same size as you can stack up. One hour before, arrange the pieces on a platter, place a small dessert glass at each corner, then stack the platters with glasses between each one depending on the height of your refrigerator shelves.

In their butcher paper, which is specially designed to optimise storage and prevent the meat drying out. Store mince at less than 4°C and eat it 24 hours after buying.

During freezing, the liquid water turns solid. The water crystals damage delicate products by tearing the cell walls and modifying the chemical composition. Products with a high water content and/ or with a brittle texture will have a disappointing texture after freezing: soft cheeses, potatoes, leafy vegetables or watery fruit such as watermelon and rockmelon.

HOW DO YOU STORE FRESH HERBS? You can wash the herbs the day before you use them and place them between two sheets of moist paper towel in an airtight container.

ADVICE

Don’t fill a container completely before freezing. When a product changes to a solid state, its volume increases. Leaving a space will therefore prevent the container from bursting or cracking.

Learn

LAMB & EGGPLANT SKEWERS WITH

MINT SAUCE

Understand ROASTED EGGPLANT

LAMB

PINE NUTS

2 MINT PESTO

WHAT ARE THEY?

ADVICE

Skewers of seared lamb pieces, rolled in a strip of roasted eggplant, served cold in mint pesto.

When the eggplant comes out of the oven, transfer the strips to a wire rack and cover with plastic wrap to prevent them drying out.

TIME TO MAKE

TECHNIQUES TO MASTER

Preparation: 1 hour Cooking: 1 hour 10 minutes

EQUIPMENT 20 × 6–8 cm long wooden cocktail skewers Microwave-safe plastic film Mandoline Pastry brush

Slicing in strips (page 280) Toasting nuts (page 279)

WHY TOAST THE NUTS? The high temperature allows specific aromatic grilled notes to develop and adds crunch.

ORGANISATION

1 day before | Make the entire recipe and store in the refrigerator in a baking tray covered with plastic wrap. 30 minutes before | Remove the

skewers from the refrigerator so they return to room temperature. Assemble and scatter with toasted pine nuts.

MAKES 20–25

1 LAMB 750 g deboned rack of lamb salt 30 g olive oil 30 g unsalted butter

2 ROASTED EGGPLANT 500 g eggplants (about 2 large) olive oil salt and pepper

3 MINT PESTO 1 bunch mint 30 g parmesan pinch of coarse salt 100 g olive oil 20 g pine nuts ¹⁄₂ garlic clove 2 g salt

4 DECORATION 30 g pine nuts

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

OTHER TITLES AVAILABLE IN THE SERIES

Price

AU$59.99 | NZ$64.99

Price

AU$59.99 | NZ$64.99

ISBN

9781743790946

ISBN

9781743793398

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Gelato Messina The Recipes Nick Palumbo Gelato Messina takes everything you knew about traditional gelati and blows it out of the water. Gelato Messina is THE gelati book that takes you to a whole new level, with unique recipes that result in the frozen works of art that are synonymous with this famous Sydney establishment. Gelato Messina is split into two sections: one features basic recipes along with step-by-step instructions and technique tips on how to make the foundation flavours commonly used in Gelato Messina's work - try Dulce De Leche, Pear and Rhubarb, Poached Figs in Masala or Salted Caramel and White Chocolate; the second showcases Gelato Messina's spectacular gelati cakes and mini-creations. Learn how to make Gelato Messina's signature gelato cake, Hazelnut Zucotto, or indulge in a Royal with Cheese, ice cream-style. These recipes will challenge everything you believed about ice cream, but the results will be worth it.

Key Information FIRST EDITION COVER ONLY – COVER NOT FINAL

• Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781743794982

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

No Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

258 x 208 mm

Extent

320 pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • • •

New, flexi format! Inventive, creative, yet manageable at home! Mouthwateringly delicious recipes in abundance perfect for anyone wanting to impress on any occassion! A great gift for any sweet tooth. An excellent cookery coffee table book, as well as a great recipe book . A treat for the eyes as well as the taste buds.

CONTENTS HOW IT BEGAN 6 BASICS 8 CORE INGREDIENTS 10 BALANCING & COMPOSITION 21 EQUIPMENT & METHOD 28

RECIPES

GLOSSARY 312 INDEX 314

GEM_0_Prelims_SI.indd 4

2/07/13 2:47 PM

40 DN ESS

RECIPES START ON PAGE 34

BA 110

DA IR

SED

INFUSIONS 206

UIT -BA

TE OLA

EGG BASE 70

260

ITE

SSI

T UR

Y 1 28

GEM_001-039_Prelims_HG.indd 5

16/07/13 11:02 AM

RECIPES

THERE ARE 50 RECIPES IN TOTAL: WHITE BASE

SORBET

FIOR DI LATTE

FRUIT

HONEY

LEMON

SALTED CARAMEL

PASSIONFRUIT THE SAMURAI

YOGHURT BASE

RASPBERRY

YOGHURT GELATO

MANGO

(DOMESTIC) YOGHURT GELATO (PROFESSIONAL) BAKLAVA

NONNO CARLO BLOOD ORANGE BLOOD PLUM PROSCIUTTO E MELONE NON FRUIT

EGG BASE

COCONUT & PANDAN

GELATO AL ZABAJONE

CHOCOLATE

TIRAMISU

ESPRESSO

RUM BABA INFUSIONS NUT BASE

DAIRY

HAZELNUT

MINT

GIANDUIA

WHITE COFFEE

ELVIS, THE FAT YEARS

SAGE & BURNT BUTTER SORBET

CHOCOLATE BASE

KAFFIR LIME

WHITE CHOCOLATE

PEACH & ROSE PETAL

MILK CHOCOLATE POPâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S (DARK CHOCOLATE)

MACERATION APPLE SKINS & MARSALA

FRUIT-BASED DAIRY

ALCOHOL BASE

BANANA

DAIRY

ROSSO ANTICO & MARMALADE APPLE PIE

POACHED FIGS IN MARSALA OLD GREGG JD & SMOKE SORBET BELLINI HELLO SAILOR

GEM_001-039_Prelims_HG.indd 38

16/07/13 11:02 AM

RECIPES

In this final section, I’ve included nine

MESSINA MADNESS

signature flavours that have been created by

NACHO LIBRE:

the team at Gelato Messina and are probably

AVOCADO, TOMATOES AND

the most requested flavours we make.

CORN CHIPS THE BOSS’S WIFE: HAZELNUT AND COFFEE WITH PRALINE HANSEL, HANSEL … HE’S SO HOT RIGHT NOW: GINGER GELATO AND GINGERBREAD FAT CLEMENZA: RICOTTA GELATO AND CANNOLI SATAY GELATO: PEANUT BUTTER, SOY SAUCE, CHILLI AND CHICKEN SKIN NUT JOB: CREMA (CUSTARD) GELATO, PEANUT BUTTER DUST, PIE CRUST, CREAM NICKY GLASSES: COFFEE AND SALTED CARAMEL RANDY WATSON & THE SEXUAL CHOCOLATE BAND: CHOCOLATE GELATO WITH RASPBERRY WHITE CHOCOLATE GANACHE PAVLOVA FIOR DI LATTE GELATO, PASSIONFRUIT AND RASPBERRY COULIS, MERINGUE

GEM_001-039_Prelims_HG.indd 39

16/07/13 11:02 AM

YOGHURT BASE

BAKLAVA GELATO

GEM_2_YoghurtBased_FIN.indd 64

3/07/13 8:21 AM

YOGHURT BASE

BAKLAVA SYRUP CASTER (SUPERFINE) SUGAR / 220 G (8 OZ) HONEY / 120 G (41⁄2 OZ) ROSEWATER / 60 G (2 OZ) GRATED ZEST / 1 LEMON JUICE / 1 LEMON CLOVES / 9 WATER / 180 G (61⁄2 OZ) FILLING WALNUTS / 200 G (7 OZ) BLANCHED PISTACHIOS / 175 G (6 OZ) BLANCHED WHOLE ALMONDS / 200 G (7 OZ) CASTER (SUPERFINE) SUGAR / 75 G (23⁄4 OZ) GROUND CINNAMON / 10 G (1⁄3 OZ) PASTRY UNSALTED BUTTER, MELTED / 125 G (41⁄2 OZ) FILO PASTRY / 375 G (13 OZ) YOU WILL ALSO NEED: 1 KG (2 LB 3 OZ) YOGHURT GELATO (PAGES 60–63)

GEM_2_YoghurtBased_FIN.indd 66

3/07/13 8:21 AM

YOGHURT BASE

To make the syrup, combine the sugar, honey, rosewater, lemon zest, juice, cloves and water in a saucepan. Bring to the boil over a high heat, stirring until the sugar dissolves. Reduce the heat to medium and simmer for 3 minutes, then set aside to cool. To make the filling, process the walnuts in a food processor until finely chopped (take care not to overprocess or the nuts will become oily). Transfer to a large bowl. Repeat with the pistachios and then the almonds; place in the bowl with the walnuts. Add the sugar and cinnamon and combine well. Generously brush the base and sides of an 18 x 28 cm (7 x 11 inch), 3.5 cm (1½ inch) deep baking tin with a little of the melted butter. Working with one filo sheet at a time, brush with melted butter, then place in the tin. Repeat with another 8 filo sheets. Scatter the nut mixture evenly over the filo. Repeat the buttering and layering with another 6 filo sheets, placing them over the nut filling. Preheat the oven to 160°C (320°F/Gas 2–3). Meanwhile, place the baklava in the freezer for 10 minutes to firm. Using a small, sharp knife, score the top few layers of filo into diamond shapes. To do this, score the filo parallel to the short sides of the tin at 5 cm (2 inch) intervals, then score it at a 45-degree angle to the first cuts at 5 cm (2 inch) intervals — don't worry too much about the size of the diamonds; you only want to score the filo so the syrup can soak through the layers. Bake for 35 minutes, or until golden (cover with baking paper if the pastry is browning too quickly). Pour the syrup over the hot baklava in the tin, then set aside for 2 hours, or until the syrup is absorbed and the baklava is cool.

· ASSEMBLY · Once you have the baklava ready, churn the gelato. You will need about half of the baklava for this recipe (cover and refrigerate leftovers for another batch of gelato). Smash the baklava into small pieces, roughly 1 cm (½ inch) square, and fold through the gelato. Cover tightly and return to the freezer for 1 hour to firm up.

GEM_2_YoghurtBased_FIN.indd 67

3/07/13 8:21 AM

Big Salads The ultimate fresh, satisfying meal, on one plate Kat Mead The ultimate fresh, simple, nutritious meal on one plate. Everyone loves a big salad: it's how many of us prefer to eat either when cooking for a crowd or eating alone. Summer or winter, oneplate salads make for a delicious, fresh and healthy meal. Big Salads offers 60 recipes that make the most of seasonal salad ingredients, giving people the option to eat vegetarian, vegan or use meat and fish in small amounts with a bounty of beautiful fresh vegetables, herbs and leaves. From Pea, asparagus and lemon labneh salad and Papaya salad with coconut poached chicken in spring, to summery White peach with prosciutto and watercress, comforting autumn platters of Balsamic fig and baked goats' cheese and wintry Parsnip tostada and roast heritage carrot salad, Big Salads make the most wonderful mealtime solution all-year round. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787132108

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Food & Drink

•

Format

253 x 201 mm

•

Extent

176pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Easy to throw together, and most definitely good for you and the whole family, who needs a dozen small dishes when you can have one BIG SALAD?

Author Details Kat Mead is a food writer who has worked on countless books and magazines as both art director and stylist. This is her first book.

Key Information

•

60 inventive ideas to turn salads into midweek feasts all year round. Vegan and vegetarian alternatives are given throughout. Easy, foolproof recipes, using supermarket ingredients, for all the family. Ties into the trend for platter-based food. Impressively packaged as a jacketed flexibound.

SPRING

PEA, ASPARAGUS, EGGS & LEMON LABNEH (V) Asparagus has a relatively short season – usually around mid-April to June – and I always find myself eating it greedily during that time to make the most of it. This salad is fresh, tangy, creamy, crunchy and has a little heat to round it all off. While you can buy labneh, it’s never quite as delicious or as much fun as making your own. This quantity makes enough for two salads (or use the remainder as part of some mezze, or spread on toast with a drizzle of olive oil). If you store the leftovers in a clean, airtight container in the fridge, it will easily last a week.

FOR THE LABNEH (MAKES 450G/1LB)

500g (1lb 2oz/2 cups) Greek yogurt 300g (10½ oz/1¼ cups) natural (plain yogurt 1 tsp sea salt 1 lemon, zest and juice FOR THE SALAD

400g (14oz) asparagus 240g (8½oz/1 cups) fresh (or frozen) peas 200g (7oz) sugar snap peas 20g (¾oz/2½ tbsp) pumpkin seeds 20g (¾oz/2½ tbsp) sunflower seeds

20g (¾oz/2 tbsp) golden flaxseed 2 tbsp white wine vinegar 4 eggs 100g (3½oz) pea shoots FOR THE DRESSING

2 tbsp extra virgin olive oil 1 tbsp lemon juice Sea salt and black pepper TO SERVE

1 tbsp extra virgin olive oil 1 tsp chilli flakes (crushed chilli)

Start the labneh the day before you plan to make the salad. Put the two yogurts, salt, lemon zest and juice into a large bowl and mix everything together well. Line another large bowl with a big piece of muslin (about 40 cm/20 in x 80 cm/40 in), folded to double thickness, and drape the corners over the edge of the bowl. Use a spatula to transfer the yogurt mix into the muslin. Tie the muslin corners together, first to make a tight bundle around the yogurt, and then again to make a loop so that you can hang up the bundle. I find a kitchen cupboard handle works well for this or you could use your kitchen tap; just make sure it’s in a cool spot out of direct sunlight. Place a bowl underneath to catch the whey and juice that will start to drip. And that’s it. Leave it to do its thing overnight or for 6–8 hours. The longer you leave it, the firmer it will get. When you are ready to make the salad, preheat the oven to 190°C/170°C fan/375°F/gas mark 5 and bring a large pan of water to the boil with a steamer basket and lid.

PEA, ASPARAGUS, EGGS & LEMON LABNEH continued Snap the asparagus ends off at their natural breaking point. Slice the thicker stems in half lengthways and leave the thinner ones whole. Place in the steamer for 1 minute before adding the peas and sugar snaps. Continue to steam for another 3â&#x20AC;&#x201C;4 minutes. Remove and plunge into a large bowl of iced water. This will stop the veg cooking and preserve the amazing shades of green. Line a roasting tin (pan) with baking parchment. Scatter all the seeds into the tin and pop it into the oven for 7 minutes. Then take the tin out and give it a shake to move the seeds around; return to the oven for another 5 minutes. The seeds should go a lovely golden brown and the pumpkin seeds will have started to pop open. Remove and set aside to cool. Bring another large, deep pan of water to the boil and add the white wine vinegar. Crack each egg into a little cup or ramekin (four in total). Once the water has come to the boil, reduce the heat to a simmer. Gently swirl the water with a spoon to make a vortex in the middle. Quickly add an egg to the side of the pan â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the water will pull it into the middle. Repeat with the other eggs until they are all in â&#x20AC;&#x201C; you need to do this as quickly as possible so they cook evenly! Let the eggs gently poach for 3 minutes for a soft yolk. Carefully lift them out with a slotted spoon and drain on some paper towel. Take a large serving plate and scatter it with the pea shoots. Drain the vegetables and transfer them to a mixing bowl. Add the ingredients for the dressing, season to taste, and mix it all together with your hands to coat the vegetables. Carefully arrange the veg on top of the salad. Crumble over the lemon labneh and lay the poached eggs on top. Finally scatter over the toasted seeds and drizzle over any dressing left in the bowl from the veg. Serve with another drizzle of extra virgin olive oil and a sprinkle of chilli flakes.

TIP

The steamed veg, toasted seeds and dressing make a great vegan salad in their own right.

WARM TIGER PRAWN COCKTAIL SALAD This is a rather decadent take on the classic prawn (shrimp) cocktail – a firm favourite in our house in the 1980s, when I fell in love with the creamy avocado and tangy thousand island combo. Using tiger prawns gives this some real substance, as they are almost meaty, but you could easily use any other large raw prawn instead.

600g (1lb 5oz) raw tiger prawns (shrimp), approx. 20 1 tbsp olive oil 2 tbsp tamarind paste 1 lemon, juice only 1 romaine lettuce, shredded 75g (2¾oz) lamb’s lettuce 1 cucumber, peeled and cut into chunks 2 avocados THOUSAND ISLAND DRESSING

30ml (1fl oz/2 tbsp) mayonnaise

30ml (1fl oz/2 tbsp) ketchup 2 tbsp horseradish 1 tbsp cider vinegar 1 garlic clove, finely grated 8 cornichons, finely chopped ½ tsp hot pepper sauce Sea salt and black pepper TO SERVE

Lemon wedges Chopped chives Pinch of paprika

First, prep the prawns. Prawns always look more dramatic when you leave some of the shell on.Very carefully remove the shell over the body, leaving the head and tail on. De-vein the prawn by gently slicing down its back – you should be able to see the vein and pull it out. Heat a large frying or sauté pan over a high heat. Add the oil and then the prawns. Keep tossing the pan to turn the prawns so that they cook evenly. After about 4 minutes, add the tamarind paste. Swirl the prawns in the sauce so that it sizzles and bubbles and starts to coat them in a delicious sticky glaze. Squeeze over the lemon juice and keep cooking until the prawns are all pink, curled and cooked through – it should take less than 5 minutes. Remove from the heat while you assemble the salad. Make the dressing by whisking all the ingredients together in a small bowl, seasoning to taste. Place all the lettuce and the cucumber into a large mixing bowl and add half the dressing. Mix together before you transfer to a platter to serve. Halve the avocados and scoop the flesh straight on top. Add the prawns to the centre of the platter, along with some lemon wedges to serve, and the rest of the dressing on the side for dunking the prawns into. Finish with a sprinkling of chopped chives and a pinch of paprika. This is a delicious twist on a real classic – share, but only if you want to!

TOMATO & BURRATA WITH BASIL & WALNUT PESTO ( V ) Burrata is mozzarella’s creamier, more decadent cousin but a good-quality buffalo mozzarella would work just as well here. Fresh tomatoes taste like sunshine, but this fresh and Roasting develops the flavour, adding another level of interest to this delicious salad.

400g (14oz) on-the-vine cherry tomatoes 4 heirloom tomatoes, sliced into rounds 2 beef (beefsteak) tomatoes, sliced into rounds 100g (3½oz) baby leaf salad leaves 1 tbsp extra virgin olive oil 2 burrata (about 400g/14oz) Sea salt and black pepper FOR THE PESTO

50g (1¾oz/2 cups) basil leaves 50g (1¾oz/½ cup) walnuts, toasted and crumbled

1 garlic clove, finely grated 30g (1oz) Parmesan cheese, grated (shredded) 120ml (4fl oz/½ cup) olive oil Sea salt and black pepper Vegetable oil, to fry TO SERVE

10g (¼oz) Parmesan cheese shavings 40g (1½oz/generous cup) walnuts, toasted

Preheat the oven to 190°C/170°C fan/375°F/gas mark 5 and line a large roasting tin (pan) with nonstick baking (parchment) paper. Lay the cherry tomatoes out in the tray. Season with a little salt and pepper and the dried oregano. Pop into the oven for 12–14 minutes – until they just start to burst their skins. While these are roasting, lay the slices of heirloom and beef tomato out on a serving platter. Put the leaves in a mixing bowl, drizzle over the extra virgin olive oil and toss to coat the leaves. Scrunch them together in your hands to shape them into a big ball, then put them in a mound in the middle of the platter and top with the two burrata. To make the walnut pesto, first set 20 of the basil leaves aside for later. Roughly tear the remaining leaves into a food processor and add the walnuts and garlic. Blitz to a coarse paste. Add the Parmesan and olive oil and blitz again until you have a lovely pesto. If you’d like it a little thinner, add a splash more oil. Season to taste and mix once more. Set aside.

S P R G

ROAST TOMATO AND BURRATA SALAD WITH CRISPY BASIL AND WALNUT PESTO continued Cover the base of a deep frying pan (skillet) with a thin layer of vegetable oil, and set over a low heat. Add the basil leaves you kept aside, in two batches. They will sizzle and pop and may spit if the oil is too hot, so do be careful not to burn yourself. The leaves take less than 30 seconds to get crispy and, when you remove them from the oil, they go like stained glass! Really very beautiful and a perfect topper to this salad. When they are ready, carefully lift them out of the oil and leave to drain on some paper towel. Gently press down in the centre of the burrata to break them open, releasing and exposing their creamy insides. Lay the lightly roasted vine tomatoes around the burrata. Dollop the pesto randomly on the leaves, tomatoes and burrata, top with the Parmesan shavings, crumble over the walnuts and finally add the crispy basil leaves.

S P R G

Just a French Guy Cooking Easy recipes and kitchen hacks for rookies Alexis Gabriel Aïnouz

C OV E R

The debut cookbook from the YouTube sensation.

DRAF T

French Guy Cooking is a YouTube sensation. A Frenchman living in Paris, Alexis loves to demystify cooking by experimenting with food and cooking methods to take the fear factor out of cooking, make it fun and accessible, and charm everyone with his geeky approach to food. In this, his debut cookbook, he shares 100 of his absolute favourite recipes – from amazingly tasty toast ideas all the way to some classic but super-simple French dishes. Along the way, he shares ingenious kitchen hacks – six ways with a can of sardines, a cheat's guide to wine, three knives you need in your kitchen – so that anyone can throw together great food without any fuss.

Publication

01 September 2018

Author Details

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.95 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787132238

Passionate home cook Alex Aïnouz, is a self-taught, Paris-based food fanatic. His love for cooking can be traced back to his grandparents who both worked as chefs and to childhood holidays he claims “opened my eyes to the diversity of things you can eat”. A self-confessed food geek, Alex isn’t afraid to try new things in the kitchen and discover the science behind his creations. Part of Jamie Oliver's Food Family, he shares recipes and tips with ever-increasing YouTube fans under the name Alex French Guy Cooking.

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Food & Drink

•

Format

225 x 175 mm

•

Extent

176pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

•

90 easy French-inspired recipes presented with charming flair by a YouTube star. A cookbook of equal appeal to men and women. Fun, accessible recipes and hacks, perfect for students. Publication supported by major social media campaign across the author's considerable platforms. YouTube subscribers have now reached half a million worldwide.

A convenient onion soup Serves 6 1 Tbsp butter 1 Tbsp neutral flavoured oil 6 large onions, thinly sliced salt 1 Tbsp sugar 200ml [scant 1 cup] dry white wine 3 Tbsp any type of cognac [prefer to use rum or vodka? That’s OK, but choose an amber coloured one] 1 Tbsp flour 2 litres [8½ cups] good quality beef or vegetable stock ½ garlic clove slices of stale bread 100-150g [1-1½ cups] grated hard cheese [Comté, strong Cheddar]

You simply can't ignore French soupe à l'oignon. I agree it looks gorgeous served in those pretty round bowls but one it takes a lot of preparation, and two makes a lot of washing up, so not very practical, you'll agree. This recipe's much better.

Put a large, heavy-based saucepan over a mediumlow heat, add the butter and oil and then the onions. Season with salt and add the sugar. Leave to cook for 30 minutes, stirring from time to time – the onions must be golden brown. Pour in the wine, then the cognac, and flambé [watch out for the flames when doing this]. When the flames have died down, scrape the bottom of the saucepan with a wooden spoon to incorporate all the cooking juices sticking to it. Stir in the flour – this will give the soup a rich syrupy consistency. Mix well and then add the stock. Turn down the heat as low as it will go and leave to simmer for 30 minutes. Rub a large gratin dish with the garlic and pour in the soup. Cover the surface with bread slices and top them with a generous layer of grated cheese. Grill until the cheese bubbles and turns a nice golden brown before placing the dish triumphantly in the centre of the table. The heat and steam are fierce enough to burn the table cloth, which admittedly would add considerably to the drama, but if you’re attached to the cloth, put a trivet or pot stand on the table first.

NOTE!

000 · Soup

I'm giving you a classic, fuss-free u're version of onion soup here but, if yo after more complex flavours, add a rni pinch of mixed spice and a bouquet ga p before starting to simmer the sou .

Omelette Pépin-style

Jacques Pépin is a French celebrity chef who for a long time has been an icon in the US. Very talented, a bit cheeky and with an accent you can cut with a knife don't look at me! , he is particularly famous for his incomparable omelettes. This is my take on how he makes them.

Serves 1

First of all, beat the eggs, but only lightly as they must not be frothy. Add a pinch of fine salt.

3 eggs pinch of fine salt a drizzle of neutral flavoured oil 1 tsp butter

Place a frying pan [skillet] over a medium-high heat and add the oil and butter. If you cook the omelette over a low heat, it will be solid and cooked evenly all the way through. It’s also important to add just enough fat to the pan so the omelette fries but doesn’t brown. The mix of oil and butter should ‘sing’ when it comes into contact with the pan, but not ‘scream’.

Equipment you must have non-stick frying pan [skillet], 22-24cm [9-10in] in diameter a wooden fork or, failing that, a plastic one [takeaway anyone?]

Pour the eggs into the pan. Shake the pan from front to back holding the handle with your left

hand and, with your right hand, use the fork to stir the eggs in a circular movement [I’m right-handed]. The flecks of cooked egg that progressively appear allow the heat to be distributed throughout the omelette and not just remain at the bottom. Gently pull the sides towards the centre. When the omelette starts to set, i.e. there is almost no liquid egg left in the pan, tilt the pan away from the handle and carefully roll the omelette over itself using the fork. By tapping the handle lightly but firmly with the palm of your right hand, you’ll release the omelette and it will go to the back of the pan. At this point you can add a filling [cheese, ham, etc…] or just fold it over. Change to holding the handle of the pan in your left hand with the palm underneath facing upwards and turn out the omelette onto a plate, lifting the plate and tilting it with your right hand. The idea is that the omelette should be plump and shaped like a half moon.

Making my body remember:

Every Saturday lunchtime for about a year, I made an omelette at home. Sometimes with a filling, sometimes without, but always trying to improve my technique. Smoother, more pointed, less golden, more golden, lightly cooked, more cooked ... all because I wanted my body and not my head to remember the movements necessary to achieve success. And, also, because without doubt I'm mad.

4 four ways to instantly upgrade ramen

My guilty secret is I'm totally addicted to instant Chinese noodles. I'm trying to give them up but, as it takes time, I tell myself while I'm waiting to be cured, I might as well have another fix. So, here are four almost instant combinations of ingredients that will add colour and flavour to the stock you use to cook the noodles. The majority of the ingredients are added as toppings once you've ladled the steaming broth and noodles into a soup bowl. For an instant beef soup Thai basil and/or leaf coriander [cilantro] bean sprouts thin slices of beef carpaccio small piece of star anise and cinnamon stick [added to the cooking liquid for the noodles] For an instant pork soup sweetcorn [corn] kernels chopped salad onions [scallions] a drizzle of milk and/or a knob of butter tiny bacon bits [add when the noodles are almost cooked]

For an instant spinach and egg soup [you could start with an onion-flavoured stock] shredded young spinach leaves grated fresh root ginger poached egg a few drops of sesame oil For an instant vegetarian soup minced mushrooms shredded Chinese cabbage [add when the noodles are almost cooked] carrots cut into matchsticks [add with the cabbage] fried tofu

‘Tarte flambée’ pizza

Makes 1 pizza For the base 1 quantity of pizza dough [see my recipe on page….], rolled out into a large round For the topping a little olive oil 50g [1/2 cup] chopped onions 50g [2oz] good quality smoked bacon rashers [slices] – don’t stint on these 100g [1/2 cup] ricotta or full fat natural Greek yogurt 4 Tbsp thick crème fraîche, 30% fat salt and pepper freshly grated nutmeg

Tarte flambée is a speciality of Alsace in eastern France, where it's also known as flammenküeche. To me it's every inch a pizza:in shape, in how it's made and how it's cooked. The pastry was the only thing I had a problem with as I found it a bit dry and less flavoursome than those wonderful crusts from Naples. Well, problem solved. As you can tell, it's exactly the same.

My recipe for making pizza dough takes up a whole page and needs a bit of time to master. You’ll find the recipe at the back of this book, with plenty of helpful tips, but if your courage fails you, ready-made dough bought from a supermarket will do the job. And don’t be too hard on yourself as we don’t always have time to make everything from scratch. To make the topping, heat a little olive oil in a frying pan [skillet] and fry the onions over a very low heat until they are translucent. Cut the bacon rashers [slices] into small lardons. In a bowl, mix together the ricotta or yogurt and crème fraîche. Season with salt and pepper and a little grated nutmeg. Place the round of pizza dough on a sheet of baking parchment and spread the cream mixture over it. Top with the onions and bacon lardons. Preheat the oven to its highest setting. Ideally slide the pizza onto a pizza stone or, better still, a baking steel – an upturned griddle pan also works well – and bake for 5-10 minutes or until the edges of the dough are lightly charred and puffed up.

000 · Pizza and quiche

Vegan Christmas Over 70 amazing vegan recipes for the festive season and holidays, from Avant Garde Vegan Gaz Oakley

C OV E R

The first ever vegan Christmas cookbook, from YouTube and Instagram sensation Avant Garde Vegan.

DRAF T

Vegans and vegetarians everywhere will have the best holiday period ever with Gaz Oakley's fantastic alternatives to the trad turkey and trimmings. Gaz is an expert in bold flavours and textures, so everyone can enjoy a spectacular centrepiece and amazing food throughout the festive season.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.95 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787132672

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

225 x 175 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Gaz talks you through the menus and the planning, from Christmas morning breakfast like Sweet Potato Waffles and Tofu Benedict, through to a show-stopping lunch with the likes of Ultimate Christmas Wellington, "Turkey" Roast and Festive Nut Roast Wreath served with all the trimmings: "No Pigs" in Blankets, Hasselback Potatoes and Fluffy Yorkshire Puddings – all rounded off with spectacular dairyfree puds including Boozy Tiramisu and Creme Brûlée Tarts. There are vegan versions of mince pies, Pavlova and the traditional Christmas Pudding with Custard, and even a "cheese" board for afters! And it's not just about the big day: Gaz offers a supreme spread of party food for when you're celebrating with guests - Mini Sausage Rolls, Sticky BBQ "Ribs" and Arancini, among many others, plus ideas for Boxing Day leftovers including Bubble & Squeak, Christmas Curry and Gyros. Packed with suggestions for the festivities and advice on how to keep cool in the kitchen if you're cooking on the big day, Vegan Christmas offers every solution you'll ever need for what to cook for vegans and vegetarians at Christmas.

Author Details Gaz Oakley is passionate about vegan cooking. He became a chef in Cardiff, UK, at the age of 15. Inspired to follow a healthier lifestyle, he decided to change his diet and go vegan. Using the techniques he had learned working as a professional chef, he started devising beautiful, innovative vegan dishes. His Instagram and youtube channel @avantgardevegan has been phenomenally successful. His first book Vegan 100 was an instant hit worldwide; this is his second book.

Key Information •

No other commercial vegan Christmas cookbooks on the market — first of its kind for Christmas 2018.

•

Veganism is 2018's biggest food trend.

•

Christmas books have soared in popularity over recent years as people seek festive cooking solutions, with books by Jamie Oliver, Nigella Lawson, Donna Hay and more selling in large numbers.

•

Gaz Oakley has over 100,000 followers on Instagram and over 300,000 subscribers on YouTube.

e h t ll a

S G N I M M I R T

THE ULTIMATE CHRISTMAS ROAST THE BEST EVER VEGAN GRAVY SEXY CHRISTMAS VEGETABLES CHRISTMAS STUFFED SQUASH

s a m t s i r Ch This is the most epic ultimate vegan Christmas roast wellington. Gone are the boring nut roasts, this recipe is game changing!! The flavours are incredible & it has a really meaty texture whilst being packed with Christmassy flavours. I hope you all try it because its literally FIRE!!

WET

CHRISTMAS DAY!

2 tbs Vegetable Oil 1 Onion, chopped fine 1 Leeks, chopped fine 2 cloves Garlic, minced 1 tsp Sea Salt 1 tsp Cracked Black Pepper Pinch Cinnamon Pinch All Spice Pinch Paprika Pinch Ground Nutmeg 1 tbs Dried Sage 2 tsp Dried Rosemary 1/4 cups Dried Cranberries, chopped extra small 1/2 cups Dried Apricots, chopped small 1 cup Chestnuts, chopped small 1 cup Cider 1 cup Vegetable Stock 1 tbs Miso Paste

DRY

2 & 1/4 cups Vital Wheat Gluten 3 tbs Chickpea Flour

SPICE MIX RUB

Serves

Pinch of; Cayenne Pepper All spice Dried Sage Dried Rosemary Dried Tarragon

6-8

ROASTING INGREDIENTS

GF NO

Rest of the Cider 1 Orange 2 Cups Veg 1 Onion 2 cloves Garlic 1 Bay Leaf Handful Thyme & Rosemary 1 tbs Miso 2 tbs Balsamic

PASTRY

4 tbs Cranberry & Orange Sauce 1 block Shop bought Vegan Puff Pastry

GLAZE

3 tbs Maple 3 tbs Milk 4 tbs Vegetable Oil

Cooks In 3 HOURS Difficulty

6/10

Sweat the onion, leeks, garlic, herbs with the seasoning & spices. Once soft add the dried fruit & chestnuts. Sauté for 3 minutes. Deglaze the pan with the cider, then add the stock & miso paste. Allow the mix to simmer for 2 minutes before turning the heat off. Mix together the dry ingredients in a large mixing bowl. Once the wet mix has slightly cooled add it to the dry ingredient bowl & mix well. Knead the mixture for at least 10 minutes. The pre heat your oven to 180 degrees C. Allow the dough to rest for 10 minutes whilst you clean up. Roll the dough into a sausage shape around 4’’ in diameter. Sprinkle the spice mix on your board & roll the dough into it until well covered. Wrap the dough in cheese cloth & tie each end. Place the wrapped dough into a deep baking tray with the rest of the roasting ingredients. Bake for 2 hours at 180 degrees C, on the bottom shelf – turning half way through cooking. SEXY VEGETABLES P.36

Brush the roast with cranberry sauce. Then place into the centre of the pastry & wrap. Brushing the glaze on when needed. Bake for 15-20 minutes or until golden.

CHRISTMAS DAY!

Whilst the roast in cooking, strain the roasting mix through a sieve into a saucepan pressing through the lovely juices. Place the saucepan over a low heat & allow the gravy to simmer for 10 minutes until thick, you can add a touch of flour if it’s too thin.

Once the Roast is golden, carve & serve with the gravy.

ITH EA TW GR RE CI PE

Roll out your puff pastry into a tea towel sized rectangle around 3mm thick. Score strips a 3rd of the way in the pastry on each side so you can make a lattice (optional – see video for tips).

...

Once baked, remove from the tray & allow to cool slightly before removing the cheese cloth.

SMOKY SPROUTS I decided to show you 3 beautiful Christmas vegetable side dishes that are packed full of incredible flavours. They are also really simple to make.

500g/ 1lb Sprouts, trimmed 1/2 cup Vac packed Chestnuts 1 tbs Fennel Seeds 1/2 cup Dried Cranberries

1 tbs Maple Syrup 1 cup Coconut Bacon Zest of 1/2 Lemon Pinch Seasoning

Serves

Cooks In

45 MINS Difficulty

Piorum quem non tarbi pulibefecero venenatur, seremus in vivividi se, Patrum or unul halibut etordit. Caede tant? Ahabem ta Si fest vivigno nsiliusa aus ficatri onemori confecion dierudem dius viribus ade virisso ltorionvesis tam eticienium vidii sicervi rmihilius, simus, non ilium tum is, corte, comnocret vit audessimus eo ium se eniustu isulis contioc ori in vicam nere tudem que nonstum inatabus cureheniri consimandem diem maximis.

CHRISTMAS DAY!

Nihicie ne fatorari fore apecrem ussimaximum opte etiendachus, senim aturs labus hili in re dienstro, aut L. Quitique tem que more host? Aximo eoravoc, consum mum in Etre, aribus? Reis senatus bonficis, nonon vivatum es ceritrus consus occhuctod menic viventuamqua ortimus. Num tuam ina, ut vivestrio, comne imum publintero crum atinces sendies Mulati, Cupio iam patodicae ili.

Glazed Beets & Baby Rainbow Carrots P.52 Cauliflower Cheese P.55

4/10 GF YES

ALSO AVAILABLE BY GAZ OAKLEY

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781787131248

Vegan Trend Update [Sources: Google Trends, The Guardian, Vegan Life, BBC, Munchies, Vegan Society, Kantar, iNews, PETA, Ipsos MORI, Mintel, Sydney Morning Herald, Vegan Australia]

Why? The latest consumer surveys show that the concern for animals remains the main motivation for signing up to veganism:

We canâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t deny the influence of food gurus and social media influencers who are educating and inspiring us to discover, experiment and enjoy vegan foods in endless new (Instagramable) ways. â&#x20AC;? I do think that celebrities . going vegan makes a difference

On Instagram, people make veganism look like a very desirable lifestyle

I went vegan when was watching a lot of YouTube and into healthy eating

Veganism in Australia • Australia is the third-fastest growing vegan market in the world (after UAE and China) • 9.9 million Aussies agree that they’re ‘eating less meat these days’ • Melbourne is fast becoming the vegan capital of the world: a new study finds most of Australia’s vegans and vegetarians were living in cities, with many gravitating to Melbourne where vegan cafes are rife. • Australia's packaged vegan food market is currently worth almost $136 million, set to reach $215 million by 2020 • Google finds Australians are more interested in getting information about vegan eating than any other diet – “vegan” is by far the most searched-for food trend (second is “gluten-free”) • “Paleo” (ie animal product heavy) became 75% less popular a search term in 2017

Around the World USA •  Like the UK, vegan is the number one health trend for Google searches •  “Vegan food” was the top Google food search term for New Yorkers in 2017 •  Currently the biggest vegan food labelling market is the US ($1.75 billion), followed by Germany ($614 million) and Britain ($507 million). •  Latest figures show that there are 1.62m full-time vegans in the USA •  Only 50% of US vegans are in their 20s and 30s (the average age is 42) •  74% of US vegans are female •  Vegetarian menus saw a “66% growth at restaurants while 51% of consumers agree they enjoy items that heavily feature vegetables.” •  Top 5 vegan cities in the US are Portland, Los Angeles, New York, Detroit and Nashville •  US dairy sector is so worried by the burgeoning plant milk industry that there is now a multi-million dollar lobby to America’s Food & Drug Administration to stop plant milk being called ‘milk’ •  America’s biggest meat processor, Tyson, bought a stake in the plant-based meat alternative company, Beyond Meat

Wider Popular Culture It’s not just the food sector that’s seeing massive growth when it comes to consumers choosing to eschew animal products: •  Fashion: the vegan leather industry is set to hit $85 billion globally and ASOS launched its ‘Compassion Fashion’ marketplace page •  Publishing: 2017 saw a 10% rise in vegan ISBNs with a TCM value of £5.8M •  Celebrity: those all-powerful influencers include Alicia Silverstone, Woody Harrelson, Joaquin Phoenix, Miley Cyrus, Liam Hemsworth, Kate and Rooney Mara, Beyonce and Jay-Z, Lea Michele, Ariana Grande, Jared Leto, Jennifer Lopez, Olivia Wilde, Tobey Maguire, Anne Hathaway, Brad Pitt and Bill Clinton •  Drinks: Baileys has launched a vegan brand ‘Baileys Almande’ and sales of vegan wine sales are already outperforming the overall category in 2018 (3% growth YOY)

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Jewelled Table Cooking, Eating and Entertaining the Middle Eastern Way Bethany Kehdy

DRAF T

C OV E R

Mezze has become synonymous with the Middle East; a style of eating automatically associated with tables laden and stacked with sharing plates that avalanche from the kitchen. However, that’s just one part of the picture. Eating in the Middle East is both a necessity and a social ritual. In The Jewelled Table, Bethany Kehdy explores the way Middle Easterners cook, eat and entertain, and the rituals of doing so at home, highlighting why the Middle East has such a rich, intricate and wonderful heritage of hospitality in part much inspired by the ‘hospitable’ desert. Over 80 ancient and every day recipes from the Middle East will be reinterpreted and made accessible for cooking in a Western kitchen without losing integrity for the classics. Find out the secret to nailing hummus once and for all, whip up a Persian herb frittata, and make an impressive, delicious Ox cheek, shallot and rhubarb stew. From simple weeknight suppers to lazy brunches, Sunday roasts, celebratory feasts and last-minute mayhem, Bethany illustrates that with a few key ingredients, Middle Eastern food is the perfect fit for every occasion.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$45.00

ISBN

9781784881672

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

248 x 190 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Key Information

Age Range

•

"A new champion of Middle Eastern food."—Yotam Ottolenghi

Terms

SOR

•

Middle Eastern food, in particular Lebanese cuisine, has been marked as one of the hot food trends for 2018.

•

This book steers away from the mezze culture to focus on the Middle Eastern heritage of eating and entertaining at home.

•

Takes classic and traditional recipes and reinterprets them for a modern cook, without sacrificing authenticity.

Featuring menu plans, detailed instructions on how to cook the recipes, as well as charming anecdotes throughout from Bethany’s own experiences in the Middle East, all set to the backdrop of beautiful location shots, The Jewelled Table is an essential cookbook for anyone who loves the flavours of the Middle East.

Author Details Bethany Kehdy is a Lebanese-American food writer and presenter. Hailed by Yotam Ottolenghi as ‘A new champion of Middle Eastern food’, her debut cookbook, The Jewelled Kitchen, was selected as one of the notable cookbooks of 2013 by The New York Times. Highlighted by Monocle Magazine as one of four Mediterranean ambassadors, representing Lebanon, her work on promoting Lebanon’s food tourism to the world continues, via her food tour company Taste Lebanon as well as her consultancy work with the Ministry of Tourism. Her Middle Eastern inspired London supper-clubs have regularly sold-out and she is in the process of opening her very own Middle Eastern experiential restaurant in Central London.

2 UNFASTEN THE APPETITE SMALL PLATES & ADDITIONAL DISHES

Intro, have been generous with type size, can actually fit everything if we want, but I don’t think we should?

BEFORE WHAT IS TO COME M UQA BIL AT & A K L AT IDA FEEYA

Muqabilat, from the root word ‫ لبق‬or ‘before’ can be loosely translated to mean“things before what is to come.” Muqabilat therefore is the Arabic equivalent for appetiser. However, mezze (see pxx) is now used interchangeably with the word appetisers, but, there lies a deep-dish distinction. While many of the muqabilat dishes are without a doubt the same dishes you’d see on a mezze spread, and often served in the same quantity and order; the concept of mezze is that it is a meal made up of a procession of small dishes or nibbles with no focus over a ‘main’, attention-grabbing, substantial dish. There is no follow-up meal or main to mezze, though dishes that could fall into the ‘main’ category can be served as a small, ‘mezze’ portion. Mezze is also essentially the reserve of dining establishments (for more on this, see pxx). However, muqabilat are part of a typical meal or feast set in a Middle Eastern home and which is devised around a substantial or show-stopping main. And while these dishes grace the table as appetisers, they also remain part of the meal till the end, which is why muqabilat can also be referred to as aklat idafeeya, or ‘additional dishes’ as they can be served before the main and along with the main, in the same instance. Muqabilat and additional dishes are varied and usually the cold selections are offered, such as the cooked vegetable salads, bawarid and zayteeyat, before the warmer ones.

A LL YOUR EG GS IN MOR E TH A N ONE DISH!

We’ve all become very familiar with the Middle Eastern shakshouka- eggs poached in a rich tomato sauce (see pxx)- which graces almost every brunch table in the West these days. In the Middle East, however, eggs go into more than one dish! Known as kuku (Farsi) and eggah (Arabic, also written and pronounced ejjah), we too have a knack for the almighty egg, serving up omelette-like concoctions amongst other egg-centric dishes. In fact, it’s become more known that the very inspiration for the omelette and Spanish frittata in fact came from the Persian Kuku. Eggs were held in such high regard, especially so in the Middle Ages, that they adorned most dishes. Vegetables (and their scraps), herbs, meats, nuts, dried fruits, cheese, pasta, bread and even sugar all make for natural playmates for the humble egg in the region. Inspired by the season and occasion, omelettes are a wonderful showcase of the Middle Eastern cook’s masterful ability to stretch scraps of food into admirable meals. One great example of this is how the innards of vegetables which have been cored for stuffing (see stuffed kohlrabi, pxx) are recycled into a plethora of kuku’s or

Love the travel pics, now I get a glimpse of what real Lebanon is like

Unfasten the appetite.

TA JEN SA M A K

SMOKED COD TAJEN S M O T H E R E D I N C L E M E N T I N E & B R O N Z E D O N I O N TA H I N I

serves 4 prep 15 minutes cook 15 minutes 4 tbsp Olive oil 750g Lightly smoked Cod Fillets 2 onions, thinly sliced 1 garlic head, peeled 1 tbsp ground turmeric 1 tbsp ground cumin 1 tbsp ground ginger B/c tbsp ground black pepper B/c tbsp dried tarragon B/c tsp white pepper 250 ml tahini 1 grapefruit, juiced 1 lemon, juiced 1-2 clementines, peeled and roughly chopped 240 ml white wine 2 tbsp almonds, lightly toasted 2 tbsp pine nuts, lightly toasted Fresh tarragon, finely chopped to sprinkle Lemon wedges, to serve

Known as Tajen samak, tajen being the name of the shallow frying pan used to prepare the dish, I like to use a shallow baking casserole that I can transfer directly to the table for this dish- which is traditionally served at room temperature. This is excellent make with the Gulfâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s hammour fish, similar to meaty white fish such as cod or halibut. Pre-heat the oven to 180C/4G. Grease an oven proof pan lightly with about half of the olive oil, season the fillets with salt and pepper, and then place in the hot oven, uncovered to cook for about 10-12 minutes, depending on the size of the fillet. Meanwhile, place another sautĂŠ pan on medium-high heat, add the remaining olive oil and sautĂŠ the onions until they are lightly browned, about 4-5 minutes, then add the spices and herbs, cover, reduce the heat to medium-low and sweat them down for a further 2-3 minutes. As the onions are cooking, in a bowl whisk together the tahini, grapefruit and lemon juice with about 250 ml of water. You want the mixture to be of a thick, creamy consistency but not runny! Once the onions have sweated down, remove the lid, add the clementines, increase the heat to high let them brown along the edges for about a minute, then pour over the white wine, and allow it to simmer and evaporate, this may take about 1-2 minutes. Season with salt and pepper. Then whisk in the tahini and cook through for a further 2-3 minutes until the mixture has thickened nicely and looks like it will nicely enrobe the fish. At this stage, remove the sauce from the heat, and turn the oven to high grill in order to add golden, crispy edges to the fish. Remove from the heat, and then pour the tahini sauce over. Sprinkle over with the toasted almonds, pine nuts and fresh tarragon. Serve immediately with lemon wedges.

Recipe page Heading font: Ehmcke

STALK ( ERS ) KUKU

Unfasten the appetite.

WITH LEEKS & OLIVE OIL

This is inspired by a Persian frittata, known as kuku sabzi, which would use a mix of herbs except here I’ve used a mix of stalks from beets, carrots, radish, kohlrabi and so on. You may be asking if carrot stalks/greens are safe to eat- the answer is they are not poisonous but they can be allergenic, so be careful you’re not. Carrot greens are earthy and can be slightly bitter, so be sure you’re not overpowering the kuku. For this recipe, I used equal parts beet, carrot and radish stalks, You can adapt to your taste using any leftover edible stalks and even herbs you have on hand. If you do not have a grill or oven-proof chef pan, continue cooking the kuku on the stove-top but reduce the heat to low once the kuku begins to bubble and cook for only a further 3-4 minutes or until it’s just set. Use less olive oil if you prefer. Place a wide oven-proof chef pan over medium heat, heat through half of the olive for about 30 seconds then add the leeks and sauté for a minute stirring often. Add in the mixed stalks, toss to combine and leave them to wilt, about 5 minutes, stirring often. Meanwhile, pre-heat the top grill to high. Once the greens have wilted, add in the garlic, and spices, seasons with salt and mix well. Taste and adjust seasoning to taste, then make sure the greens are spread evenly across the bottom of the pan, drizzle over the remaining olive oil, then pour over the whisked egg. Tilt the pan gently to help spread the mixture out evenly and then leave to cook for about 3-4 minutes or until bubbles gently begin to develop on the top of the kuku. Transfer the kuku to cook beneath for a further 3-4 minutes, or until the edges turn golden brown. Remove from heat, divide into 4-6 slices and serve warm or at room temperature with sausages and bread.

serves 4–6 prep 20 minutes cook 20 minutes 4 tbsp olive oil 1 leek, finely sliced 200g mixed stalks and or herbs, finely chopped 3 garlic cloves, finely minced 1/2 tsp turmeric 1/2 tsp coriander 1/2 tsp ginger 1/4 tsp cinnamon 8-10 eggs, whisked

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Beer Kitchen The Modern Guide to Cooking with Beer Melissa Cole

C OV E R

70 fabulous beer recipes from the UK's leading beer expert.

DRAF T

When a recipe calls for ‘beer’ do you have even the first clue of what you should add? When was the last time you read a recipe that really specified a beer style, or even suggested a few different brands from your supermarket shelves? It's never been done, until now! Award-winning beer expert Melissa Cole has combined two of her greatest passions: great brews and delicious food. Sharing over 70 gorgeous recipes using beer as the star ingredient, you will discover new and exciting ways to cook with beer. Far removed from your standard 'pub-grub' blokey food, Melissa has selected recipes that will suit the modern palate, regardless of whether you drink beer! From a show-stopping Brined Bone-in Pork Loin with a Beer-Soaked Fruit Stuffing to a delicate and sharp Sour-Beer Ceviche you'll also find inventive ideas for quick beer-infused pickles and brines to the most mouthwatering sweet and savoury bakes; this is a new, more inviting and sophisticated approach to cooking with beer.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781784881887

Author Details

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

248 x 190 mm

Award-winning writer Melissa is widely acknowledged as one of the UK’s leading beer & food experts. Renowned for her insightful and engaging writing style, sense of humour and ability to translate complicated beer jargon into something everyone can understand. When she's not judging beer competitions in Amsterdam, Rio, Denver or Dublin, she is brewing beers with some of the world’s most respected brewers like Odell and Thornbridge and is also sought after by restaurants like the world-famous St John and Meatopia to construct their beer lists. She has also appeared at the Hay Literary Festival and done cooking with beer demos at Borough Market and Foodies Festivals.

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

With expert advice on beer types, flavours and brands, to beer and cheese pairing and helpful menu ideas to inspire your own beer-food party, The Beer Kitchen is the benchmark cookbook for every beer lover.

Key Information •

The ultimate beer-based cookbook.

•

From the bestselling author of The Little Book of Craft Beer.

•

Chapters are divided into three: Simple Selections, Splash-Out and Show-Off, with 70 ideas for sharing feasts, dinner party snacks and week-day wonders.

•

Craft beers are still marked as a huge trend for 2018 and the sophisticated flavours in these brews have encourage people to not only drink beer, but cook with it.

•

Foreword by Michelin-starred chef Alyn Williams.

The Beer Kitchen

“Pint and a pie please.”

Melissa Cole, in most pubs.

Introduction

Why Beer & Food? This journey has two main roads, which segued about 15 years ago to create a deep, nerdy and abiding love affair of matching beer with food and then, a bit later on, cooking with it too.

The Beer Kitchen

The beer path is well documented in my first book, Let Me Tell You About Beer, released in 2011 so, without re-treading too much old ground, about 18 years ago I became fed up having to wade through tired tropes about beer and descriptions like ‘hoppy’ and ‘malty’, when my nose and mouth were experiencing everything from roses to roast coffee. And so, to quite some derision initially, I set about communicating what I was smelling and tasting in the beers, and after being told many times, ‘this isn’t wine, you know’, when the craft beer scene broke here about 15 years ago, suddenly people were sitting up and paying attention to a more fun and informative way of talking about beer. Fortunately, when I finally got around to writing my second book, The Little Book of Craft Beer, in 2017, the beer world had moved on at a staggering rate and the global face of brewing had changed immensely. In the UK we now have more breweries per capita than anywhere else in the world; in the US, ‘craft’ beer accounts for around 12 per cent of the beer market and the rest of the world can’t keep pace with the total transformation of the brewing landscape. But I’m probably boring you, because this book isn’t about the business of beer, it’s about the gustatory pleasure that can be derived when beer and food collide in the most magical way. My cooking with beer campaign started in earnest about 10 years ago, when I was looking at an, initially, tasty-sounding recipe for a steak and ale pie and the recipe called for ‘beer’… That was it, just beer. Not a hint was given whether you should use a lager or an ale, let alone specifying if it should be a bock or a bitter, a kölsch or a mild, and this annoyed me greatly, because the use of those varying styles will have a fundamental impact on the end dish. Then I got doubly annoyed when I turned the page of the magazine and there was a recipe using wine and being really specific about which variety. So I started scanning the pages of other food magazines I had and, at the very least, they cared enough to

say ‘full-bodied red’ or ‘fruity, dry white’ – and also, ‘if you wouldn’t drink it, don’t cook with it’ – but when it came to beer there was this big blind spot that ‘any old beer will do’ – naturally, I disagreed quite strongly then and even more vehemently now. The main reason I rail against this more strongly than ever is that choice is bigger than ever. Just the other day, I was doing a cooking demo with a friend, who started a bit later than me in his cooking with beer adventure but has done everything from run big barbecue festivals to restaurants with a heavy beer focus. He recounted how a few years ago he’d made a huge celebratory stew for a dinner party at home with a big American-style IPA and left it bubbling away for several hours only to be left with what could only be described as, in his words, ‘a god-awful bitter mess, a chaotic attempt to rescue the meat and, eventually, a pizza delivery’… and I laughed much harder than I should have at him because that’s what the start of my journey was like too. And before I go any further, I would like to be honest and say that a lot of my cooking with beer experiments have resulted in some pretty disgusting crimes against food along the way and I have managed to repulse any number of friends and family members with the results. However, after some of these inedible dinners and subsequent take-away orders, I decided to take a more scientific approach to it all and set myself a series of questions. How does temperature play a role? Where in the dish would that beer have the most impact? Why is there an unpleasant flavour when I do this, that or the other? What seems to always work well and why? And thanks to the bravery of family and friends, who continued being my guinea pigs, slowly patterns became clear and, as theories on what was happening with various beer styles used in different dishes were formed, they have been tested rigorously over and over again in various different ways. This is the result.

The Beer Kitchen

The Science Bits So, you saw the word ‘science’ on the cover of this book and still bought it? Brilliant. But I have a confession to make: I’m not a scientist. I don’t have a scientific qualification past GCSE to my name.

But before you slam the book closed and write an angry online review, I want to let you know that what I am is a good journalist (stop sniggering at the back, we aren’t all click bait hacks these days) and I’m also naturally really nosy; I don’t let up. I pull threads to find facts and I weave strands of interesting relevant statements into each other and research voraciously until stories come together that fascinate me and, hopefully, other people. Just as a small aside, if you ever meet my big sister Melanie, and ask her what my favourite word was from the time I could talk, she will roll her eyes heartily and say, in resigned and weary tones, ‘why?’. Anyway, torturing my extremely loving and tolerant sister aside, this whole subject of beer has fascinated me for nearly two decades, which means that I have a lot of those facts, statements and research articles at my disposal and they have all led to this point and, because science never sleeps, I will continue to delve into as many aspects of research in the field as I can. So, yes, I am going to hit you with a fair whack of science in this book; it’s not because I’m showing off (which I do from time to time) or because I want to seem smarter than you (I’m probably not) it’s because I want to tell you a story about a dish or a pairing, I want you to understand its narrative – some of which will come from the soul and some from the science – and how I arrived at the final version. All that said, my main job is to be a conduit to disseminate information, and I think one of the most important bits of information I can give you before we get into all the recipe bits is about how your perception of taste and flavour works.

Cooking with beer

The Beer Kitchen

Section Name

Dos

Dont’s

Do use beers as a seasoning – just as brewers use hops as a seasoning, so can you. Want to add a herbal note to a dish, how about a a classic British bitter? Want to add some lush tropical notes to a simple cheesecake? Add some Australian-style pale ale. Want to play with sweet vinous notes in a chicken casserole? Why not pop a New Zealand-hopped saison in there? And it can go on and on

Don’t deglaze your pan with beer – all this does is: reduce the beer down to bitterness, burns the sugars in the beer, which is bitter, and drives off all the aroma compounds Don’t use perceptually bitter beers in dishes that cook at high heat or for more than 10 minutes – all you’re doing is reducing them down to a bitter mess

Do taste as you go – one of the best things you can do is test your food as you cook (avoiding dangerous raw products of course!)

Don’t lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Nunc lacinia suscipit urna, ut sodales tortor vulputate non. Cras nec odio porttitor, vulputate nunc a, viverra ante. Sed ut lobortis enim, tincidunt ullamcorper metus. Vestibulum vehicula, magna ac tempus ornare, urna dui cursus magna, vel auctor lorem ipsum

Do think of acidity - acidity is as much a flavour intensifier as salt is, you might not need that added salt, in fact it might be counter-productive, what you might need is a dash of Berliner weisse or a squeeze of lemon Do leave the room and come back in again before you serve up your food – you will get so much more pleasure from the food you’ve worked hard to cook if your senses aren’t saturated with it (or just stick your head out the window, that’ll do the trick too!)

The Beer Kitchen

Section 1

Simple Going back to K.I.S.S. at the beginning of the book, these recipes arenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t always a 15-minute meal, but they are easy to make and should be a simple joy to prepare. From dips to indulgent mid-week meals and family recipes, a lot of these are dishes I canâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t imagine my food life without.

So Simple

Sardines with Beery Crab Meat Serves 2 One of the bonuses of living on an island is an astonishing abundance of fish, and cold water oily fish is, in my opinion, the best in the world. You can use two mackerel instead of four sardines if you like and this is particularly lovely when cooked on the barbecue.

Ingredients

1 tablespoon Belgian-style wheat beer (I used xxx) 80 g (3 oz) white crab meat 1 large red chilli, finely chopped 2 large wild garlic leaves, finely chopped (reserve any flowers for garnish) 60 g (2 oz) goatsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; yogurt large bunch of washed watercress, thick stems removed fine sea salt and freshly ground black pepper

For the dressing 6 tablespoons groundnut, grapeseed or other neutral oil 3 tablespoons cider vinegar 1 teaspoon creamed horseradish (or fresh and grated if you can get it) pinch of sugar

Method

10 g (1/2 oz/2 teaspoons) unsalted butter

Burning Sky Saison a la Provision Alternatives: Saison Dupont Saison Silly Pairing - any of the above or: Mateo y Bernabe Santiago Victoria lager Brooklyn Lager Devilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Backbone Vienna Lager

1 lemon 4 scaled, gutted, butterflied sardines

Beer used

Heat the grill to its highest heat. Make the dressing by mixing the oil, cider vinegar, horseradish and sugar in a jar. Very finely slice half the lemon and lay a bed of the lemon, roughly the same size as the sardines on a roasting tray. Make sure as many of the tiny bones as possible have been removed by your fishmonger, then rub the sardines all over with butter, season the skin very lightly with salt and put pepper on the flesh side (this will stop it from burning from direct heat). Put the fish on top of the lemons and place to one side for a moment. Place a small pan with just enough beer to cover the base on a medium heat. When the beer starts bubbling and is about to start evaporating from the base, pop in the crab meat and gently swirl the pan. As the crab meat is gently heating, pop the sardines under the grill. Take the crab meat off the heat and allow to cool a little. The sardines should by now be golden and crispy-skinned. Turn off the grill and leave them in the bottom of the oven to rest. Stir the chilli and garlic gently into the beery crab meat, then add just enough of the yogurt to bind it together. Check for seasoning and adjust accordingly. Place the watercress in a large bowl, dress lightly with the emulsified dressing, then divide between the plates. Place two sardines on each plate, dress with a spoonful of the crab mixture, garnish with the reserved flowers and finish with a scattering of lemon juice and ground pepper.

The Beer Kitchen

Warm kale and nduja salad Serves 2

Ingredients 8 sun-dried tomatoes in olive oil, chopped into fine strips

This is the kind of dish I have a tendency to knock together when I’ve been reading Nigel Slater’s work. Maybe I’m projecting a bit but it’s the kind of thing I can imagine him knocking up from bits in his fridge (if you haven’t seen his work then, for me, his best work is Kitchen Diaries, which are a non-stop source of inspiration and a heart-warming read). This makes a great light supper or lunch, but if you want to make it a bit more substantial then it’s great with some griddled sourdough drizzled with some more of the oil from sundried tomatoes and a splash of good balsamic. Ndjuja is a spicy, spreadable salumi, which originates from Calabria in Italy.

Juice of ½ lemon 1 red onion, halved lengthways and peeled, root trimmed but left intact 150g nduja (if you can’t get this, replace with a chorizo picante or other spicy sausage) 2 tbsp sunflower seeds, toasted 125g pre-cooked spelt or mixed grains (I get the pouches that are pre-cooked, see store cupboard staples on pg???) 1 bottle cold classic saison (you’ll only use a bit so plenty left to accompany dinner) 50g goat yoghurt 500g whole-leaf kale

Beer used Burning Sky Saison a la Provision Alternatives: Saison Dupont Saison Silly Pairing - any of the above or: Mateo y Bernabe Santiago Victoria lager Brooklyn Lager Devil’s Backbone Vienna Lager

Method

So Simple

Put three serving bowls and a ramekin in the oven to warm. Mix a little of the oil from the sun-dried tomatoes with the lemon juice to taste, then set aside. Put a dry frying pan on the heat. Slice the onion halves into 2cm-thick wedges. When your pan is hot, add the onions and cook until they start to just blacken. Turn them over, cook the other side and put in one of your warmed bowls. Wipe your frying pan out with a damp piece of kitchen towel and return to the heat. Take walnut-sized lumps of nduja and fry until they get a light crust on them, then add them to the onions, place back in oven. Wipe out the pan again with some kitchen towel. Add your sunflower seeds, toast lightly on both sides, watching like a hawk or they’ll easily burn. When light gold, pop them in the warmed ramekin. In the same pan, warm your spelt on a medium low heat, along with a small splash of beer. Stir in goat yoghurt, then add another splash of beer and your kale, stir through the spelt, cover and cook for about 3 minutes, stirring occasionally. In the meantime, take everything out of the oven. When the kale is cooked to your liking, give the mix a good stir and divide between the warmed bowls. Add your nduja, onions and sun-dried tomatoes, dress with the oil and lemon mix, then toss lightly. Check the seasoning and adjust accordingly, sprinkle with sunflower seeds and serve with the rest of your beer on the side.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Put Your Damn Phone Down Glenn Manton Sometimes you've got to disconnect to reconnect... At a party? You’re on your phone. Lying in bed? You’re on your phone. Out for dinner? You’re on your phone. In class, on the train, at a concert, in the gym: phone, phone, phone, phone. And what’s wrong with that? Everyone else is doing it. But do you ever get the feeling that while you’re glued to your screen you’re missing out on ... life? In Put Your Damn Phone Down, former AFL legend Glenn Manton shares insights and wisdom from his years on and off the field. There’s no judgement. No rules. Just true stories and questions to get you thinking ... So if you want to live life instead of just viewing it on Instagram; if you want to have adventures instead of watching them on YouTube; if you want to fulfil your dreams instead of standing by while others fulfil theirs … this is the book for you!

Author Details

Publication

01 August 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781925589665

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Non Fic General

•

A short, sharp call to arms for teens and their parents faced with tech overload.

Format

234 x 153 mm

•

Smartphone addiction is one of the biggest social issues of our time.

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

•

Fully illustrated, the book contains provocative short stories plus dozens of topical questions designed to stimulate conversation and debate.

Age Range

•

Charismatic, well-connected author, expert media performer.

Terms

SOR

•

Widespread TV, radio, print and online coverage including The Project; The Footy Show; ABC Radio and commercial radio.

Glenn Manton is a former AFL footballer turned author, actor, media personality, motivational speaker and corporate facilitator. He played 178 games for Essendon and Carlton and was a member of the 1995 Carlton Premiership side. In 1999 he co-founded Whitelion, a not-for-profit organisation assisting youth in crisis within the juvenile justice system. Glenn’s media credits include stints on The Footy Show, Vega 91.5, 3RRR and Fox Football programs, appearances at the Melbourne Comedy Festival and Fringe Festival, as well as a regular column for MX. He is the author of an autobiography, Dead Bolt; and a football dictionary, Mongrel Punts and Hard Ball Gets. He lives in Melbourne.

Key Information

Glenn Manton

I decided that knowledge was king. That conversation was a most important tool both internally and externally. And that placing a finishing line against my personal development was a mistake. I left the library exactly as I’d found it and made my way back to the noisy dinner table. Like the adults about me my head spun. Amongst the din I made a promise to always ask questions. To think, appreciate and grow. I’ve kept that promise. Maybe this book will encourage you to make a similar commitment.

Introduction Hear your voice above a world of noise.

Share it with those around you. And hear their voices.

Put your damn phone down

I began developing an appreciation of self. Just who was I?

Speak freely. Question. Debate. Appreciate. Grow. Access information. Appreciate and learn from the past. Create your future. Respect communication. Value relationships. Your phone isn’t all evil. It connects you with family and friends. It captures moments. Shares music. It can soothe, motivate and educate. Unfortunately, it can also isolate, irritate and dehumanise. The key to using your phone might be as simple as balance and timing. How much and when? This book is about building connections within yourself and with those around you. Think. Appreciate. Grow.

Glenn Manton

Put your damn phone down

Become resilient in both thought and action. Hear your own voice above a world of noise. And occasionally ... put your damn phone down. You’re out with friends and on your phone. You’re laying in bed beside your phone. You’re on your phone at your desk. You’re on the toilet. And on your phone. You’re on your phone while you eat. In class. On the train. At a concert. Behind the wheel. Phone. Phone. Phone ...

PUT YOUR DAMN PHONE DOWN! 11

Glenn Manton

Put your damn phone down

Have you ever been racist? Watch: ‘Do the Right Thing’ (1989) Spike Lee film

Glenn Manton

Put your damn phone down

What is the truth about global warming? Start researching here: â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Trump v Goreâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Link

Glenn Manton

Put your damn phone down

Regrets I know people who boast of no regrets. Some will offer such comment as a toast in an effort to capture the conversation late into the night – To ‘no regrets’ – salute!

Some will share it as a form of punctuation when they can’t cope with high-running emotions.Others will choose a font and ask a tattooist to pour on the electricity and fire up their gun to ink the words permanently upon their body. If you have no regrets you’re paying life no attention, no respect. Or you’re perfect. Or an arsehole. Or worse still a perfect arsehole. Here is a short list of ‘stuff’ I regret in no particular order.

Glenn Manton

Allowing Shane Edgar to take the blame and corporal punishment for my actions in primary school.

•

Giving a f*#k about nothing.

•

Not knowing the subtle art of not giving a f*#k.

•

Missing Nirvana in concert.

•

Missing INXS in concert.

•

Missing Nas in concert.

•

Holding onto toxic relationships.

•

Entertaining toxic people.

•

Not handing in the wallet full of money I found next to a table-top Galaga machine one summer.

•

Running away from opportunity. Many opportunities. Lots of running. Tired feet.

•

Cutting my arm in half as a teenager.

•

elling my dad not to kiss me goodnight.

•

Not wanting to control my anger.

•

Not wanting to learn how to control my anger.

•

Impregnating my teenage girlfriend.

•

Cheating in maths class. Maths homework. Maths exams. Lots of cheating.

•

Every text message sent after 3 am.

•

All the hickeys I placed on Kursten Davidson’s neck at lunchtime in high school.

•

Getting my hair permed.

•

Punching a wall.

•

Anytime I wasn’t myself.

•

Allowing Meredith Elliot to upset me.

•

Using my phone while driving.

•

Thinking that ‘she’ defined my value.

Breaking the limbo pole because I was too tall to limbo under it.

•

Thinking that ‘they’ were more valuable than me.

Eating a family sized El-Nacho pizza alone in my car and the effects thereafter.

•

Shadow boxing with fear.

•

Any time I chose to communicate poorly.

•

Trying cigarettes.

•

Joining Facebook.

•

Boat shoes.

Put your damn phone down

•

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Being Shot A Place Between Worlds Gail Bell Gail Bell, author of the critically acclaimed and prize-winning The Poison Principle, uses the story of her shooting as the basis of this astonishing memoir, taking us into a world where lives can be changed forever by a single gunshot.

My ear tracked the sound … the slow roll of rubber on blue metal, the stealthy crunching undergrowth sound of something prowling. At the age of seventeen, Gail Bell was shot in the back. Coming home from evening class later than usual one night, she took a short cut through the dark streets of a new estate, unaware she was being watched. When a car began following her, she felt a jolt of fear. Then the car stopped and out of the eerie silence came a cracking sound as a bullet struck her from behind. The car sped away and the shooter was never found. Being shot is a life-altering experience that cries out for explanation, but for Gail there were bigger mysteries than the identity of the gunman. In this book, she questions the place of guns in our world, and explores the intricate, surprising ways our minds deal with traumatic shock. Publication

01 August 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$26.99 | NZ$29.99

ISBN

9781925589160

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

•

New edition of the 2003 masterpiece.

Category

Auto/Biography

•

A highly personal, stimulating and incisive examination of gun culture and the havoc it wreaks.

Format

210 x 135 mm

•

Highly topical and more relevant than ever.

Extent

288pp

•

Widespread print and radio coverage expected including Conversations with Richard Fidler.

Illustrations

N/A NA

•

‘A public service as well as a work of art. [Its] prose has an exquisite precision.’ – The Age

Age Range Terms

SOR

•

‘If The Poison Principle’s greatest gift was its willingness to provide a widely digestible understanding of science, then Being Shot will surely deliver one of the most honest and compassionate discussions of grieving to be printed in Australia.’ – The Courier-Mail

Author Details Gail Bell was born in Sydney, is a graduate in pharmacy and education from the University of Sydney, and has worked in Australia and England. Her travel writing, book reviews, critical essays and long-form journalism have won acclaim and prizes. She is the author of two books, The Poison Principle and Being Shot, and a Quarterly Essay ‘The Worried Well’. She lives on the NSW Central Coast.

Key Information

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Zeroes and Ones The geeks, heroes and hackers who changed history Cristy Burne How did Australians help invent wifi? What does it take to invent social media? How can we get a laptop to every kid on the planet? Fuelled by pizza, late nights and unparalleled geekery, this is the history of some of the world’s most important milestones in the development of technology – from the earliest computers made of light bulbs and an old tin to Wikileaks and smartphones. Packed with weird facts, astonishing tidbits and extraordinary anecdotes, travel around the world and meet the people who made the world we live in today.

Author Details Cristy Burne is a past editor of CSIRO’s Scientriffic magazine for kids, a regular contributor to The Helix mag for kids/ teens, and has worked as a travelling performer in the Shell Questacon Science Circus. She has been a science writer at CERN in Switzerland, Fermilab in the US, Scitech in Perth and even a year in Japan at a biotech patent law firm. She has a Bachelor of Science in biotechnology, a Grad Dip in Science Communication, and a Masters in Professional Communication. She's had three middle grade adventure novels published in the UK.

Publication

01 August 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781925589399

•

A funny, informative and light-hearted look at the history of computing that helps kids understand the world we live in today.

Publisher

Brio Books

•

Inclusive and diverse featuring lots of stories on women and people of colour.

Imprint

Brio Books

•

Focus on both Australian and international players.

Series

•

Perfect for school projects.

Category

Child Non Fiction

•

Cristy will be presenting at events for Science Week and Children’s Book Week.

Format

210 x 135 mm

•

Regular contributor to kids’ publications such as Crinkling News.

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

Two colour internals

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Hello world! D

igital technologies are still changing the way we live and learn and connect. And they’re changing fast. Billions of ordinary people are connected to the internet. We use the web to trade money, ideas, insults and inspiration. We upload and download movies, information and cat videos. We can phone a friend, spam an enemy or play computer games with total strangers. And we can work as a team with people all over the world to solve global challenges. This same enabling technology also makes us vulnerable to hackers, viruses, identity theft and cybercrime. And it also means we think of ‘like’, ‘friend’, and ‘share’ as clickable buttons. How did our world come to be this way? Who do we thank? Who should we blame? And what will the next fifty years bring?

Two BILLION computers ... and counting! T

here are more than two billion personal computers on our planet. If you used each computer for just one second, it would take more than sixty years to use them all. And you wouldnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t have even started on the squillions of other devices: tablets, smartphones, game consoles and more. But not so long ago, there were no computers in the entire world. Zero. Zilch. Zip.

This is COLOSSAL! I

n the 1940s, one of the first programmable electronic computersâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;nicknamed Colossus, which means enormous and hugely powerfulâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;contained around 1500 switches. That might sound like a colossal number, but today you can fit billions of switches on a chip small enough to wear on your wrist. And tomorrow? Who knows? Perhaps you can help to create the future.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Adam Spencer's Big Book of Numbers Everything you wanted to know about the numbers 1 to 100 Adam Spencer

How can a prime number be ‘sexy’ and ‘safe’ at the same time? Why shouldn’t Aussie cricketers be scared of the number 87? And how many bacteria live in your pants … All the answers and more are in Adam Spencer’s Big Book of Numbers. This is a book for readers of all ages who love numbers, who want to love numbers, or who just love to laugh and learn about the wonderful world we live in. For 15 years Adam Spencer has been entertaining us. On triple j and ABC radio and television, he’s established himself as Australia’s funniest and most famous mathematician. And now, by popular demand, we have his Big Book of Numbers, a fascinating journey from 1 to 100.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$26.99 | NZ$29.99

ISBN

9781925143133

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Science

Format

219 x 143 mm

Extent

432pp

Illustrations

Two colour internals

Age Range

Terms

SOR

In 1996, while doing a Maths PhD at Sydney Uni, Adam Spencer won the Melbourne International Comedy Festival Raw Comedy Championship. He went on to host the triple j breakfast show with Wil Anderson before graduating to 702 ABC Sydney where he hosted the breakfast show for eight years. His TV credits include The Glasshouse, Good News Week, The Project, Q&A and, with Dr Karl, Sleek Geeks. Adam is the author of several popular mathematics books for adults and kids.

Key Information • •

Small format edition of the 2014 bestseller (35K+ copies). Publishing for Fathers’ Day ahead of Adam’s new 2018 Xmas book, Adam Spencer’s Hottest 100.

ADA M SPENCER’S BIG BOOK OF NUMBERS

here are 4 letters in the word ‘four’. This is the only number for which the number of letters and the number itself match up.

MY FIRST LOVE The first number I ever fell in love with was 4. I don’t know exactly why, but the fact that you could double 1 a couple of times and get 4, that there were 4 dots in a square, and that you clapped in 4/4 time made 4 seem very natural and beautiful to me. Even today when setting things like the volume of an MP3 player or the radio in the car I’ll always settle on a multiple of 4. Maybe it’s just me?

4=2X2 This doesn’t seem like the greatest of revelations, but this diagram tells us a couple of very cool things about the number 4.

Four is the first number that can be written as the product of factors other than 1 and itself. So 4 is the first ‘composite’ number. And because 4 = 2 × 2 we could write it as 4 dots in a square. As we’ve seen, we say that 4 is ‘2 squared’ and we write this 4 = 22. The number floating around in the air is called a ‘power’ or ‘exponent’. We also say 4 is ‘2 to the power of 2’. Extending this notation, 5 × 5 × 5 could also be written as 53 and called ‘5 to the power of 3’.

THE NUMBER 4

PARTITIONS OF 4 We can write the number 4 as 4 = 4 or 4 = 3 + 1 or 4 = 2 + 2 or 4 = 2 + 1 + 1 and so on. These are all called ‘partitions’ of 4. When we write partitions we consider 2 + 1 + 1 to be the same partition as 1 + 2 + 1. When writing out the partitions of a number we tend to write the numbers within the partition all smallest to largest or largest to smallest to make it easier to keep track of them and make sure you get every one. QUIZ QUESTION: Find all 5 partitions of 4. ANSWER AT THE BACK OF THE BOOK

THE FOUR 4S PROBLEM Have a look at the following 4 equations:

4×4 4×4 4+4+4 4

4 4

4 = (4 – 4) × 4 + 4

One famous, fun and very frustrating maths problems is this: with only basic mathematics write all of the numbers from 1 to 100 using exactly four 4s. When we say ‘basic mathematics’, you only need +, –, x, ÷ along with ! (see chapters 6 and 24), √ (see chapter 2) to get most of the numbers, and a couple more obscure signs to work out the toughest ones. Using the basics including 4! = 24, √4 = 2 and using two 4s to get 44, you can make all the numbers up to 30 with four 4s, without too much trouble. Give it a go! 15

ADA M SPENCER’S BIG BOOK OF NUMBERS

Deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) is the amazing molecule that is crucial to the functioning of us and indeed all living things. Our DNA is housed in the nucleus of our cells and packaged as long structures called chromosomes. For all its incredible complexity, at its heart are four – just four – basic building blocks called nucleotides. The nucleotides are made up of a sugar called deoxyribose, a phosphate molecule and one of four bases, Thymine, Cytosine, Adenine and Guanine and it’s the arrangements of billions of these A, C, G and Ts that packs the phenomenal wealth of information into our DNA. Each cell contains 3 billion pairs of bases, which if uncoiled would give a strand of about 2 metres of DNA. The total DNA in your trillions of cells would stretch beyond the edge of our solar system. We have come so far in the 50 years since Francis Crick, James Watson and the much lesser-known, but absolutely awesome Rosalind Franklin unveiled the double-helix structure of DNA. Yet we have so far to go. Who would have thought four little letters – A, C, G and T – could tell us so much? 16

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Adam Spencer's The Number Games Numbers. Trivia. Puzzles. Fun! Adam Spencer

Who’s smarter — a four-year-old chimp or a four-year-old human? How much does it cost to stop a computer virus? And will you really become a billionaire at 31? The answers to all these questions — as well as over 100 brainbusting and mind-bending number games, puzzles and quizzes — are in Adam Spencer's The Number Games. It doesn’t matter if you’re 6 or 60, this fascinating adventure from 1 to 100 is the perfect way to exercise the grey matter, keep you on your toes … and make you, well, generally AWESOME! So sharpen your pencils and get ready for this year’s most exciting battle: Adam Spencer’s The Number Games.

Author Details In 1996, while doing a Maths PhD at Sydney Uni, Adam Spencer won the Melbourne International Comedy Festival Raw Comedy Championship. He went on to host the triple j breakfast show with Wil Anderson before graduating to 702 ABC Sydney where he hosted the breakfast show for eight years. His TV credits include The Glasshouse, Good News Week, The Project, Q&A and, with Dr Karl, Sleek Geeks. Adam is the author of several popular mathematics books for adults and kids.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$26.99 | NZ$29.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781925589696

•

Publisher

Brio Books

•

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Science

Format

219 x 143 mm

Extent

384pp

Illustrations

Two colour internals

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Small format edition of the 2017 bestseller (25K+ copies). Publishing for Fathers’ Day ahead of Adam’s new 2018 Xmas book, Adam Spencer’s Hottest 100.

001

Looking out for numero uno If you’ve been given this book for Christmas, brace yourself for a beauty of a word to describe the very first, number 1 person or creature you meet upon walking out your front door on New Year’s Day ... QUALTAGH! Pronounced ‘kwol-tog’, it comes from the mid-19thcentury Manx language which is spoken by a minority of the people who live on the Isle of Man, an island that lies between Great Britain and Ireland. Qualtagh translates as ‘first foot’, so it’s sometimes used to refer to the first person to walk into your house on 1 January. Whichever way you choose to define it, please, say hi to your qualtagh from me.

001 23

4 10

One fun O

15 16

11 17

22 20

ne of the most famous objects in mathematical puzzling is the ‘magic square’. A 5 × 5 magic square contains all the numbers from 1 to 25, once each, and each row, column, and main diagonal has the same sum. When you’ve placed the missing numbers correctly in the magic square above, each row and column and the two long diagonals will add up to 65. I’ve given you some hints to start (after all, we’re only at number 1!) so tell me this: where does the 1 go? I know this book has only just started, but if you’re feeling frisky, perhaps you can work this one out, too. Why do the rows of a 5 × 5 magic square like this always have to add up to 65?

001

One fun, two T

o start us off, here’s a typical counting problem to do with the number 1 that has confused high school students for decades. I have a book with 100 pages, numbered, not surprisingly, 1 to 100. If I look at all 100 pages, how many times will I see the number 1 printed? I’ll get you started on this question for two reasons. Firstly, I’m just a decent sort of guy. But, more importantly, my solution will help you with an important part of the problem-solving techniques needed to answer a lot of questions in this book — in other words, you’ll have a sensible strategy to make sure you get the correct answer. If you just dive in here thinking, ‘There’s the 1 on the first page, then there’s 11 which has two 1s, 100 starts with a 1 ... and of course there is 12 ... and there’s also 21 ...’ you’ll quickly get lost. Take a deep breath and realise this: the 1s in any number have to occur in some ‘position’ in that number. They can be at the end (we say these digits are in the ‘units’ column) or the next position along (the ‘tens column’), or in the next position (‘the hundreds’), and so on. To make sure we don’t miss any 1s, let’s go through the numbers 1 to 100 in this order. Let’s consider the ones that occur in the units column, that is in the numbers: 1, 11, 21, 31, 41, ... 81, 91; then the ones in the tens column of the numbers 10, 11, 12, 13, ... 18, 19; and finally, the one in the hundreds column of the number 100. So we can see the number 1 will occur 10 + 10 + 1 = 21 times on the pages 1 to 100. Here’s the question. I’m reading a much bigger book now, with 1150 pages. By looking at all 4 positions that a 1 could occur on the pages of the book, how many 1s occur in the pages 1 to 1150?

001

Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s cube-alicious I

have one large cube in front of me with sides all of 30 centimetres. I slice through the cube horizontally and vertically every 10 centimetres. How many smaller cubes will I get? Next I take a second large cube and before slicing it up I paint the outside yellow on all 6 faces. Now I slice it into smaller cubes as before. How many of these smaller cubes will have only 1 yellow face?

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Pierre Junior Omnibus David M Henley

Eight years ago, Pierre Junior was born out of a psionic enhancement program. He escaped immediately after his birth and all attempts to find him failed. Now Pierre is back ... and he’s taking over the world, one mind at a time. The Pierre Junior Omnibus tells the story of a psionic messiah with unlimited telepathic and telekinetic powers who leads a rebellion that will either unite humanity or destroy it forever.

Author Details

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781925589566

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Science Fiction

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

648pp

Illustrations

N/A

Age Range

Terms

SOR

David M Henley loves science, science fiction and the future. His books are inspired by authors such as Philip K Dick, Peter F Hamilton, Robert Heinlein and Matsumune Shirow. His breakout trilogy, The Hunt for Pierre Jnr, is fast like a comic book, strange as an anime and set in as complex a world as the one we live in today (but 150 years in the future!). Henley's world explodes with ideas about humanity and what is changing between the possible and the impossible. From geopolitical convergence to emergent online super organisms, the future is coming. His work explores themes of technological evolution, species diversification and takes the ‘all-powerful creepy child’ theme to a scary new level.

Key Information •

The critically-acclaimed trilogy first published by HarperCollins’ Voyager collected into one great value omnibus edition.

•

One of the brightest voices on the speculative fiction landscape.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Viva La Novella VI Winner Book 1

C OV E R

The Seizure Viva la Novella competition, now in its sixth year, is a major part of the Australian literary landscape. Past winners include Mirandi Riwoe whose novella The Fish Girl was shortlisted for this year’s Stella Prize and Marlee Jane Ward who won the Victorian Premier’s Literary Award, Young Adult Fiction for Welcome to Orphancorp. This year we are announcing the winners at the time of publication to capitalise on publicity and social media impact.

DRAF T

Key Information • • • •

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781925589504

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Quality Fiction

Format

203 x 127 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

N/A

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Launch to accompany prize announcement. Giveaways of the novella pair. Full social media campaign including Facebook and Twitter. Full traditional media campaign to support announcement.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Viva La Novella VI Winner Book 2

C OV E R

DRAF T

Key Information • • • •

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781925589528

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Quality Fiction

Format

203 x 127 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

N/A

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Launch to accompany prize announcement. Giveaways of the novella pair. Full social media campaign including Facebook and Twitter. Full traditional media campaign to support announcement.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Sisters of No Mercy Vincent Silk

Mega-storm Martha has wreaked havoc and it’s harder than ever to find a home. Hapless Pinky, Del – mother-hen and mentor – and the ever-resourceful and sometime sleuth Almond are members of Sisters of No Mercy. A band of vigilantes, a pack of thieves or a new wave commune, this underground network has a fresh target: heir to a mining fortune and property mogul Dirk Trench. Can these underdogs take on the establishment and win? Vincent Silk’s zingy debut novel fuses climate fiction, hysterical realism with all the tension of a carefully planned and finely executed heist. Written with humour, stinging social observations and surprising insight, Sisters of No Mercy announces Silk as an exciting literary voice.

Author Details Vincent Silk is a writer working in fiction and non-fiction, and living in Narrm Melbourne. His work has been published in the UTS Writers Anthology, Voiceworks, Going Down Swinging, Archer, and Seizure, among other places. In his non-fiction, he blends poetics and facts, and in his fiction he explores possibilities. Sisters of No Mercy is his first novel. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$26.99 | NZ$29.99

•

Topical and timely investigating housing stress, climate catastrophe, LGBTQI+ indentity and experience.

ISBN

9781925589375

•

Launches in Sydney and Melbourne.

Publisher

Brio Books

•

Full print and digital publicity campaign.

Imprint

Brio Books

•

Excerpts to be published in literary journals.

Series

•

Will appeal to fans of Nathan Hill’s The Nix, David Foster Wallace and Nell Zink.

Category

Quality Fiction

Format

210 x 135 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

N/A

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Pillow Thoughts II Healing the Heart Courtney Peppernell Following the smash success of her best-selling book, Pillow Thoughts , Courtney Peppernell now returns with the follow-up sequel Pillow Thoughts II: Healing the Heart. Courtney Peppernell understands that healing is a process, and Pillow Thoughts II eloquently captures the time and experience that one goes through on their journey to peace through restoration. A collection of inspirational and comforting poems for anyone who is mending from a broken heart.

Author Details Courtney Peppernell is an LGBT author from Sydney, Australia. In October 2016 she released the best-selling poetry collection Pillow Thoughts. Courtney has been writing her whole life and currently writes young adult novels and poetry collections. In February 2017 she released her second novel, Keeping Long Island. In August 2017 she published Pillow Thoughts and The Road Between via US publisher Andrews McMeel Publishing. When Courtney isn't writing she enjoys keeping fit, listening to music, and hanging out with her two dogs, Hero & Dakota.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781449495084

•

Courtney Peppernell is an openly lesbian poet who brings a new and needed perspective to the poetry genre.

Publisher

AMP

•

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

The book is organised into a “Table of Thoughts,” with writings grouped in sections such as, “If you are soul-searching,” “If you need a reason to stay,” and “If you are dreaming of someone.” This enables readers to have specific experiences with the book and return to it often, quickly finding the inspiration they’re seeking.

Category

Poetry

•

There is a strong diversity of work in Pillow Thoughts II: rhyming poetry, free verse, and prose.

Format

203 x 127 mm

•

Extent

224pp

Peppernell has an active and popular Tumblr (itsonlyyforever.tumblr.com) as well as 32k Instagram followers (@itsonlyyforever, as of 29/03/18).

Illustrations

N/A

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information

Table of Thoughts

If your heart is in love 1 If your heart is aching 43 If your heart is missing someone 83 If your heart is happy 125 These are for your heart 167

PillowThoughtsII_INT.indd 8-9

3/7/18 12:23 PM

If your heart is in love

PillowThoughtsII_INT.indd 10-1

3/7/18 12:23 PM

Pillow Thoughts II

Love is all around us. It’s in flowers and sunsets, it’s the whisper in trees, the breath of a newborn child. It’s two teenage lovers, free and wild. Love is a mountain, a river, a hand to hold, it’s courageous, fierce, honest, and bold. It’s a shoulder when you weep, a blanket when you sleep. It is family, it is strength, it is faith. Love has no boundaries, no gender, love just exists.

PillowThoughtsII_INT.indd 2-3

Courtney Peppernell

You shouldn’t lose sleep over somebody any more than they should lose sleep over you. But you do, we all do. And we call this love.

3/7/18 12:23 PM

Pillow Thoughts II

I am a solar system with crashing comets and star clusters And in all my pieces she exists

Courtney Peppernell

I know life isn’t always about bright colors and fireworks. Sometimes the colors aren’t always clear, and our days get so hard they hurt. But settle down with me, hold my hand, let me kiss you. All I want is to know you more. Better than anyone else has before.

I can feel her so strongly it’s like I am not even me anymore Like all my pieces belong to her

PillowThoughtsII_INT.indd 6-7

3/7/18 12:23 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO BY COURTNEY PEPPERNELL

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$31.99

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$31.99

ISBN

9781449489755

ISBN

9781449490331

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Baby Dragon: Finger Puppet Book Chronicle Books Bright art and simple, child-friendly text, plus an adorable magical finger puppet! Meet Baby Dragon! Where does Baby Dragon live? Is he finally ready to fly? Follow along as he experiences his world and discovers his special powers! An adorable finger puppet, warm illustrations, and a comforting story with a touch of magic make this perfect for the very youngest readers.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Board Book

Price

AU$9.99

ISBN

9781452170770

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

111 x 111 mm

Extent

12pp

Illustrations

Victoria Ying is an artist with a background in animation. Her film credits include Tangled, Wreck it Ralph, Frozen, Paperman, Big Hero 6, and Moana. Her current work focuses on storytelling with her debut picture book, Meow!, out October 2017, and many other novel and graphic novel projects in development.

Key Information •

The Finger Puppet series has sold more than 4.5 million copies!

•

Dragons are perennially popular, especially in light of Harry Potter, Games of Thrones, and The Hobbit, and the red dragon featured in this book is perfect for Chinese New Year.

•

This new line brings an exciting illustrator with a magical, animation-inspired style to the series, as well as a new playful approach to the text.

•

This series beautifully combines reading with interactive play. Die-cuts on every page become peekaboo holes for the finger puppet, or handles for a child to grip as they turn the pages.

Full colour throughout

•

The plush finger puppet is attached to the die-cut hole in the back cover so the puppet cannot be lost.

Age Range

•

Only $9.99 for a novelty board book with finger puppet!

Terms

SOR

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Baby Unicorn: Finger Puppet Book Chronicle Books Bright art and simple, child-friendly text, plus an adorable magical finger puppet! Meet Baby Unicorn! What does Baby Unicorn find in the enchanted forest? Is she ready to use her healing magic? Follow along as she experiences her world and discovers her special powers! An adorable finger puppet, warm illustrations, and a comforting story with a touch of magic make this perfect for the very youngest readers.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Board Book

Price

AU$9.99

ISBN

9781452170763

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

111 x 111 mm

Extent Illustrations Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

The Finger Puppet series has sold more than 4.5 million copies globally!

•

Unicorns are trending everywhere, appearing in everything from picture books to clothing to décor.

•

This new line brings an exciting illustrator with a magical, animation-inspired style to the series, as well as a new playful approach to the text.

•

This series beautifully combines reading with interactive play. Die-cuts on every page become peekaboo holes for the finger puppet, or handles for a child to grip as they turn the pages.

12pp

•

The plush finger puppet is attached to the die-cut hole in the back cover so the puppet cannot be lost.

Full-colour illustrations throughout

•

Only $9.99 for a novelty board book with finger puppet!

ALSO AVAILABLE IN THE FINGER PUPPET BOOK RANGE

hardiegrant.com

Price

AU$9.99

Price

AU$9.99

Price

AU$9.99

Price

AU$9.99

ISBN

9781452163765

ISBN

9781452163758

ISBN

9781452163734

ISBN

9781452163741

Price

AU$9.99

Price

AU$9.99

Price

AU$9.99

ISBN

9781452156125

ISBN

9781452156118

ISBN

9781452156101

Price

AU$9.99

Price

AU$9.99

ISBN

9781452146614

ISBN

9781452142371

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Dispatches You and I Eat the Same: On the Countless Ways Food and Cooking Connect Us to One Another (Volume 1) René Redzepi and Chris Ying Dispatches is the inspired and ambitious collaboration between MAD, the international nonprofit organisation founded by René Redzepi, the chef and co-owner of Noma, and Lucky Peach cofounder and editor in chief Chris Ying. Each edition of this new series of singlesubject books will encourage readers to think about food in new ways and take action to make food better. Each book will unpack a single urgent and interesting topic, from the history of creative cooking to farming in a world changed by global warming. The first book—You and I Eat the Same: On the Countless Ways Food and Cooking Connect Us to One Another—proposes that immigration is fundamental to cuisine, and that good food is the common ground between different cultures. The book comprises longform writing about the ways in which immigration has shaped food, and shorter features that point to our similarities, including the many ways we wrap meat in flatbreads, a basic primer on fire, and a catalog of all the species of animals that we eat. Dispatches is poised to take all our ideas about food to the next level.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$50.00

ISBN

9781579658403

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

241 x 165 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

N/A

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Chris Ying is the cofounder and former editor in chief of Lucky Peach. He has written and edited numerous books about food and other topics. René Redzepi is the chef and co-owner of Noma in Copenhagen, four times recognised as the world’s best by the World’s 50 Best Restaurants. Redzepi has twice appeared on the cover of Time magazine (and been named one of Time’s 100 Most Influential People in the World); been featured in publications from the New York Times to Wired; and profiled in two feature-length documentaries and countless national and international media outlets. His previous book Noma: Time and Place in Nordic Cuisine, an IACP and James Beard Award winner, has over 150,000 copies in print. He lives with his wife, Nadine Levy Redzepi, and their three children. Find him on Instagram @reneredzepinoma and @nomacph. MAD is a nonprofit organization founded by René Redzepi as an annual symposium of food professionals with an appetite for knowledge. Every summer, 300 chefs, restaurateurs, servers, entrepreneurs, farmers, artists, and writers gather in a red circus tent in Copenhagen to discuss the nature of food. Founded in 2011, the organisation is dedicated to creating a global cooking community with a social conscience, a sense of curiosity, and an appetite for change. Find MAD on Instagram @themadfeed.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION Key Selling Points

• The food-publishing landscape is oversaturated with reactive sites and cookbooks. Dispatches will encourage readers to think about food in new ways and to take action to make food better. • The design of the series will be smart and clean. The trim size of each volume of Dispatches will be the same, and the covers will be similar (or at least related), so that the books feel like part of a series. • While the exteriors of each volume of Dispatches will appear unified, inside, each volume will tackle its subject in a different way, whether it’s a photo book, a collection of recipes, a children’s book, a field guide, etc. • René Redzepi is one of the most admired and popular chefs on earth, with a following that continues to grow rapidly. Chris Ying is an established and respected voice in food writing, fresh from having launched and guided one of the biggest success stories in recent independent publishing history (Lucky Peach). • MAD provides numerous opportunities for cross-promotion, whether through its yearly gathering in Copenhagen (and the attendant press coverage), its social media (as well as Noma’s and René Redzepi’s), and other events and projects throughout the year.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$50.00

ISBN

9781579658403

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

241 x 165 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

N/A

Age Range

Terms

SOR

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Dinosaur A Photicular Book Dan Kainen and Kathy Wollard A brand-new book in the 2-million-copy Photicular series features images of dinosaurs—from T. rex to triceratops—that really move right on the page.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$50.00

ISBN

9781523504725

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

203 x 203 mm

Extent

24pp

Illustrations

8 full-colour Photicular images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

We see their bones in museums. We pore over their imagined likenesses in books. We love movies that bring them to the big screen. Now, see dinosaurs come to life as if you were traveling on an expedition a hundred million years back in time. Using extremely lifelike animation, Dinosaur shows us a herd of giant sauroposeidons, with their impossibly long necks, lumbering across the sun-drenched plains eons and eons ago. Two angry triceratops preparing to lock horns. A threatened velociraptor standing tall, waving its wildly feathered arms. And, almost tenderly, a pair of duck-billed parasauropholuses feeling spring in the air and nuzzling. Flipping through these pages is as close as we’ll ever get to watching actual footage from earth’s distant past. The informative and lively text by science writer Kathy Wollard then brings us even closer through its insights and setting-the-scene storytelling. With T. rex roaring on the cover, Dinosaur is utterly irresistible.

Author Details Dan Kainen is an artist, designer, and inventor living in New York City. He is the creator of the bestselling Photicular books Safari, Ocean, Polar, Jungle, and Wild. While working with some of the pioneers of holography, Dan created a special spotlight that was used by Soho’s Museum of Holography to light holograms. The related field of holography led to Dan’s interest in lenticular art and, in turn, after nearly a decade of research and experimentation, to the creation of his “Motion Viewer,” his third patent in that field and the inspiration for Safari and the other Photicular books. Kathy Wollard is a science journalist and the author of the bestselling How Come? Every Kid’s Science Questions Explained. Her work has appeared in Newsday, Scholastic, Popular Science, and Family Fun magazines.

Key Information •

For dinosaur and Photicular fans of all ages, including kids and families, museum-goers, natural history buffs, and anyone looking for a "wow" holiday gift.

•

Photicular technology has never met such a popular subject! These images of dinosaurs in motion come from Discovery Footage Source, home of Discovery Channel, Science Channel and other networks focused on education. The experience of turning these pages is as close to watching actual footage of dinosaurs as one can get.

•

The Photicular series has more than 2 million copies in print, and Workman ships more than 300,000 copies of the books each year.

•

Young children (including the many who are dinosaur-obsessed) will love the moving images; older readers will learn something new from Kathy Wollard's insightful text that accompanies the images.

•

The book is serious enough for museum stores, and striking enough (with its T. rex cover!) to make a big impact on holiday gift tables.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE

AU$49.99

9780761180517

9780761189534

AU$49.99

AU$34.99

9780761163800

9781523501472

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

PHOTICULAR SERIES MIXED PACK 2 copies of Dinosaur 1 copy each of Jungle , Wild , Safari and Ocean WITH A 47.5% DISCOUNT

RRP: $284.96 WITH DISCOUNT: $149.60

Star Power A Simple Guide to Astrology for the Modern Mystic Vanessa Montgomery A simple, practical and revealing handbook that reloads classic astrology wisdom for the modern mystic. Become a better modern mystic with the help of this invaluable handbook. Through easy-to-follow chapters, you'll find all you need to know in order to read your own astrological chart, from the movement and meaning of the stars and planets to understanding astrological elements, houses, aspects and transits. Star Power reveals how your birth chart can all help you learn more about yourself, your life and your future. You'll find out which star sign you're compatible with, how the universe impacts your approach to love, wealth, creativity and careers, and ultimately learn to take cosmic control of your universe.

Author Details Vanessa Montgomery is a professional astrologer based in Australia. She specialises in psychological astrology and works with clients to cast light on, help heal and transform relationships, finance, career, self-belief and, most importantly, mental and physical health. Her personal motto is: free your mind, own your power, change your world.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781787132245

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

•

A contemporary, visually appealing gift book on a classic subject.

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

•

Taps into self-help and soft MBS.

Series

•

Category

New Age/Inspirational

International trend with new, young audience – it's declared 2018's big new trend in New York Times, The Guardian, The Independent, The Atlantic and many others.

Format

185 x 135 mm

•

Extent

192pp

Horoscopes back in fashion, with weekly and daily updates in Elle, Vogue, Vice/Broadly, Lenny, The Cut, Evening Standard, Refinery 29, Marie Claire, Girlboss and many more.

Illustrations

Colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information

Planets T B C

10 th

11th

8th

12th

7th

1st

6th 5th

2nd Signs Aries Taurus Gemini Cancer Leo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricorn Aquarius Pisces

9th

3rd

4th Elements Fire Earth Air Water Modes Cardinal Fixed Mutable

Introduction 04 How to use this book 06 The language of astrology 08 How to read a birth chart 14 Planets 20 Nodes 68 Signs 70 Elements 24 Modes 134 Houses 136 Aspects 164 Compatibility 176 Transits 184 Resources 190 Acknowledgements 191

How to use this book Star Power is a step-by-step guide to reading a birth chart (also known as a natal chart or horoscope). Each chapter is a building block on your journey of discovery, so it‘s best to read the book from front to back. Each chapter will reveal the components that make up astrology and show you how to read these components together so you can use astrology as a system. Knowing how to do read your chart will empower your inner mystic ! Going well beyond Sun signs (which is simply the zodiac sign the Sun was in when you were born), you‘ll find reading a chart will give you insight into yourself and others. It helps you to identify your strengths and weaknesses, temperament and personality, areas of opportunity and challenge. You can read anyone‘s birth chart to find out the same things about them. Start with the planets, understand what functions they represent. Move on to signs : learn about their personalities and characteristics. And then tackle the houses : familiarise yourself with the areas of life where you‘ll feel the impact (known as the ‘expression‘) of the planets and signs. To dig deeper, read about modes, nodes, aspects and transits. This will give you an even greater understanding of your birth chart. Go as deep as you like ! But stick with it! It will all start to slot together, and before you know it, you‘ll be reading a chart like a pro.

What is a birth chart? A birth chart is based on the time, date and place of birth. You can create a birth chart using the birth chart calculator at www.xx.com or you can use any number of free, easy - to - use generators online. The chart shows the position of the planets and signs, your rising sign, the house positions, the position of signs on house cusps and aspects at the time of your birth. You can generate a chart for anyone as long as you know their birthday info. When you first see a chart, it will look confusing – a mass of lines and symbols. But as you become more familiar with these symbols (known as glyphs) it will come into focus. How to use this book

Keywords (and how to use them) Each planet, sign and house (as well as other features within the birth chart) have been assigned keywords. Get to know these keywords, as they are literally the key to unlocking astrology. The keywords are listed at the top of each relevant page. As you go through the book, you‘ll find the keywords are used as a shorthand (within brackets) to help you understand the connections between the planets, signs and houses. For example, you might see something like Moon (emotions), or it might be the other way around, such as love (Venus) – soon, you‘ll know the keywords without having to reference them. While each planet and sign in this book is written as a pure archetype (by keywords), remember we are all a synthesis of our parts. No one is just purely one sign, no one exists in a single area of life. Appreciate this, and you‘ll soon master the art of reading a birth chart.

Keep it simple

Expand your experience by looking up as many people‘s charts as you can, including celebrities or your favourite mentors. This way you‘ll notice the similarities and differences, gain confidence and build your knowledge. Keep it simple, and always go back to keywords. Use the astrological framework to guide your imagination and instinct. It can be a valuable tool in developing your ability to understand the world holistically, which means greater ability to get into a positive flow. And let your intuition be your most valuable asset. Your gut always knows – as they say, ‘First thought, best thought.‘ Catch it before your logical mind cuts in and tries to override any insights delivered by your mystical, all - knowing voice ! A good rule of thumb is, if you feel an upward expansive shift in your body, go with it. If it‘s downward and contracting, apply the brakes, you‘re going in the wrong direction. No matter what anyone else says, your truth is your own. Your inner mystic reserves the final say. Free your mind, own your power, change your world.

Star Power

How to read a birth chart

Claire Howell Female 16 Sept 1997, Tue 9 :55 PM AEST - 10 :00 Sydney, Australia Topical Placidus

Reading a birth chart is a simple 4 piece combination code. Planet + Sign + House + Aspect

1) Identifty which planet it is? (Sun, Moon, Mercury, Jupiter etc) And note the keywords for that planet

23° 18° 25° 19°

12°

19¡

05°

2) Identify which sign is it in? (within Aries, Cancer, Leo etc) And note the keywords for that sign

27°

15° 23°

3) Identify what house is it in? (within 2nd House, 5th, 11th etc) And note the keywords for that house

18°

11 16°

4) Identify if it forms an aspect – this is a geometrical relationship – to another planet? (trine, square etc) And remind yourself of the meaning of the aspects

03°

21°

05°

16°

1) Which planet? Let’s start with the Sun The planets represent WHAT is happening in the chart, they are like the various characters representing parts of our psyche, each with a unique function.

2 3

01°

15°

23° 05°

19°

A basic example based on Claire’s chart, focussing on the Sun

23¡

2) Which sign is the planet in? The Sun is in Virgo The sign a planet is in describes HOW the planet expresses its unique function. In this case, the Sun is filtered through the qualities of Virgo.

18°

3) Which house is the planet is in? The Virgo Sun is in the 4th House The house a planet is in indicates the particular area of life WHERE the planet most needs expression. This is like the stage.

25° 23°

III. Signs

What‘s your star sign ? Your answer could be the only bit of astro knowledge you have – which is a good start, because it‘s a fundamental part of your birth chart ! Your star sign (also known as a Sun sign) is determined by which of the 12 signs the Sun was in during the month you were born. The Sun‘s function – a sense of self – is expressed in this sign, so it is therefore very revealing. But your Sun sign isn‘t the only planet/sign combo you should be aware of. On the day you were born, all the other planets will have been positioned in certain places, within certain signs. As you might remember, the planets represent ‘what‘ is being expressed, the sign it is in shows ‘how‘ this function is expressed. So to get your inner mystic rolling, swat up on the traits of the Sun, Moon and planets, read this chapter to understand the characteristics of each sign, then identify which signs the planets are positioned in within your birth chart. Each planetary position will reveal a particular aspect of our nature. If you get lost, or the meaning of the signs is blurring or blending, go back to keywords and simplify. For example, if Venus (love) is in the sign of Aries (assertive), you will likely express your love directly and assertively. And what will you be attracted to ? Forthrightness and trailblazers ! It‘s as simple as that.

Sun signs

Star Power

Taurus I have

When giving practical help, her famous patience can be tried on those that don ‘t take steps to get themselves out of a mire. Less talk, more action. Taureans like to get on with it without fuss or complaint. Since before it was trending, Taurus has been an eco warrior. She ‘ll upcycle or repAir before she casts anything out. Wastefulness is not her style. This Earth sign tends to be the most comfortable and in touch with her body. Her body is her compass, she understands it knows everything. Instinctively cautious, Taurus has her own pace, which tends toward the rhythm of nature. She ‘s methodical and won ‘t be poked or prodded to perform at someone else ‘s whim. If she ‘s feeling harried or has a vague sense of ‘not quite right‘, Taurus will apply the brakes and slow down even more. Stubborn, yes. A beast of burden, no. From forest to sea she craves contact with the natural world. This modern mystic senses the spirit of the land, the energy in the rocks and the breath in the trees.

Sensual · Resourceful Fecund Consistent · Enduring · Cautious Determined

RULER Venus ELEMENT Earth QUALITY Fixed HOUSE Associated with the 2nd House RULES The throat, neck and chest PERSONALITY Introverted COLOUR Autumnal golds, browns, greens

The first of the material girls, Earth sign Taurus is ready to make the most of what the material world has to offer. She ‘s inestimably sensual : think honey dripping down the skin glacier - slow, with lush velvet and ambient,

scented - candle light. Ruling planet Venus is grounded in this sign of fecund creativity. She asks, is it beautiful, practical, useful ? She appreciates texture, natural materials and great design. All Earth signs work for and appreciate what money can buy, and Taurus is no exception. She ‘ll toil hard and long for what she purchases so she wants it to last. Don ‘t get me wrong, Taurus may have expensive taste, yet that resourceful nature will often find it at the best price. Taurus loves nothing more than a bargain. Oh, and pastries. Michelin starred, ideally ; cornershop at a pinch. They acquire, accumulate and build things that endure. From artisans that prefer form over abstract ideas to property tycoons, Taureans cleave to all things solid and beautiful. The current ‘ built to break ‘ ethos must have them shaking their head, rolling their eyes and heading for the nearest bespoke craftsperson. Taurus likes her loves and friendships the same as she likes her money in the bank… to last and grow. She ‘ll acquire you and feel she owns you for life. Nothing says BFF like the affectionate, solid consistency Taurus brings to the table. Sun signs

Classic Taurus Adele

Since Taurus rules the throat, it ‘s not surprising that many well - known singers are ruled by this melodic sign. While the body part ruled by each sign can be a focal point, it can also be the first place to suffer due to imbalance. Taurus often endures throat issues or stiff necks and shoulders. Taurus is a sign of acquisition as well as that of a gourmand, which often results in a robust and full physique. Movements are regular and calm, temperament is even. Since neck and shoulders are ruled by Taurus, they are generally not only strong but can be an erotic zone. Like all Taureans in tune with what matters most to them, even at the height of fame Adele decided she needed a work/ life balance and took five years off from her career. She also realised not many fans would relate to her experience as a successful global star, so the move helped ground her lyrics in a more down - to - Earth lifestyle they could identify with. At one point she even took back her old job in a small record store. Star Power

Surviving the pitfalls of being a Taurus Does your comfort zone fit Old habits die hard. You don ‘t like change, so you rarely leave your comfort zone. You have your own pace, but your opposite sign is Scorpio, whose impulse is to ruthlessly raze anything past its best in order to drive change. It takes this kind of no - holds - barred insistence to steer you into greener pastures when you cling to what you ‘ve outgrown. Draw on this polarity to balance any stubborn adherence to the familiar if it ‘s no longer serving you. Know when it ‘s time to consolidate and move forward. Because you know you ‘re worth it Being an Earth sign, you value your material possessions and can confuse what you own with what you ‘re worth. Reflect your inner worth into the outer world, not the other way around. Show off that internal abundance with a growth mindset, concrete plans and focused practical action. Find your forever bae Your stability tends to attract those who are more out to sea emotionally and in life. Loyalty and the ability to bed in for the long haul are essential, so make sure any potential partners are worth the investment, as you don ‘t give away your heart easily. As a fixed sign it takes even longer to let go. Plus, any match will need to pile on the cuddles. Restaurateurs, gourmands and grounded hedonists may also apply.

Cosying up to a Taurus Taste, touch, feel, see, listen… Taurus is super - sensual, so appeal to her senses and pile on the affection. Meet - ups over food and drinks are ideal. Music holds special appeal, so share playlists or invite her to see live bands. Nature ‘s temple Taurus is up for anything that involves communing with nature. Take her to her special place with a picnic, go on a hike or even go camping… hang on, make that glamping. Sun signs

Get Taurus on your team While Taurus knows how to kick back and enjoy life ‘s prizes, she also loves to get things done. She makes an excellent business or work colleague. If you have the start - up initiative, she has the stamina and resourcefulness to push projects through to fulfilment.

Taurus in your chart

You might not be a Taurus, but you ‘ll still feel the Taurus vibe Look at your birth chart, and locate the area ruled by Taurus. In this area, you ‘ll be practical, and interested in both pleasure and material acquisition. If Taurus rules your 7th House of equal partnership you ‘ll seek stability in your one - on - ones. They ‘ll need to provide you with both material comforts and serenity. You‘re in for the long game, so take it step - by - step. If your 9th House of personal philosophy, higher education and travel has a Taurus bias, you ‘ll roam for practical reasons. You ‘ll need to touch the architecture, bathe in the ambiance and enjoy local music and arts. You ‘ll have set beliefs that will take a lot to change, if ever, or may evolve very slowly over your lifespan. Planets expressing their function through the filter of Taurus will seek to ground themselves in practical application. Ruled by Venus, there is often some sort of artistic ability. Mars in Taurus seeks to act pragmatically and practically. She ‘s robust, and loaded with plenty of endurance and stamina to reach her goals. Although it may take her longer to get there, she tends to finish in front in the end due to sheer persistence and focused effort. Sensual distractions may get in the way, though – glass of vino, anyone ? When in Taurus, Mercury, ruler of mind and communications, is thoughtful and structured. She ‘ll take her time with decisions and tends not to change her mind once made up. She ‘s interested in how things work and in practical solutions rather than flaky concepts or emotional tangents. She may take longer to learn, but this fixed sign has an infallible and long memory.

Star Power

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

A Sloth's Guide to Mindfulness Ton Mak Delightful, sweet, and genuine, this unique take on mindfulness will charm anyone into learning how to slow their lives down, sloth-style. With the guidance of an unlikely mediation expert, this little mindfulness book teaches readers of all levels the basics of mindfulness. Illustrated and written by Ton Mak, a Shanghaibased artist and meditation enthusiast, this gifty book follows a chubby, Buddha-like sloth through meditative practices in a light-hearted but sincere voice. The content is simple and accessible with empathetic text (ex: "Sitting cross-legged is a good starting point. But really, do what feels right. You do you.") covering basics steps like breathing, poses, and tips for staying mindful every day.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452169460

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

152 x 152 mm

Extent

120pp

Illustrations

100 b/w illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Ton Mak is a visual artist and meditation and yoga enthusiast based in Shanghai who has collaborated with brands like Lamborghini, Adidas, Vans, Moleskine, Gucci, and Swiss Air. Her work can be found at flabjacks.com.

Key Information •

Everyone loves cute animals doing cute things and sloths have had a constant presence in society's and the Internet's fascination— from viral videos like Kristen Bell freaking out about meeting a sloth, to the breakout character in Zootopia!

•

Be like the sloth for success in traveling (article shared 66K times on Facebook alone!): money.cnn.com/2017/03/10/luxury/sloth-portland-oregon-business-travel/

•

Side note: October is International Sloth Month! www.huffingtonpost.com/entry/october-is-international-slothmonth_us_57e96298e4b00267764fca28

•

While there are a lot of mindfulness and meditation books out there, none of them take this playful tone and style to describe the basics of getting into a mindfulness practice.

•

More and more people are interested in mindfulness-which is a LIF trend that shows no sign of slowing! This book fits right in in a unique, fun, and accessible way.

•

Author is excited to work with Chronicle and has many ideas for future collaborations-this would be a fantastic opportunity to establish a partnership early on in her career.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Sometimes itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s hard being a sloth.

um, hi

SlothsGuidetoMindfulness_INT_mechcorrex.indd 4-5

1/25/18 10:05 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Life feels a bit slow.

SlothsGuidetoMindfulness_INT_mechcorrex.indd 6-7

1/25/18 10:05 AM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Big Nate Goes Bananas Lincoln Peirce Join Big Nate and his pals for another round of pranks, jokes, and wedgies! The last days of school are always the hardest, even if your least favourite teacher is out for the rest of the year. Summer vacation can’t come soon enough! No school, baseball, beach trips, and blech! yellow bananas? Everyone at P.S. 38 is a little stir-crazy as the school year winds down. With Kim Cressly trying to make her gigantic boyfriend jealous, Artur and Nate BOTH entering Hunny Bursts cereal’s new mascot contest, and Coach John subbing for Mrs. Godfrey, will Nate survive to summer vacation? Join Nate and the gang for more shenanigans in this newest collection of comics!

Author Details Lincoln Peirce has been drawing the Big Nate comic strip for more than 20 years. Born in Ames, Iowa, Peirce grew up in Durham, New Hampshire. As a kid, he began creating his own strips in the sixth grade. Peirce taught high school in New York City and has created several animated pilots for Cartoon Network and Nickelodeon. Publication

01 September 2018

Key Information

Binding

Paperback

•

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781449489953

•

Syndicated in over 300 U.S. newspapers and online at bignatebooks.com and gocomics.com.

Publisher

AMP

•

Big Nate is a big hit on poptropica.com, the web's fastest-growing virtual world for kids. Big Nate Island was the site's biggest

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

229 x 152 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

Illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Big Nate books have been on the New York Times bestseller list for more than three years. More than 9 million Big Nate books have been sold since 2010, including hardcover chapter books, activity books, boxed sets, and comic compilations.

launch ever, visited by 2.2 million kids in the first week and more than 30 since February 2009.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE IN THE BIG NATE SERIES

Price AU$16.99

Price AU$16.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN 9781449462307

ISBN 9781449462291

ISBN 9781449462284

ISBN 9781449462277

ISBN 9781449462260

ISBN 9781449462253

Price AU$16.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN 9781449436346

ISBN 9781449436353

ISBN 9781449420437

ISBN 9781449429379

ISBN 9781449427771

ISBN 9781449407186

ISBN 9781449425661

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Baking Artisan Bread at Home with Natural Starters The Secrets of Farm to Market Bread Company Mark Friend Few pleasures are simpler or more soothing than a slice of warm, freshly baked bread; and few bakers know bread like Mark Friend, founder of Kansas City’s Farm To Market Bread Company. For over twenty years, Kansas Citians have enjoyed the full-bodied, wholesome flavour of Farm to Market Bread. Now readers can learn to bake their own artisanal sourdough, levain, rye, and biga at home. In four clearly organised chapters, Farm to Market bread master Mark Friend guides aspiring bakers from starter to warm, aromatic finish. After you master the four core recipes, there are variations for each to add to your baking repertoire.

Author Details Mark Friend operates Farm to Market Bread Company. They distribute bread daily to 38 grocery stores and 175 restaurants, caterers, and hotels in the greater Kansas City metro area, Lawrence, Topeka, and Wichita. Their bread is also available through three home delivery services.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781449487843

Key Information

Publisher

AMP

•

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

229 x 191 mm

Extent Illustrations

176pp Black and white photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

•

Mark Friend is recognised among industry professionals as one of the leading experts on natural sour starters, and has lectured on sourdough at the American Institute of Baking and at national conventions. You don't need lots of recipes to enjoy delicious home baked bread. Mastering these 4 core recipes through careful, detailed instruction is all you'll ever need. Each of the book’s four chapters begins with a recipe for a different starter and then expands to include a recipe for one foundational bread and then several interesting variations. No other bread book is structured in this way. It’s simple for readers and focuses on mastering a few core starters. Farm to Market Bread has a successful social media presence (2.1k Instagram followers, 3.5k Facebook likes, 3.9 Twitter followers)

PREFACE INTRODUCTION CHAPTER ONE

WHAT YOU NEED TO GET STARTED CHAPTER TWO

NATURAL STARTERS

AND BREAD BAKING CHAPTER THREE

EIGHT STEPS TO BAKING

ARTISAN BREAD THE FARM TO MARKET WAY CHAPTER FOUR

SAN FRANCISCO

SOURDOUGH CHAPTER FIVE

LEVAIN, THE FRENCH

TABLE OF CONTENTS Baking Artisan Bread_TEXT sample.indd 4-5

NATURAL LEAVENING CHAPTER SIX

RYE

CHAPTER SEVEN

7 10 14 22 42 56 78 98

BIGA, THE ITALIAN

116

INDEX

142

PRE-FERMENT

4/6/18 3:40 PM

I N TR OD U C TI ON BAKING ARTISAN BREAD The best way to appreciate artisan bread is to get in the kitchen and make it yourself, step by step. Naturally fermenting a starter, mixing it with flour to form a dough, mixing the dough to add structure, letting the dough slowly rise, forming the loaf, and then baking it are techniques that date back 7,000 years. Today, amid a return to the artisan way of baking, we continue that history of bread as we bake in our own kitchens, walking in the footsteps of the thousands of bakers who have gone before us. In the following pages, you will learn that two of the most important components of true artisan bread baking are a healthy starter and attention to detail. You will develop your baker’s intuition and grow in your ability to “know the dough,” like so many bakers before us did, so that extra water or flour can be added just because you “know.”

Baking Artisan Bread_TEXT sample.indd 10-11

4/6/18 3:40 PM

18 BAKING ARTISAN BREAD WITH NATURAL STARTERS

An oven peel is a paddle-like tool used by bakers to slide loaves of bread into and out of the oven. Although you can find them made of sheet metal or aluminum, wood is recommended because it releases the formed loaf more easily onto the baking stone in the oven. Peels come in many sizes, so be sure to pick one that has a handle about 15 inches (38 cm) in length. This is

WHAT YOU NEED TO GET STARTED 19

a good length for most kitchens and works well in a galley kitchen. The carrying surface should measure about 16 by 16 inches (40 by 40 cm). You can find a good wooden peel for around $15. The peel can also serve as a proofing surface during the final rise. Before using, dust the peel with flour or cornmeal to allow the loaf to easily slide onto and off the stone.

A food thermometer is good for testing the temperature of the dough, or even the doneness of a loaf. To determine whether your bread is done, insert a food thermometer into the center of the loaf; if it registers over 212°F (100°C), your bread is finished baking. You can find food thermometers in the gadget section of most grocery stores. Lames or razor blades are useful for scoring the tops of formed loaves. Scores are cuts in the loaf made just prior to baking to allow for a more controlled expansion of the loaf and to release the moisture in the dough. The scores or slashes also give the bread a distinctive appearance. A cooling rack is helpful. This doesn’t have to be fancy. A raised wire rack on the counter will serve the purpose. A good serrated knife can be used to cut dough as well as baked bread. Both a metal and a plastic dough scraper are helpful for mixing, dividing, scraping, and cleanup.

CONVERTING YOUR OVEN TO A HEARTH OVEN FOR REBAR STEAM BAKING The good news is that you can also turn your kitchen oven into a hearth oven. To convert your oven into a hearth oven, purchase a half-size hotel stainless-steel pan measuring 10 ⅜ by 12 ¾ inches (26 by 32 cm) with a depth of at least 2 inches (5 cm), or simply use a broiling pan. Please note, it cannot be glass, or it could shatter.

THE HEARTH OVEN There’s no way around it. A hearth oven really makes the difference when it comes to good artisan bread. Sadly, not everyone has the money or space for such an item. If you are inclined to build a hearth oven, check out the book The Bread Builders: Hearth Loaves and Masonry Ovens by Daniel Wing and Alan Scott, which provides clear instructions on how to build a hearth oven in your own backyard.

Baking Artisan Bread_TEXT sample.indd 18-19

4/6/18 3:40 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Now & Again Go-To Recipes, Inspired Menus + Endless Ideas for Reinventing Leftovers Julia Turshen 125 recipes from beloved author Julia Turshen, in her follow-up to the indispensable Small Victories.

Small Victories, one of the most beloved cookbooks of 2016, introduced us to the lovely Julia Turshen and her mastery of show-stopping home cooking, and her second book, Feed the Resistance, moved a nation, winning Eater Cookbook of the Year in 2017. In Now & Again, the follow-up to what Real Simple called 'an inspiring addition to any kitchen bookshelf,' more than 125 delicious and doable recipes and 20 creative menu ideas help cooks of any skill level to gather friends and family around the table to share a meal (or many!) together. This cookbook comes to life with Julia's funny and encouraging voice and is brimming with good stuff, including: • • • • •

Can't-get-enough-of-it recipes. Inspiring menus for social gatherings, holidays and more. Helpful timelines for flawlessly throwing a party. Oh-so-helpful "It's Me Again" recipes, which show how to use leftovers in new and delicious ways. Tips on how to be smartly thrifty with food choices.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$55.00

ISBN

9781452164922

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

254 x 203 mm

Julia Turshen is a writer, recipe developer, and author of Small Victories. She lives in upstate New York.

Extent

304pp

David Loftus is a food and lifestyle photographer based in the UK.

Illustrations

Over 100 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Now & Again will change the way we gather, eat, and think about leftovers, and, like the name suggests, you'll find yourself reaching for its pages time and time again.

Author Details

Key Information • Cookbook readers love menus these days. in part due to home cook apps and meal services that allow us to look ahead, choose and plan our meals in a new way. Menus are a fun, inspirational element in cookbooks, allowing readers to fantasise about various occasions and social situations. • Interest in Julia is higher than we could have imagined when we acquired Small Victories. Evidence: top-media-star-studded book release party thrown by Sofia Coppola, excellent blogs, magazine, newspaper, radio, and podcast coverage. Great connections: Ina Garten foreword, she did a 92nd St Y event with Deb Perelman of Smitten Kitchen.

Autumn SUNDAY MORNING BANGLADESHI BREAKFAST RED-CHECKERED TABLECLOTH LATE SATURDAY LUNCH CARD NIGHT ENCHILADAS ROSH HASHANAH DINNER NO STRESS THANKSGIVING

now and again_INT_Mechs.indd 14-15

1/31/18 11:08 AM

AUTUMN

Whole Wheat + Cumin Flatbreads SERVES 4

These flatbreads are a great introduction to making bread at home. It’s a really forgiving recipe and incorporates some of the chapatti lessons I learned from Lutfunnessa, including how to make breads with all whole wheat flour that aren’t too dense and how to cook them in a hot skillet, instead of in the oven, for ease, speed, and great charred flavor. If you don’t love cumin, feel free to leave it out or to substitute another spice, such as fennel or caraway seeds. You could also add a handful of roughly chopped fresh cilantro to the dough. 1 tsp active dry yeast (about ½ standard packet) ¼ cup [60 ml] water, warmed to body temperature ½ cup [120 g] plain full-fat Greek yogurt 1½ Tbsp unsalted butter, melted and cooled 1½ tsp kosher salt 1 tsp sugar ½ tsp baking soda 1 tsp cumin seeds or ground cumin 1¼ cups [175 g] whole wheat flour, plus a bit more if needed

Check the expiration date on your yeast and make sure you’re in the clear. Put the yeast and water into a large bowl and stir to combine. Let the mixture sit until the yeast is dissolved and the mixture is cloudy (almost like miso soup), about 5 minutes. A few tiny bubbles might appear on the surface, which is great, but it’s also okay if they don’t. Add the yogurt, 1 Tbsp of the butter, the salt, sugar, baking soda, and cumin seeds and stir well to combine. The baking soda might cause the mixture to fizz a little, which just means it’s working, so no need to worry. Add the flour and stir with a wooden spoon until everything comes together to form a dough (it will be sticky). If some of the flour doesn’t mix in immediately, get in there with your hands and mix until it is absorbed. Knead the dough in the bowl (press it with the heel of your hand and push it away from you, then immediately pull it back, folding the top back onto itself) for about 3 minutes. The dough should be nice and smooth and, honestly, it won’t feel or look all that different from when you started kneading. But the kneading will help the gluten get going, and that’s important to do, so please don’t skip this step. If the dough sticks to your hands a lot as you’re kneading, simply dust it with a little more flour. (Continued)

now and again_INT_Mechs.indd 20-21

1/31/18 11:08 AM

It’s Me Again CURRIED SCRAMBLED EGG SALAD

MANGO CHUTNEY

Leftover scrambled eggs can be turned into egg salad. Let them cool to room temperature (which they probably already are if they’re left over), put them into a bowl, and break them up with a spoon. Add a good shake of curry powder and then bind with as much mayonnaise as you like (egg salad is a very personal thing). Or you can use half mayonnaise and half plain Greek yogurt if you want to lighten things a bit. Taste and adjust the seasoning with salt and curry powder if needed. You can also add a big spoonful of the Cilantro + Coconut Chutney (or maybe it was already on the eggs, in which case, you’re set). Delicious served on well-toasted leftover flatbreads or pita breads.

Combine a finely chopped red onion, about 1 Tbsp peeled and minced or grated fresh ginger, a minced garlic clove, and a little fat (olive oil, coconut oil, unsalted butter, or ghee would work equally well) in a medium skillet. Season with a good shake of curry powder and some red pepper flakes and then cook over medium heat until the aromatics are softened but not browned. Meanwhile, roughly chop the leftover mango. Once the aromatics have softened, add the mango, a large handful or two is ideal (with whatever syrup and pistachios are left), and a healthy splash of apple cider vinegar and simmer everything together for a few minutes to blend the flavors well. Taste and adjust the seasoning with salt and vinegar if needed. You can leave the chutney as is or you can purée it a little or a lot in a food processor. Cool to room temperature and store in a tightly capped jar in the refrigerator for up to a week. Serve with grilled or roasted meats (lamb and pork are especially nice) or tuck some into a grilled cheese sandwich. It’s also great served on its own alongside a piece of sharp Cheddar for snacking or mixed with equal parts mayonnaise for a turkey or ham sandwich spread.

FLATBREAD PIZZA

Warm the flatbread in a microwave (wrap the bread in a damp paper towel) or toaster oven for about 30 seconds and then dress with toppings (perhaps tomato sauce and shredded mozzarella; ricotta, roasted garlic, and some sautéed spinach; or maybe spicy tomato sauce with thinly sliced prosciutto . . . whatever you like!). Broil in your toaster oven or regular oven until the toppings are melted, bubbling, and/or browned. Serve warm.

make less blown out when hi-res link is in place

now and again_INT_Mechs.indd 24-25

1/31/18 11:08 AM

AU T U M N

Jody’s Plum Bibonade SERVES 6

Working with Jody Williams to create Buvette, her book with recipes and stories from her restaurant of the same name, was one of my best work experiences. Not only is Jody incredibly funny (like, laugh-out-loud funny), kind, and generous, but she is also, more than anyone I know, in tune with the ability of food and drink to evoke a particular feeling. Working with her taught me so much, and I have carried many of those lessons into my life and into my kitchen. Some of these things are big ideas, like being free from the expected, and some are simple, like this bibonade. Jody made up the term bibonade (another thing I like about Jody is her love for making up words), and it refers to a refreshing drink made of wine, sparkling water, ice, and fruit. It’s sort of like a light sangria, and because it is only a little bit boozy, it’s perfect for daytime drinking. Plus, it’s easy to make for a crowd. Jody changes up the fruit and wine seasonally, so feel free to do the same. This particular riff uses plums because we’re in the autumn chapter and stone fruits that grow in the area I live in hit their peak in early fall. But honestly, use any fruit you like and have fun. Other great combinations include halved grapes in rich white wine, raspberries in rosé, and peaches in dry white wine. One 750-ml bottle dry white wine, preferably chilled One 750-ml bottle seltzer or sparkling water, preferably chilled 1 orange Ice cubes for serving 3 plums, pitted and thinly sliced

Pour the wine and sparkling water into a large pitcher. Using a vegetable peeler, peel the zest off the orange in large strips and reserve the strips. Cut the orange in half and squeeze the juice through a fine-mesh sieve into the pitcher with the wine and water. Stir together everything in the pitcher. If your wine and water aren’t chilled, add 2 handfuls of ice cubes to the pitcher and give it a stir. Fill six tall glasses halfway with ice. Put a strip of orange zest into each glass (if you don’t have six strips, cut some in half; if you have more than six, just double up on some). Evenly divide the plum slices among the glasses and pour an equal amount of the wine mixture into each glass. Give each drink a stir before serving. Any leftover wine mixture can be served with more ice and plums.

now and again_INT_Mechs.indd 36-37

1/31/18 11:09 AM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE BY JULIA TURSHEN

Price

AU$55.00

ISBN

9781452143095

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Little Book of Jewish Feasts Leah Koenig A charming book with show-stopping main dish recipes for Jewish holidays throughout the year. The Little Book of Jewish Feasts is a collection of 25 classic and globally-inspired Jewish holiday main dishes, representing a variety of Jewish cultures and traditions. This little book is second in our series of small, gifty Judaica books.

Author Details Leah Keonig is the author of Modern Jewish Cooking. Her writing has appeared in the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, Saveur, Gastronomica, Food Arts, CHOW, Every Day with Rachael Ray, Tablet, and the Forward. Her first cookbook, The Hadassah Everyday Cookbook, was named one of the Best Books of 2011 by Library Journal. Leah lives with her husband, Yoshie Fruchter, and their son, Max, in Brooklyn, and leads cooking demonstrations around the country. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Key Information

Price

AU$29.99

•

ISBN

9781452160627

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

178 x 127 mm

Extent

136pp

Illustrations

Full colour photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

With its global focus and inclusion of Jewish recipes from a variety of cultures, this book will appeal to Jews from many different backgrounds (and non-Jewish cooks who are always looking for more recipes). Leah is an absolute dream to work with and her books get a lot of love, both from the media and from customers. Fans of her and her other books will love having a new one to add to their collection. The Little Book of Jewish Appetizers, the first in this series, has gotten lots of great attention and nice sales and this book will benefit from the good feelings about the first!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER 1 VEGETARIAN AND FISH DISHES 13 Eggplant Kuku (Persian Frittata) 17 Kousa b’Jibn (Crustless Zucchini Quiche) 19 Blintz Soufflé 23 Berkuks (Sweet Couscous with Milk) 27 Hortopita (Wild Greens Pie) 31 Mina (Matzo Pie with Leeks and Spinach) 35 Mushroom Moussaka 37 Seven-Vegetable Tagine 41 Loubia (Black-Eyed Pea Stew) 45 Fennel and Mustard Seed Gravlax 49 Roasted Salmon with Lemon-Dill Sauce 51 Chraime (Spicy Sephardi Fish Fillets) 55 Pesce All’Ebraica (Sweet and Sour Jewish Fish) 57

CHAPTER 2 CHICKEN, BEEF, AND LAMB DISHES 63 Chicken with Quince and Almonds 67 Chicken Fricassee 71 Roast Chicken with Leek, Meyer Lemon, and Parsnip 75 Sofrito (Braised Chicken with Fried Potatoes) 77 Fesenjan (Persian Chicken, Walnut, and Pomegranate Stew) 81 Pollo Fritto Per Hanukkah (Fried Chicken for Hanukkah) 83 Poppy Seed Schnitzel 87 T’fina Pakaila (White Bean and Meatball Stew) 89 Holishkes (Stuffed Cabbage) 93 Balsamic and Brown Sugar Brisket 99 Lamb Biryani 105 Mrouzia (Lamb and Dried Fruit Tagine) 109 THE JEWISH HOLIDAYS: A PRIMER AND ME AL IDE AS ACKNOWLEDGMENTS INDEX

Little Book of Jewish Feasts_INT_mech.indd 6-7

111

128

130

1/22/18 3:16 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Chicken with Quince and Almonds SERVES 6

A cousin to apples and pears, quinces come into season in autumn, and they are a hallmark of High Holiday meals across Sephardi and Mizrahi cuisines. They possess an intoxicating floral fragrance, a starchy, potato-like texture, and, when braised, a gentle flavor that pairs wonderfully with braised chicken. In this version, a splash of apple cider vinegar and a drizzle of honey gives the dish a bright sweetness that would stand out on the Rosh Hashanah table. Look for quinces in season at specialty produce markets and farmers’ markets. The fruit’s center can be quite tough, so take care to remove the entire core and all the seeds (using the same method you would to core an apple) before cooking. 1/2 CUP [60 G] SLICED ALMONDS 3 LARGE QUINCES, PEELED, CORED, AND SLICED INTO 1/2‑IN [12‑MM] WEDGES 4 LB [1.8 KG] SKIN-ON CHICKEN THIGHS AND LEGS, PATTED DRY KOSHER SALT AND FRESHLY GROUND BLACK PEPPER 2 TBSP VEGETABLE OIL, PLUS MORE AS NEEDED 1 LARGE ONION, HALVED THROUGH THE ROOT AND THINLY SLICED 1 TSP GROUND CINNAMON 1 CUP [240 ML] CHICKEN STOCK 1/4 CUP [60 ML] APPLE CIDER VINEGAR 2 TBSP HONEY 1/2 TSP SAFFRON THREADS, CRUSHED CHOPPED FRESH FLAT-LEAF PARSLEY FOR SERVING

continued

C H I C KEN , B EEF, A N D L A M B D I S H E S

Little Book of Jewish Feasts_INT_mech.indd 66-67

1/22/18 3:16 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

1 MEDIUM CARROT, PEELED AND GRATED ON THE LARGE HOLES OF A BOX GRATER VEGETABLE OIL FOR GREASING THE PAN

1. Fill a large pot halfway with water, set over high heat, and bring to a boil. Use a sharp knife to cut out the cabbage’s core, as deep as you can go. When the water is boiling, carefully drop in the head of cabbage, core-side down, and cover the pot tightly with a lid. Boil the cabbage for 10 minutes, then carefully transfer it to a cutting board. Using a pair of tongs, carefully detach as many outer leaves as possible. When you cannot easily remove more leaves, return the cabbage to the water and boil for 10 minutes more. Repeat the process until you have 18 soft, pliable cabbage leaves. Use a sharp knife to trim off the bottom of each cabbage leaf’s tough, inner rib (the leaves should roll easily) and set aside. 2. Meanwhile, fill a medium saucepan halfway with water and set over high heat. When the water is boiling, turn the heat to medium, stir in the rice, and cook for 15 minutes; drain and set aside. (The rice should be about halfway cooked.) continued

C H I C KEN , B EEF, A N D L A M B D I S H E S

Little Book of Jewish Feasts_INT_mech.indd 94-95

1/22/18 3:17 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE BY Leah Koenig

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452159133

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The single-subject Artisanal Kitchen series grows with three holiday-helping books – featuring recipes from Cheryl and Griffith Day, owners of Savannah’s must-visit Back in the Day Bakery and award-winning authors of the New York Times bestselling Back in the Day Bakery Cookbook and the bestselling Back in the Day Bakery Made with Love .

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 each

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

178 x 140 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

Full cover photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

ISBN

9781579658595

Nothing makes a statement like a celebration cake. Especially when you make it from scratch. Touching all the high points of American cake magic, these show-stopping creations are truly decadent.

ISBN

9781579658601

What’s a holiday without plates of goodies to munch on and make every moment that much more festive? Gingerbread Cupcakes with Lemon Cream Cheese Frosting for a caroling party, Pecan Brittle as a hostess gift, and Salted Caramel Popcorn when it’s time to watch a favourite Christmas movie.

ISBN

9781579658649

With the family all together, make the happiest meal of the day even happier with 38 recipes for baked deliciousness, both sweet and savoury. Including authentic OldFashioned Buttermilk Biscuits; inspired muffins, coffee cakes, and quick breads; and a beautiful Farmers’ Market Quiche.

Key Information • Versatile recipes: Including Gingerbread Cupcakes with Lemon-Cream Cheese Frosting and Spice Cake with Butterscotch Icing for a holiday potluck, and Pecan-Chocolate-Espresso Coffee Cake for Christmas morning brunch. • A wide range of flavours for every sweet tooth: From salty (Pancetta-Fontina Bread Pudding), sweet (Lemon Buttermilk Fudge), and nutty (Pecan Brittle) to fruity (Clementine Pound Cake with Chocolate Honey Glaze), savoury (Ham and Cheese Pastry Puffs), and chocolatey (Chocolate Heaven Cake). • Powerhouse authors: Cheryl and Griffith Day of Back in the Day Bakery and their southern-inspired treats have a cult following and an armful of accolades. • With beautiful photos, these books are standalone gems; combined with the other three holiday books in the series, they make an indispensable library for holiday entertaining.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Unicorn Food Kat O'Dell A beautiful collection of vividly coloured, plant-based foods and drinks that are stunning to look at, incredible to taste, and deceptively healthy. Grain bowls, spiralised vegetables, salads, wraps, snacks, nut milks, energy drinks, and more, all in a rainbow of colours. It’s among the hottest trends in the food world today – magically colourful dishes and drinks that are as bewitchingly beautiful as they are incredibly tasty and nutritious. Now, Kat Odell – a food journalist, author (Day Drinking), and entrepreneur who started selling her popular unicorn nut milks in 2015 – celebrates the unicorn food movement with a rainbow of 75 recipes.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781523502134

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

190 x 229 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The recipes are vegan. The ingredients are all natural and super nutritious, from fresh fruits and vegetables to superfoods like flax, coconut oil, spirulina, chia, and bee pollen. And the offerings are exactly the kinds of hyper-colourful, super-fun dishes that healthyforward eaters love, including gently flavoured nut milks, grain bowls loaded with vegetables, probiotic breakfast custards, toasts with slathers and spreads. This is health food as never seen before, filled with joy, and words can’t do the colours, the (all-natural) sprinkles, the whimsical decorative touches justice – the deep glowing yellow of a Frozen Turmeric Lassi, the greens of Soba Noodles with Arugula and Arugula Pesto, the intense oranges and purples of Sweet and Sour Radish Tacos, the tie-dye rainbow effect of Veggie Summer Sunset Rolls with Pineapple Kimchi, and the pastels of Chamomile Milk Tea Pudding with Fennel and Pistachios and Strawberry Pink Peppercorn Ice Cream Sticks. Filled with dazzling full-colour photographs, published in a package as special as the dishes themselves – glittering unicorn horn and debossed, textured cover, with the pop of colour that comes from top-staining the pages’ edges – Unicorn Food is a cookbook of real beauty, in the look, in the recipes, in the spirit of the food itself.

Author Details Kat Odell is a food journalist and the entrepreneur behind the plant-based food and drink brand Unicorn Foods. Odell was the Editor of Eater LA for five years and the Editor of Eater Drinks for the last two years. She has been published in Vogue, New York Times’ T magazine, Food & Wine, Conde Nast Traveler, and Bon Appetit, among others. She has also made appearances as a judge and expert at a variety of food-related events, and her first book, Day Drinking, came out out in Autumn 2017. Kat Odell and Unicorn Food can be found at @kat_odell and @unicornfoods.

Key Information • Unicorns are big these days, and "unicorn food" – brightly hued, often made with natural ingredients, and frequently featuring trendy dishes like breakfast bowls and toasts – kicked off 2017 as one of the hottest food trends. Kat Odell, contributing editor at Eater, was ahead of the trend; she's been selling her natural, nut-based "unicorn milk" since 2015. • While some trendy "unicorn foods" are awash in sugar and artificial dyes, Kat's recipes deliver great taste and a beautiful look that's all natural. Kat's recipes are vegan and incorporate spirulina, beets, turmeric, and other natural (and healthboosting) ingredients to add big colour and flavour. Recipes include grain bowls, smoothies, spiralised vegetables, toasts, wraps, and more. It's the way people want to eat (and Insta!) now—in full colour! • This lively, giftable, colourful package features hot pink stained edges and holographic foil on the front cover, plus gorgeous colour photography throughout.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Juice. Blend. Taste. 150+ Recipes By Experts From Around the World Cindy Palusamy The "juice and blend at home" market has exploded, but few books on the subject encompass both juices and smoothies and most simply provide a list of how-to directions. In this book, leading food, health, and wellness experts offer recipes that have been developed for both taste and nutritional value. "Gone are the days of the crunchy 'this must be good for me' approach to health food. We believe that the sheer pleasure of experiencing great juice and food should lead the march towards a healthier happier life." The Juicery The Juicery team up with more than 50 leading global experts in the fields of nutrition and integrative medicine (NY Times bestselling doctors, nutritionists, personal trainers, naturopaths, estheticians, spa owners and chefs) to inspire healthier eating and greater consumption of seasonal produce by incorporating nutritious and delicious drinks into everyday life. Including over 100 creative recipes for fruit and vegetable juices, booster shots, smoothies, soups, nut milks, herbal sodas, teas and frozen treats. Each recipe includes nutritional information and outlines health benefits. There are plenty of options for everyone: fitness enthusiasts will enjoy suggestions for pre and post workout drinks, parents suggestions for fool proof ways to sneak greens into their kids diets and foodies innovative ways to impress their brunch guests with creative flavour combinations.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$17.99

ISBN

9780789334343

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Food & Drink

• Elegant, contemporary design by Claudia Wu who is the editor and creative director of the hot foodie magazine Cherry Bombe.

Format

235 x 152 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

100 colour watercolours

Age Range

• Juices and smoothies continue to be a hot trend with strong appeal. • This book contains a wide variety of TASTY recipes for a range of juices, smoothies, herbal sodas, nut milks etc. • Includes contributions from a wide range of experts including doctors, nutritionists, personal trainers, naturopaths, estheticians, spa owners and chefs.

Terms

SOR

Cindy Palusamy is the founder of The Juicery and CP Strategy (a consulting firm, focused on health, wellness and hospitality sectors). For over ten years she has been an advisor and strategist for some of the leading global hospitality, beauty and wellness businesses, her clients include: The Hilton, Marriott, Waldorf Astoria and Starwood Hotels; Estee Lauder and L'Oreal, Blue Lagoon and Porto Montenegro. In October 2012 she launched The Juicery, an innovative juice bar and café concept in conjunction with Equinox Health Clubs internationally, where she brought together some of the of the leading luminaries in the health and wellness space – NY Times Best Selling, authors, top nutritionists and naturopaths – to create a unique, differentiated juice bar and café concept focused around "Expert Goodness". The Juicery currently has two permanent locations in Toronto and London as well as ongoing pop up locations.

Key Information

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Tequila Beyond Sunrise 40 tequila and mezcal-based cocktails from around the world Jesse Estes Even the world’s most fun drink has a serious side. Look beyond that naughty reputation and become an agave-based beverage connoisseur with this book that delivers 40 delicious, cheeky and surprisingly sophisticated cocktail recipes. It’s the perfect accompaniment to a Mexican meal full of spicy flavours, the ideal fuel for dancing the night away and the liquid embodiment of fun summer evenings with friends – oh, tequila, it will make you happy! In truth, aside from its roguish reputation, this spirit along with its trendy cousin mezcal is much more than a good-time shooter. Both are made from the fermented juice of the agave plant, and they have a complex yet light flavour, which is perfect in cocktails. Premium quality versions are becoming much more commonplace, especially for the discerning cocktail drinker – the simple rule is the higher the percentage of agave, the better. Learn more about the proud heritage of agave-based spirits from tequila and mezcal expert Jesse Estes. Start with a whole chapter on Margaritas from a Pink Pomegranate to a Greener Pastures. Next up try something Long & Refreshing such as a Hibiscus Highball or Mezcal Mule. If you prefer something a little more moody, try Brown, Bitter & Stirred with a Fallen Angel or a Mezcal Red Hook. In Short Drinks, Sours & Sangritas, brace yourself for an Almost Famous or a Tequila Smash. Finally, unleash your wild side in For the Adventurous with Rags to Riches or an Under the Volcano.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$17.99

ISBN

9781849759410

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Jesse Estes is an agave spirits expert and an award-winning bartender who has worked around the world and in London establishments such as The Lonsdale, Callooh Callay and The Luggage Room. In 2013, Jesse developed the bar program for London's first 'agavería' – a bar specialising in agave spirits – El Nivel. The same year, Jesse was named one of London's Best Bartenders by the Huffington Post. He has been featured in publications such as Imbibe, Esquire, Shortlist, Spirits Business and Drinks International. Jesse is now the Global Brand Ambassador for Tequila Ocho, and can be found leading masterclasses on tequila and other agave spirits across the world.

Category

Food & Drink

Format

186 x 123 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

60 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • Jesse is the son of Tomas Estes, one of the most influential people in the Tequila industry, European Tequila Ambassador for the Mexican Government and the man credited with introducing the drink to the European bar scene. He opened the legendary Café Pacifico in London’s Covent Garden in 1982. • Tequila has a generally stylish, fun reputation that is only growing, George Clooney, Justin Timberlake, Mario Lopez, Adam Levine and P Diddy all have their own brands of tequila.

TeQuila

beyond Sunrise It’s the perfect accompaniment to a Mexican meal full of spice, the ideal fuel for dancing the night away and the liquid embodiment of fun summer evenings with friends — oh, tequila, it will make you happy! In truth, this spirit along with its trendy cousin mezcal is much more than a good-time shooter. Both are made from the juice of the agave plant, and they have a complex yet light taste, perfect in cocktails. Premium versions are becoming more common, especially for the discerning cocktail drinker — the rule is the higher the agave percentage the better. Learn more about the proud heritage of agave-based spirits from expert Jesse Estes. Choose from Margaritas like a Pomegranate Margarita or a Greener Pastures. Long & Refreshing drinks include a Hibiscus Highball or Mezcal Mule. Try a more moody Brown, Bitter & Stirred drink with a Fallen Angel or a Mezcal Red Hook. In Short Drinks, Sours & Sangritas, brace yourself for an Almost Famous or a Tequila Smash. Finally, go daring in For the Adventurous with a flaming Under the Volcano.

Contents

Introduction 6 Margaritas 8 Long & Refreshing 18

Specifications

Eight Promises

binding: hardback PLC format: 186 x 123 mm (4¾ x 7¼ inches) extent: 64 pages illustrations: c. 45 col photographs text: c. 6,000 words price: UK £7.99 / US $12.95 / Priced higher in Canada publication date: February 2018 ISBN: 978-1-84975-941-0 Text copyright © Jesse Estes 2018 Design and photographs copyright © Ryland Peters & Small 2018

35 ML/11⁄2 FL OZ. OCHO BLANCO 25 ML/1 FL OZ. LIME JUICE 15 ML/1⁄2 FL OZ. ITALICUS ROSOLIO DI BERGAMOTTO LIQUEUR 15 ML/1⁄2 FL OZ. LEMONGRASS SYRUP* BLACK VOLCANIC SALT, TO GARNISH serves 1

Rub a lime wedge around the rim of a chilled coupette glass before dipping into black volcanic salt. Shake all ingredients vigorously and double strain into glass.

Tommy’s Margarita 50 ML/2 FL OZ. ARETTE REPOSADO 25 ML/1 FL OZ. FRESH LIME JUICE 15 ML/1⁄2 FL OZ. AGAVE NECTAR LIME WHEEL, TO GARNISH (OPTIONAL)

For further information, contact: UK office Ryland Peters & Small 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2200 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2201 info@rps.co.uk www.rylandpeters.com

serves 1

Add all ingredients to shaker, and shake vigorously. Double strain into a rocks glass over cubed ice. I find a lime wheel is a nice garnish on this drink.

10 Margaritas

La Paloma While the Margarita is the most popular tequila cocktail outside of Mexico, the Paloma is likely the most popular tequila-based mixed drink in Mexico. This drink was popularized by Don Javier Corona Delgado at his bar La Capilla in the town of Tequila, who began his bartending career in 1945. 50 ML/2 FL OZ. TEQUILA OCHO 10 ML/1⁄3 FL OZ. FRESH LIME JUICE SQUIRT, TING, THREE CENTS, OR OTHER GRAPEFRUIT SODA, TO TOP UP GRAPEFRUIT SLICE AND SEA SALT FLAKES, TO GARNISH serves 1

Prepare highball glass by rubbing the rim with a lime wedge and dipping into sea salt. Combine all ingredients in a highball glass over cubed ice and stir to mix and chill the drink. Garnish with a pink grapefruit slice.

Shorts, Sours & Sangritas 44 Index 64

IW RPS1972_TEQUILACocktailsDSJ.indd 2

US office Ryland Peters & Small, Inc 341 E 116th St New York, NY 10029 Tel: +1 646 791 5410 Fax: + 1 646 861 3518 For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: +1 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

Brown, Bitter & Stirred 32 For the Adventurous 56

For UK publicity, contact: Maria Hughes Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2232 maria.hughes@rps.co.uk

Long + Refreshing 19

UNCORRECTED PROOFS

18/07/2017 14:23

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Lantana Café Breakfast & Brunch Relaxed recipes to start each day Shelagh Ryan A collection of stylish and relaxed Australian café style breakfast and brunch dishes to cook and enjoy at home.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781849759724

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

100 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Here you’ll find a stunning repertoire of healthy and delicious breakfast and brunch recipes to inspire you, whether you are looking for something quick to prepare on a busy week day or a relaxed way to entertain on the weekend. Featuring a host of appetising recipes from nutritious bowls of cereal to hearty baked dishes, there is a recipe here to suit every taste. Fruit, Grains & Oats features Bircher Muesli with French Berries and Honey-roast Figs with Orange Mascarpone and Toasted Almonds. Egg dishes include Baked Eggs with Chorizo, Mushrooms and Lemon Crème Fraiche and Poached-Egg-topped Smoked Haddock Fish Cakes. Breads & Breakfast Bakes to try include Banana Bread, Raspberry and Apple Muffins and Berry Friands. Satisfying hot Brunch Plates include Sautéed Mixed Mushrooms with Lemon Herbed Feta On Sourdough and Corn Fritters With Roast Tomatoes and Smashed Avocados. Homemade Preserves such as chutneys and jams elevate toast to new heights and finally ideas for delicious Drinks from Pour Over Coffee to Best-ever Bloody Mary with Pickled Celery add the finishing touch.

Author Details Shelagh Ryan grew up in Brisbane, Australia in a family who loved to cook and eat and experienced a cooking epiphany when she moved to foodie Melbourne. This inspired her to quit her job and move to London in 2008, where she set up the Lantana Café – London’s first truly Australian café – in Shoreditch. It went on to win several accolades, including Time Out’s 2010 ‘Best Café’. Two more branches have since opened, one in London’s popular tourist attraction Camden Lock and the other in Fitzrovia, near the British Museum.

Key Information • Breakfast and brunch have never been so popular, particularly amongst millennials, whether as a pre-midday meal for power-players or a more decadent weekend leisurely brunch with friends. • Shelagh Ryan owns and runs three successful cafés in the fashionable London districts of Shoreditch, Camden Lock and Fitzrovia. • The Perfect Start to Your Day (9781849752190) sold over 13,000 copies and Brunch (9781841722122) sold 40,000 copies.

contents Nothing says ‘Saturday morning’ better than French toast. The orange mascarpone cuts perfectly through the thick, eggy brioche and you can flavour the figs with your favourite honey – rose, vanilla and ginger all work well.

breakfast & brunch

french toast with honey roast figs, orange mascarpone & toasted almonds 125 ml/1⁄2 cup mascarpone

Preheat the oven to 180°C (350°F) Gas 4.

2 tablespoons single/ light cream

Mix the mascarpone with the cream, orange zest and juice in a small mixing bowl. Cover and set aside or in the fridge until you are ready to serve.

1⁄2 teaspoon grated

orange zest, plus extra to serve 1 tablespoon freshly squeezed orange juice

Shelagh Ryan presents a stunning repertoire of healthy and delicious Australian-style breakfast and brunch recipes to inspire you, whether you are looking for something quick to prepare on a busy week day or a new more relaxed way to entertain at the weekend. Featuring a host of appetizing recipes from nutritious bowls of cereal to hearty baked dishes, there is a recipe here to suit every taste. Fruit, Grains & Oats features Toasted Muesli with Poached Rhubarb, Bircher Muesli with French Berries and Honey-roast Figs with Orange Mascarpone and Toasted Almonds. Essential Egg dishes include Baked Eggs with Chorizo, Mushrooms and Lemon Crème Fraiche and Poached-Egg-topped Smoked Haddock Fish Cakes with Dill Mayo. Breads & Breakfast Bakes to try include Cheddar Cornbread, Banana Bread, Raspberry and Apple Muffins and Berry Friands. Satisfying hot Brunch Plates include Sautéed Mixed Mushrooms with Lemon Herbed Feta On Sourdough, Corn Fritters With Roast Tomatoes and Smashed Avocados, Baked Ricotta With Aubergine, Currant and Pine Nut Relish and Slow-braised Beans With Ham Hock. Homemade Preserves such as chutneys and jams elevate toast to new heights and finally ideas for delicious Drinks from Pour Over Coffee to Best-ever Bloody Mary with Pickled Celery add the finishing touch. Armed with Lantana Café Breakfast and Brunch you have all the recipes you need to experience Australia’s thriving brunch culture at home.

IW RPS1967_Lantana_DSJ_AA_Final.indd 2

4 ripe ﬁgs, cut in half lengthways clear honey, to drizzle 100 g/31⁄2 oz. whole almonds 2 eggs 100 ml/1⁄2 cup milk 1⁄4 teaspoon pure vanilla

extract 1 tablespoons caster/ granulated sugar 2–4 thick slices of brioche unsalted butter, for frying icing/confectioners’ sugar, for dusting 2 baking sheets, greased and lined with baking parchment Serves 2

Place the ﬁgs, cut-side up, on one of the prepared baking sheets. Drizzle with honey and roast in the preheated oven for 15–20 minutes until soft and caramelized. Remove from the oven and set aside until you are ready to serve. Meanwhile, scatter the almonds on the other baking sheet and bake in the same oven for 8–10 minutes until lightly golden. Remove from the oven, cool completely then roughly chop. To make the French toast, whisk together the eggs with the milk in a large mixing bowl. Add the vanilla and caster/granulated sugar, and whisk again. Transfer to a shallow dish and set aside. Melt a little butter in a large frying pan/skillet set over a medium heat. Dip each slice of brioche in the egg mixture one at a time. Let the slices soak up the egg mixture for a few seconds, then turn over to coat the other side. Place the egg-soaked brioche slices in the hot pan and cook until golden on the bottom. Turn over and cook for a few minutes longer until each side is golden. Transfer to a clean baking sheet and put in the still-warm oven to keep warm while you cook the remaining slices. Cook the remaining toasts in the same way, adding a little more butter to the pan each time, if required. To serve, cut the brioche in half diagonally. Overlap the triangles on the plate and top with the honey roast ﬁgs, orange

68 bread and breakfast bakes

This dish is inspired by the mushroom stall on Broadway market in London where they make amazing fried mushroom sandwiches for queues of hungry customers every Saturday. If a stall holder can pump out sandwiches this good using a single frying pan/skillet in the outdoors come wind, rain or snow, it seems the perfect quick dish for a small, busy café. Buttery mushrooms are a natural choice for breakfast, but they are also delicious stirred through pasta for an easy mid-week meal when you are low on time and energy.

Introduction 6 Chapter 1: Fruit, Grains & Oats 20 Chapter 2: Eggs 42 Chapter 3: Breads & Breakfast Bakes 62 Chapter 4: Brunch Plates 84 Chapter 5: Preserves 106 Chapter 6: Drinks 120 Index 144

specifications binding: hardback PLC, wood-free paper format: 210 x 170 mm (63/4 x 81/4 in.) extent: 144 pages illustrations: c. 100 col photographs text: c. 10,000 words ISBN: 978-1-84975-972-4 Text, design and photographs copyright © Ryland Peters & Small 2017

sautéed mixed mushrooms with lemon herbed feta on toasted sourdough 60 g/1⁄2 cup feta 1⁄4 teaspoon grated lemon

zest 1 tablespoon ﬂat-leaf parsley, roughly chopped 2 sprigs of thyme, roughly chopped 2 teaspoons olive oil, plus 1 tablespoon for frying 30 g/2 tablespoons butter 400 g/6 cups mixed mushrooms (chesnut, ﬂat, button, oyster), thickly sliced 1 garlic clove, crushed sea salt and freshly ground black pepper 60 g/generous 1 cup spinach

Begin by making the herbed feta. Crumble the feta into a small mixing bowl. Add the lemon zest, parsley, thyme and 2 teaspoons of olive oil. Mash gently with a fork to combine and set aside. To sauté the mushrooms, melt the butter and remaining 1 tablespoon of olive oil in a frying pan/skillet set over a high heat. Get the pan really hot without burning the butter before adding the mushrooms and garlic. Toss in the pan for a few minutes to coat the mushrooms, until they start to brown and crisp at the edges. Add a couple of good pinches of salt and freshly ground black pepper and allow the liquid in the mushrooms to evaporate, tossing the pan from time to time. Add the spinach, stir through and remove the pan from the heat as it just starts to wilt. It will continue to cook from the heat of the mushrooms. Toast the bread and pile each slice generously with the mushrooms and spinach. Crumble the herbed feta on top and serve.

4 slices sourdough bread Serves 2

90 brunch plates

12/09/2017 18:30

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Rich Table Sarah Rich This cookbook for seasoned home cooks contains 85 recipes for generous, creative, delicious food and evocative photography from Rich Table, one of San Francisco's go-to restaurants for locals and tourists. This restaurant-based cookbook from SF favourite restaurant Rich Table contains 85 recipes that give seasoned home cooks new techniques and ways of thinking about food. More than 75 photographs show plated dishes, how-to sequences, and atmospheric shots of the restaurant and staff. Helmed by husband-and-wife chef/owner team Sarah and Evan Rich, Rich Table feels like everyone's neighbourhood restaurant, serving good food and drinks that are creative enough to comment on but not laboured or unfamiliar.

Author Details Sarah and Evan Rich are the chef-proprietors of Rich Table and RT Rotisserie. They live in San Francisco. Carolyn Alburger is director of Eater Cities. She lives in San Francisco. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$60.00

ISBN

9781452156378

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

254 x 184 mm

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

65 full colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

Key Information • In 2017, Evan and Sarah opened the well-regarded 100-seat RT Rotisserie, increasing their reach and influence, and providing a good talking point at the time of the book's release. • Rich Table receives a ton of local and good national coverage across America and internationally. • Evan and Sarah have a strong local chef network, and are friends with luminaries such as Michael Tusk, Nick and Cortney of Bar Tartine, Daniel Kinch, etc., who will support the publicity for the book.

Doughnuts 11/2 cups [360 ml] water 21/2 tsp [8 g] active dry yeast 2 large eggs, at room temperature 32/3 cups [510 g] allpurpose flour 3/4 tsp salt 6 to 8 cups [1.4 to 1.9 L] vegetable oil, for frying Umami Seasoning 2/3 cup [20 g] dried porcini mushrooms 2 Tbsp [22 g] shiitake mushroom soup seasoning (see Note) 1/2 tsp sugar Raclette Sauce 2 Tbsp [30 g] unsalted butter 3 Tbsp [30 g] all-purpose flour 2 cups [480 ml] whole milk 2 cups [190 g] grated raclette cheese 21/4 tsp salt

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

PORCINI DOUGHNUTS WITH RACLETTE DIPPING SAUCE

EVAN: My friend Nico is a French chef who worked at Rich Table in the early days when he was between jobs. One night after closing, we got to talking about raclette, which is a smooth and creamy French cheese and also the name of a classic dish that combines the cheese with potatoes and caramelized onions. Somehow doughnuts came up, and we thought that we should combine a new doughnut recipe with raclette potatoes. Then my sous-chef mentioned that we had some dried porcini mushrooms lying around the kitchen. “Maybe we could dust the doughnuts with that.” “All right,” I said, “Let’s try it out tomorrow.” I don’t want it to sound like this dish was well thought out, because it wasn’t.

The porcini doughnuts were such an instant hit on the menu that we haven’t taken them off since they debuted in 2012. We served them from a food stand at Outside Lands music festival that year. In Spin magazine’s article about the 40 best things they saw there, number one was Nine Inch Nails, number three was Paul McCartney, and number four was our porcini doughnuts. SARAH: Five was the Red Hot Chili Peppers. Our doughnuts are better than Flea! Our son also loves them. When he was two and a half, I taught him to go right up to the cook who works our doughnut station and say, “Doughnut man, I want doughnuts, please!” He’ll eat the whole thing on the spot, thought he doesn’t like the cheese sauce all that much.

Continued

RichTable_INT_2G.indd 32-33

12/20/17 6:50 PM

Lemon Curd

Graham Crackers

21/2 sheets [5 g] gelatin or 13/4 tsp powdered gelatin

11/3 cups [185 g] all-purpose flour

3/4 cup [165 g] cold unsalted butter, cubed

1/2 cup plus 1 Tbsp [80 g] whole-wheat flour

1 cup [200 g] sugar

11/2 tsp salt

1/2 cup [120 ml] fresh lemon juice

1 tsp ground cinnamon

Grated zest of 1 lemon

1/2 tsp baking soda

4 large eggs

3/4 cup [165 g] unsalted butter, at room temperature, plus 1 Tbsp [15 g]

Pastry Cream

1/3 cup plus 1 Tbsp [70 g] dark brown sugar

1/4 cup [55 g] unsalted butter, cubed

1/4 cup [50 g] granulated sugar, plus 1 Tbsp [15 g]

2 cups [480 ml] whole milk

1 Tbsp [20 g] honey

2/3 cup [130 g] sugar

2 Tbsp plus 2 tsp [35 g] isomalt (see Note)

1/2 tsp salt

3/4 tsp salt 4 large eggs 1/3 cup [45 g] cornstarch

Whipped Cream 1 cup [240 ml] heavy cream, chilled 3 Tbsp [30 g] confectioners’ sugar Pinch salt Grated lemon zest, for garnish

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

LEMON ICEBOX “PIE”

SARAH: When I was growing up in Shreveport, there was an old diner called Strawn’s down the street. At the time, all of the waitresses looked like they came out of a Far Side cartoon, with the cat-eye glasses and coiffed hair. We would always go there for hamburgers, but what they were known for was their icebox pie: fruit, custard, and cream layered up and chilled in a buttery graham cracker crust. Evan and I did an event in Louisiana a few years ago, and the first place I wanted to visit was Strawn’s. We ate our weight in icebox pie, and we came back to San Francisco determined to pay homage to it on the Rich Table menu. Thus, we bring you all of the elements of icebox pie: lemon curd, pastry cream, whipped cream, and graham cracker crumble, plus a graham cracker tuile as a bonus. Go to town.

This recipe is kind of a beast. (A delicious and totally worth it beast, of course.) If you want to make it a little simpler, you can substitute store-bought graham crackers for the homemade ones in the recipe. You’ll need 71/2 oz [210 g] graham crackers, processed into crumbs in a food processor. CHEF’S NOTE:

The graham cracker tuile really only works with isomalt. If you can’t find it, you can skip the tuile and serve each dish with a little extra graham cracker crumble. Have fun with the plating! We use three different-sized piping tips to create a varied look on the plate, but feel free to just use one size, or to use plastic zipper-lock bags with the tips cut off. Continued

249

RichTable_INT_2G.indd 248-249

12/20/17 6:50 PM

Nasturtium Syrup 21/2 cups [75 g] nasturtium leaves 3 Tbsp [45 ml] water 1/2 cup [120 ml] Simple Syrup (page XX), at room temperature or colder Cocktail 11/2 oz [45 ml] Nasturtium Syrup 1 oz [30 ml] Ginger Syrup (page xx) 2 oz [60 ml] mezcal 1 oz [30 ml] fresh lime juice Ice cubes Nasturtium flower, for garnish

EVAN: When the restaurant first opened, I was totally into foraging. Sarah and I love nasturtiums, which grow rampant all over San Francisco and taste a bit like arugula or watercress. I wanted to make a cocktail with the nasturtiums, so my bar manager at the time and I experimented with drinks made with nasturtium leaf purée. I didn’t want the foraged flavor to get swallowed up by the other ingredients. Vida mezcal and some ginger beer ended up being perfect complements. The puréed nasturtium leaves created a brilliant green color, and we garnished it with a nasturtium flower. This instantly became one of the most photographed and beloved items on our menu. As for the name, it came from something I used to tell the staff to get them excited for service: “Okay guys, this could be the biggest service night of your life, so act like it.”

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

BIG NIGHT

CHEF’S NOTE: Nasturtium leaves can be found at some farmers’ markets or by doing a little urban foraging in your neighborhood. Google them. You can also substitute watercress for a similar peppery bite. You will have about 1/2 cup [120 ml] of the nasturtium syrup. The extra can be refrigerated in an airtight container for up to 1 week.

1 To make the nasturtium syrup: In a blender

on low speed, gently blend the nasturtium leaves with the water until puréed. With the blender on low, slowly pour in the simple syrup and continue to blend until smooth. Pour the mixture through a fine-mesh strainer set over a medium bowl. Let the syrup drain completely, without pressing on the pulp, 5 to 10 minutes. Continued

272

RichTable_INT_2G.indd 272-273

12/20/17 6:50 PM

Shetland Cooking on the Edge of the World James Morton and Tom Morton The first book to explore the food and cooking of Shetland, with lavish landscape photography. C OV E R

Shetland is where Scotland meets Scandinavia, and the North Sea hits the Atlantic Ocean. With its rugged natural beauty and comparative isolation, the island is still a mystery to most of us.

DRAF T

James Morton grew up on Shetland and knows it’s more than just an island, it’s a way of life. Shetland, co-written with his father, radio presenter and journalist Tom Morton, explores life on an isle with food and drink at its heart. Surrounded by crystal-clear waters, its seafood is second to none, and butter and cheese are made locally. The native lamb roams freely around the island, and the Shetland black potato cannot be found anywhere else in the world.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781849499675

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

270 x 180 mm

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The recipes take in the very best that the island has to offer – from mackerel and mussels, simple home-smoked halibut and cured salmon, to the legendary reestit mutton and bannocks, with delicious food from sea and land. And it wouldn't be Scotland without dishes for those of us with a sweet tooth and appreciative of a wee dram. With features on crofting, pit feasting, and the annual Fire Festival, Up Helly Aa – which culminates with the burning of a Viking galley ship – Shetland celebrates a very different kind of island paradise. Here cooks, crafters and makers toil according to traditions that go back hundreds of years, where you wrap up warm against the cold, and where you can immerse yourself in your environment.

Author Details James Morton is the author of books including Brew and Brilliant Bread, which won the Guild of Food Writers Cookbook of the Year award in 2014. In 2012 he reached the final of BBC TV’s Great British Bake Off. He qualified as a doctor in 2015. He writes a weekly column for the Sunday Mail, and has won several national home brewing awards. Tom Morton is a writer and broadcaster. He hosted his own show on BBC Radio Scotland for 20 years and is a former journalist on publications including the Daily Express, Sunday Express, Sunday Herald and New Statesman. Tom is the author of Shetland: Tales from the Last Bookshop, and lives in Shetland. He is also James's dad.

Key Information • This is the first, definitive book on Shetland lifestyle, as lifestyle and food trends point towards the Scandinavian aesthetic post-hygge. • 'Còsagach (an old Gaelic word meaning snug, sheltered and warm) is, in fact the Hygge and...will be one of the biggest lifestyle trends of 2018.' Daily Telegraph • Fits into the “slow” revival – appeals to middle England/Scotland audience 25 and upwards hankering after a better, nostalgic way of life. • Crosses over into trends for both "maker" chic and nature themes. • James still has recognition factor from Great British Bake Off and his father Tom Morton is a bona fide “radio legend” in Scotland, presenter of a regular BBC Radio Scotland show for 20 years.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Patterned Interior Greg Natale Multi-award-winning designer Greg Natale presents thirteen never-before-seen interior design projects showcasing his signature approach to the juxtaposition of graphics and patterns within each space. At once sophisticated and playful, Natale's interiors are renowned for marrying contemporary with vintages pieces to create moments of serenity and flamboyance, often featuring extraordinary centrepieces. In this exquisite photographic collection, he takes the reader on a captivating journey through the different areas of a variety of homes, explaining how he sets about designing a space from the initial brief to the all-important finishing touches. The insights Natale offers into the way he incorporates pattern into each space are accompanied by vibrant, stunning images that illustrate his approach to perfection. From the big picture to the smallest vignette, Natale shows how pattern can transform and enhance any space. With his candid stories, beautiful photography from Anson Smart and a foreword from design legend Diane von Furstenberg, The Patterned Interior will provide readers with all the inspiration needed to bring pattern into your life.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$90.00

ISBN

9780847862832

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

295 x 235 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

With his bold signature style, Greg Natale has been feted as one of Australia's top designers, winning numerous awards including Interior Designer of the Year (2011 / 2014) and Best Residential Interior (2013) at the Belle/Coco Republic Interior Design Awards. In 2015 he was named as one of "The World's Top 15 Designers" by Architectural Digest Mexico and in 2016 at High Point Market in North Carolina was awarded "2016 Luxury International Designer of the Year." Natale's work has been featured in numerous magazines including Architectural Digest, Wallpaper, Vogue Living, Time, Harper's Bazaar, and Elle along with being published in many design books.

Key Information • Greg is regularly featured in the design press in Australia and internationally. He is a constant presence at decorator-related events around the world, whether they are openings, panel discussions, or industry parties. He is committed to marketing the book, and his brand, in the US and abroad. Events are being planned in the US to launch the book. • In addition to being a beautifully illustrated book the text is filled with practical advice, tips, and creative ideas, communicated in a fun and easy to read style useful for both beginners and professionals. • Recent and older projects are being photographed specifically for the book. Shelter magazines will be able to feature previously unpublished images. • Greg is one of Australia's leading designers, winning numerous awards including Interior Designer of the Year (2011/2014) and Best Residential Interior (2013) at the Belle/Coco Republic Interior Design Awards. In 2015 he was named as one of 'The World's Top 15 Designers' by Architectural Digest Mexico and in 2016 at High Point Market in North Carolina was awarded '2016 Luxury International Designer of the Year.' • Australian marketing and publicity campaign on launch.

OPPOSITE: In the breakout dining area off the kitchen, a tan leather banquette picks up the warm tones from the pretty splashback tiles. Behind, white surfaces show that a single tone can be anything but simple, with paneling in the ceiling and barn-style cabinetry displaying a fascinating composition of lines. ABOVE: A dining setting in the houseâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s central palette offers an enticingly detailed study in pattern.

200

201

128

129

ABOVE: Another bedroom introduces more tones of blue, with a few red touches that link to the terracotta that features so prominently outside. OPPOSITE: Monochromes define this bathroom, but their treatment via different patterns and finishes ensures variety, with the Mediterranean-style tiles bringing a delicate flourish. FOLLOWING PAGES: The interconnecting loggias, with their repeated arches, black stripes and beams, and bright terracotta tiles, showcase the hacienda style that is central to this houseâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s design.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE BY Greg Natale

Price

AU$69.99

ISBN

9781743790298

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Hygge & West Home Design for a Cozy Life Aimee Lagos and Christiana Coop Decorate from a popular home décor brand with a nod to our obsession with all things Nordic in this inspirational home décor guide on how to find coziness. This is for any home and any style. From the ladies behind the Hygge & West brand comes a unique exploration of décor and hygge. The book answers the question of how to create a home filled with natural elements, spaces for family and friends, bits of coziness, and special charms. Showcasing a variety of home styles and sizes, belonging to creatives from a range of fields, the book offers readers inspiration for creating a meaningful, cozy, and comfortable home anywhere. The book is divided into chapters, each one tackling an aspect of hygge (nature, family, small spaces, and charm) and showing home tours that accomplish each aspect. The home tours also include interviews with the homeowner, getting the inside scoop on what they love about their homes and what inspires cozy feelings, as well as design tips for decorating in their own home. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$60.00

ISBN

9781452164328

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

279 x 216 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

Full colour photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Aimee Lagos and Christiana Coop are the cofounders of Hygge & West, a popular design company that collaborates with designers, artists, and illustrators to create unique collections of wallpapers and fabrics. Lifelong friends, Aimee and Christiana dreamed of starting a clothing company as little girls. With Aimee's entrepreneurial skill and Christiana's passion for interior design, they started their company together in 2008 and never looked back. Eight years later, they are one of the premier brands in their industry.

Key Information • With its broad viewpoint, this book has a very wide appeal that isn't tied to a specific design style. This book embraces a variety of styles and home sizes and offers advice and tips for each with the goal of finding coziness in any space. • The Hygge & West brand is a design darling with a strong following (106k on Instagram) and strong retail ties with both independent and national stores stocking their shower curtains and pillows. • Not only is the brand popular now, it's growing significantly. In the last two years it has seen more than 60 percent growth, doubled its online audience, and is expanding into different products. • The breadth of home interiors in the book allows it to merchandise with all kinds of home goods kitchen, bathroom, living room, dining room, bedroom – anything cozy will be a perfect fit. Plus for stores that carry H&W products, it will sit beautifully with those items in stores. With home décor objects and furniture in different styles for each home featured in the book, it will provide inspiration for any shopper and sit beautifully with everything from linens to vases, wall hangings, lighting fixtures, furniture, and more.

Artist | Entrepreneur | Owner of Coral & Tusk BONDURANT, WYOMING

THIS IS HOME

We met Stephanie Housley in an especially fortuitous way that also proved how small the world often is. While in Paris in the fall of 2015, we visited Maison Bastille—a delightful café in the Marais that features our Rosa wallpaper by Rifle Paper Co. As we enjoyed our delicious breakfast, we noticed an impossi bly chic and heartwarmingly happy French family at a nearby table. Halfway through the meal, a striking, smiling woman joined them, carrying a Coral & Tusk doll for the family’s little girl. We wondered if this woman could indeed be the owner of Coral & Tusk, but quickly moved on to planning the day’s adven tures. After we finished eating, we posted images from the café on Instagram, and then headed out to soak up Paris. Hours later, we noticed that Stephanie had commented on our photo, “Were you guys there today?” Turns out, she had been the smiling woman bearing the gift. Stephanie imbues Coral & Tusk with a playful spirit and a healthy dose of per sonality to create a whimsical design sensibility that is uniquely her own. She is also a whip-smart and incredibly driven businesswoman who has built a highly successful and widely respected company. When Stephanie told us that she and her husband, Chris Lacinak, were moving to a log cabin outside of Jackson Hole, Wyoming, we asked her if she’d let us come visit and include her new home in our book. We spent two days with her in that achingly beautiful setting. It snowed while we were there, so we were able to experience a magical, snowy sunset while sharing a delicious meal that Stepha nie had prepared for us. Our time in that cozy, lovely place was far too short. We consider ourselves lucky to call Stephanie a friend.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

STEPHANIE HOUSLEY

THIS IS HOME

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

“I hate clutter, so I carefully choose the items I set out for display.”

When Andres and I found this home, it was begging for some love. All the elements of a 1906 Edwardian were there, but they were hiding. We both felt like these amazing archi tectural elements wanted to shine. The previous owner, who I am certain had the best of intentions, had tried in earnest to apply a mid-twentieth-century eye to the house by cover ing its details. A utilitarian streamlining, if you will. We spent the better part of our first year trying to reverse that process and highlight its originality. We also tried our best to apply a lens of today’s modernity by keeping our choices simple and unified with color and finishes. Although the house will probably never be completed in our minds, I am most proud of just doing the work we have done while being respectful of the home’s heritage. There’s a beautiful play of pattern and texture throughout your home. What do you think those two elements bring to a space?

How do you decide when to buy old and when to go new?

More often than not, I go old, mostly due to the fact that I was raised scouring flea markets and collecting antiques, and so I feel most at home with them. But there is something to be said about a modern and clean space to unify all of your collected goods. We obviously don’t have a modern space, but we have done our best to create a very neutral palette to display our favorite finds. I mostly go new when something is a utilitarian object, such as a plate, a sofa, or bedding. In designing your home with Andres, did you learn any tips or tricks for how to work together to create a meaningful, well-styled space that feels cozy and welcoming to both of you?

Independent of each other, we are both homebodies. We demand a sanctuary to come home to—a respite from the commute, our jobs, politics, etc. I don’t think our desires are out of the ordinary. Honestly, it’s the basic equation—comfortable and realistic furniture, good textures in textiles, nice bedding, a dog, some wine, and a record player. The rest is just fluff, pretty things that aren’t too precious. You recently added a beautiful baby girl, Inez, to your family. How did you design her room so that it felt like a child’s space but still reflected your personal style?

We made a conscious effort when we started her room to just add her and the things she or we might need. A lot of what’s in Inez’s room is stuff we already had in our guest room, and we used our baby goggles to add punches of color through objects and textiles. I love the excuse to add whimsy and fun to a kid’s room. We want to foster her imagination from the get-go. Inez has changed us irrevocably. I see everything differently now. The whole hue of the universe has changed.

Designing with family in mind can present both obstacles and opportunities. Which, if any, did you run into and how did you work with or around them?

The biggest challenge in our home is space. With baby comes loads of stuff and our house is just a bit over one thousand square feet. We spent a lot of time reorganizing closets and reinventing Ikea plug-and-play closet organizers. We also tried to locate dead space in the house and install shelving and, most importantly, a large built-in closet with a bench in our foyer. It’s the smartest thing we could have done. It allows us to stow away arriving parcels and all of Inez’s dailies: diapers, diaper bag, formula, Ergo, toys, etc. Our “dad” jackets and bags live there, too. I have a strange fascination with mudrooms, and the foyer is like a mudroom behind doors. It’s expansive, practical, and hides all that I don’t want to see on a regular basis. There is something so satisfying in dealing with a smaller space. You must think creatively about the way you use it, and when you have done it right, there is such a sense of satisfaction in using only what you need. How do you add personality and meaning to your home?

You must add antiques, vintage, and handcrafted items. There is no alternative to the depth that these things can bring. Also, don’t be afraid of what you love. Nothing adds per sonality and character more than the things you love. It’s your home, not anyone else’s.

123 ROD HIPSKIND

THIS IS HOME

122

It’s that deep desire for authenticity again. We both love to travel and we are constantly adding our finds from near and far to our permanent collection. I think that curating a home shouldn’t be difficult. Use the things you love, and surprise yourself by mixing those things together. Combining prints and textures works best when there’s neutrality of color in the bones of a space.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

What was the process of creating your home like?

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Perfect English Ros Byam Shaw The English style in interior design is admired and imitated the world over. At its grandest, the English style is a stately home furnished with antiques, but the houses featured in this book are country cottages, farmhouses, townhouses and apartments. What links them is as much an attitude as a look. The English style of decoration is practical and informal, designed around the inhabitants of the rooms and their lifestyles rather than to awe or impress. These houses are lived in and loved, with interiors that are comfortable, relaxed and not afraid to be pretty. All are perfect in their own way, and all as endearingly English as saying sorry when someone treads on your foot. The book’s chapters – Plain English, English Eccentric, English Rose, English Country House and Classic English – reflect the many and varied facets of English style, and each section ends with pages devoted to suggestions and ideas for furnishing a house in all these versions of English style. At the back of the book, there is also a comprehensive listing of UK and US suppliers to help readers create their very own take on perfect English style.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$65.00

ISBN

9781849759649

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Ros Byam Shaw is a former Features Editor of The World of Interiors and Deputy Editor of the British edition of the US fashion and lifestyle newspaper, W . She now writes on design and interiors for The World of Interiors, House & Garden and the Telegraph , among others. Ros is the author of Perfect English, Perfect English Farmhouse, English Eccentric, Perfect French Country and Perfect English Townhouse, as well as the bestselling Farrow & Ball Living with Colour and Farrow & Ball Decorating with Colour (all published by Ryland Peters & Small).

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

292 x 244 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

315 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • 'Any book by Ros Byam Shaw inspires confidence and delight, being brilliantly researched and handsomely illustrated. Her captions are always informative, and her interest in the story and the gorgeousness of very different homes and objects is unflagging, without being gushy.' The World of Interiors • Turn to classic English style for a comfortable, welcoming and enduring interior. • Featured homes include those of art dealer and broadcaster Philip Mould and designers Gilly and Geoff Newberry of Bennison Fabrics and Roger Jones of Colefax and Fowler. • The original edition of the book sold more than 27,000 copies worldwide. • Ros has more than 18k followers on Instagram.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Charlotte Moss Entertains Celebrations and Everyday Occasions Charlotte Moss Renowned and beloved decorator and tastemaker Charlotte Moss takes us beyond her beautifully designed interiors and gardens and shows us how to celebrate our everyday lives by focusing on the details – inspiring table settings, breakfast in bed, orderly linen storage, afternoon tea – all realised with Charlotte's inimitable style. This book is a must-have for people who appreciate a life well lived.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$90.00

ISBN

9780847861859

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

305 x 241 mm

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

200 colour & b/w images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Tastemaker Charlotte Moss inspires readers to imbue everyday life with charm, romance, and good taste. Moss focuses on events – as small as breakfast in bed or tea in the afternoon or as elaborate as a festive Christmas luncheon or themed dinner party – and the artifacts of our lives (china, silver, linen) to create the backdrop for a life well lived. Moss celebrates the day-to-day by bringing her enthusiasm and impeccable style to every domestic activity. Setting the table becomes a joy when putting together stylish combinations of placements, monogrammed linens, china, tableware, curios, and an abundance of flowers. From tasteful meals for one to grand occasions for friends and family, Moss chronicles her own aptitude for hospitality. Style icons are conjured for their entertaining savvy: Pauline de Rothschild for her pioneering tabletop decoration, Marjorie Merriweather Post for her organisational precision, Leslie Blanch for her introduction of exotic delights to the table, and Elsie de Wolfe for her always-right recipes. Butler pantries are explored. Linen closets are catalogued. Flowers are collected from the garden and artfully arranged for a memorable meal. Charlotte Moss invites you into her world to discover how to make everyday an occasion.

Author Details Charlotte Moss is a designer, author, and philanthropist. She has designed numerous private residences in the United States and abroad, collections of carpets, furniture, fabrics, china, and enamelled jewellery. She has authored nine books, most recently Charlotte Moss: Garden Inspirations. Moss lectures internationally on the art of fine living and is consistently featured in the top lifestyle and design publications.

Key Information • Author Charlotte Moss is a noted interior designer, speaker, author, and philanthropist. She has countless contacts in the design and social worlds and will use them to market this book, and her brand, to the fullest. • This is Moss's first entertaining book. • The reading public never seems to tire from learning about living life stylishly and efficiently. From Martha Stewart's endless guidance to Julia Reed's party-friendly counsel, information on entertaining and style at home is always sought after. Moss does not disappoint. • All of Moss's books have done well. Recent three books have sold between 12,000 and 20,000+ copies internationally.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Ai Weiwei: Yours Truly Art, Human Rights, and the Power of Writing a Letter Ai Weiwei Art legend Ai Weiwei invites readers to engage with an artwork and a cause in this powerful book. In 2014, renowned artist Ai Weiwei created @Large: Ai Weiwei on Alcatraz, and engaged nearly 900,000 visitors in a conversation about human rights and freedom of expression. One installation in the exhibition was Yours Truly, which invited visitors to write postcards to prisoners of conscience around the world. In total, 92,829 messages of hope, humour, and solidarity were written and sent. This book delves into those postcards' lasting impact. Five former prisoners and their loved ones reflect on the experience of receiving hundreds of postcards while imprisoned. A statement by Ai Weiwei, plus essays by the exhibition curators and rights advocate Jasmine Heiss, contextualise this extraordinary project. Photographs from the exhibition show visitors and the postcards they wrote. The book also includes a guide to defending human rights and four pre-addressed, tear-out postcards, inviting readers to get involved and send personal messages to current prisoners of conscience.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781452159294

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Humour

Format

254 x 184 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Full colour photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Ai Weiwei is among the world's most celebrated contemporary artists and an outspoken critic of injustice, both in China and abroad. His sculptures, photographs, installations, and public artworks often repurpose recognisable forms and materials from ancient Chinese ceramics to life vests worn by Syrian refugees-to address today's most pressing contemporary social concerns. An ardent human rights activist, Ai Weiwei was arrested by Chinese authorities on April 3, 2011, and held incommunicado for eighty-one days. For over four years following his release, he was prohibited from traveling abroad and subjected to ongoing government surveillance. Having relocated to Berlin, Ai Weiwei continues to extend his practice across multiple disciplines, using exhibitions and social media to communicate with a global public. His latest project, HUMAN FLOW, is a documentary film addressing the plight of refugees worldwide. Cheryl Haines is principal of Haines Gallery and founding executive director of the FOR-SITE Foundation, both organisations located in San Francisco. She was the curator of @LARGE: AI WEIWEI ON ALCATRAZ. Jasmine Heiss has worked on criminal-justice issues, including solitary confinement, mass incarceration, and police accountability, at the local, national, and global level. A frequent commentator and writer, Heiss has been cited in publications, including the Associated Press, CNN, the New York Times, and NPR. Heiss now serves as the director of coalitions and outreach at the Coalition for Public Safety. David Spalding is an internationally recognized writer, curator, and editor based in San Francisco, where he serves as executive director of Haines Gallery and consulting editor for the FOR-SITE Foundation.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Key Information • Ai Weiwei is China's most famous contemporary artist and one of the most important artists working worldwide. His renown stretches from fine art aficionados to those who picked up Weiwei-isms at Urban Outfitters. His fan base includes 365K followers on Instagram and 364K on Twitter. Ai Weiwei's artistic output and personal narrative are equally compelling; he is known for his activism as well as for his incarceration and house arrest by the Chinese government. Fans will be eager to read his powerful statement about the Yours Truly project and participate in the project themselves. • In the current political climate, people are searching for easy, meaningful, and personal ways to make a difference in the world. This book not only tells inspiring stories, but also offers a wonderful way to fight for human rights. The punch-out postcards are pre-addressed to four prisoners of conscience (a list vetted by Amnesty International), so all readers have to do is write a personal message and buy a stamp in order to send some hope out into the world. • While there is a good deal of Ai Weiwei publishing out there, this book offers an in-depth look at one particularly inspiring and accessible work – you don't have to know anything about contemporary art to appreciate the power of sending messages of hope to people wrongfully imprisoned. And the tear-out postcards offer a unique participatory feature. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781452159294

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Humour

Format

254 x 184 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Full colour photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

12/1/17 8:19 PM YoursTruly_INT_2G.indd 44-45

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

12/1/17 8:19 PM YoursTruly_INT_2G.indd 64-65

65 64

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

12/1/17 8:19 PM YoursTruly_INT_2G.indd 68-69

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Bibliophile An Illustrated Miscellany Jane Mount The ultimate gift for book lovers, this volume brims with literary treasures, all delightfully illustrated by beloved artist and founder of Ideal Bookshelf, Jane Mount. Book lovers, rejoice! In this love letter to all things bookish, Jane Mount brings literary people, places, and things to life through her signature and vibrant illustrations. Readers will: • Tour the world's most beautiful bookstores. • Test their knowledge of the written word with quizzes. • Find their next great read in lovingly curated stacks of books. • Sample the most famous fictional meals. • Peek inside the workspaces of their favourite authors.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781452167237

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Jane Mount is an award-winning illustrator and designer. She has exhibited her work nationally and sold prints through 20x200. In 2008, she founded Ideal Bookshelf, a company that makes things for people who love books, including paintings of books that have changed people's lives. Ideal Bookshelf has been praised by influencers including Brainpickings, The New Yorker, Buzzfeed, People magazine, goop, Real Simple, The Wall Street Journal, Mental Floss, NPR and The Paris Review. Her previous books include My Ideal Bookshelf (Hachette, 2012).

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

229 x 191 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

A source of endless inspiration, literary facts and recommendations, and pure bookish joy, Bibliophile is sure to enchant book clubbers, English majors, poetry devotees, inspiring writers, and any and all who identify as bookworms.

Key Information • Mount really knows and loves books of all kinds. Her references range from Ralph Ellison to J. K. Rowling, and her passion for books extends from literary history to adorable bookstore cats. This book celebrates many genres, going beyond novels to include memoirs, poetry, cookbooks, travelogues, feminist tracts, writing guides, and picture books. Mount's deep book knowledge allows her to speak directly to the hearts of true book nerds whatever their taste. • Mount has gathered a devoted following and praise from the likes of Brainpickings, The New Yorker, and Vogue for her iconic book stack artwork. Her fan base (34K followers on Instagram) will flock to this book and the accompanying ancillary products, while those who don't know her name yet will love the charming style of her art and her eye for quirky and fascinating details. • Mount successfully sells a variety of bookish merchandise through her company Ideal Bookshelf. She sells through Etsy Wholesale and a few small rep companies, and her products are featured in about 150 stores, including some in Canada, the UK, and Australia.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

KIDS’ PICTURE BOOKS The very first illustrated book for kids was Orbis Sensualium Pictus, or The World of Things Obvious to the Senses Drawn in Pictures, a textbook created by John Amos Comenius in 1658 to “entice witty children.” Picture books more akin to what we read now appeared in the late 1800s, when English illustrator Randolph Caldecott (for whom the Caldecott Medal is named) created an “ingenious juxtaposition of picture and word,” as Maurice Sendak explained, in which either can continue the narrative. They really took off in the late 1930s and early 1940s when Simon & Schuster began publishing their good-quality but affordable Little Golden Book series and Theodore Geisel started writing as Dr. Seuss. Margaret Wise Brown wrote over a hundred books (including Goodnight Moon, The Runaway Bunny, and Little Fur Family) and lived a short but fascinating life. She spent her entire first royalty check on a cart of flowers, had intense affairs with both men and women, got engaged to a (much younger) Rockefeller, and was a lifelong beagler, keeping up (on foot) with the hounds as they chased down rabbits (yes, runaway bunnies!). She died at age 42 of an embolism, the clot released when she kicked up her leg to show a nurse how great she felt after an appendectomy. In 2016, Matt de la Peña won the Newbery Medal for Last Stop on Market Street, a book about a boy riding the bus with his grandmother, since they don’t have a car, and learning to appreciate the world along the way. (Putnam 2015 hardcover)

Bibliophile_INT_1G.indd 12-13

Christian Robinson illustrated Last Stop on Market Street, and also a 2016 edition of Margaret Wise Brown’s The Dead Bird. He has said that P. D. Eastman’s Are You My Mother? is a book that has really stuck with him since childhood. I Want My Hat Back was the first book Jon Klassen both wrote and illustrated. (Candlewick Press 2011 hardcover) MORE The Little House by Virginia Lee Burton Miss Rumphius by Barbara Cooney Click, Clack, Moo by Doreen Cronin Kitten’s First Full Moon by Kevin Henkes The Poky Little Puppy by Janette Sebring Lowrey Zen Shorts by John J. Muth Not a Box by Antoinette Portis Dragons Love Tacos by Adam Rubin The Polar Express by Chris Van Allsburg Owl Moon by Jane Yolen

12/22/17 3:10 PM

CHARIS BOOKS & MORE Atlanta, Georgia, USA Charis Books and More, in Atlanta, Georgia, is one of few feminist bookstores founded in the 1970s that is still open. The stalwart Charis has so far outlasted other iconic shops that opened in an energetic wave during that era, including Old Wives’ Tales in San Francisco, New Words in Boston, and Lammas in Washington, DC. Charis means “grace” or “gift.” Founder Linda Bryant chose the name in honor of the friend who gave her the funds to open the store.

This cat is named Cake.

Charis Books formalized its educational and social justice programming in 1996 with Charis Circle.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

BELOVED BOOKSTORES

This nonprofit arm that works with artists, authors, and activists to bring over 250 events a year—writing groups, poetry open mics, children’s story hours, yoga, and intersectional meetings—to Atlanta’s feminist communities.

The brilliant appliances were inspired by Penguincubators, vending machines used by Penguin Books in 1930s London.

BOOKSACTUALLY Singapore For a single store, BooksActually has a significant presence in Singapore and beyond, presenting books by Singaporean authors in vending machines throughout the city and shipping books across the globe. The store started online and opened its storefront in 20o5, with a global and local, new and rare selection. Its vending machines are installed at the National Museum of Singapore, the Singapore Visitor Centre, and the Goodman Arts Centre, headquarters for the National Arts Council. The hope is that even if people don’t buy a book right away, they’ll start to become familiar with the names of local authors.

Bibliophile_INT_1G.indd 14-15

POLITICS AND PROSE Washington, DC, USA Politics and Prose does have roots in politics: Carla Cohen opened the store after losing her job with the Carter administration, and one of the current owners, Lissa Muscatine, was an adviser to Hillary Clinton. But it doesn’t specialize in politics, as some early would-be customers assumed. The store offers books about pretty much everything. Its name was just supposed to sound unpretentious while honoring its DC home.

Politics and Prose is known for its author talks, hosting writers ranging from Trevor Noah to Drew Barrymore, Neil Gaiman to Celeste Ng. Thankfully, readers everywhere can watch them on the Politics and Prose YouTube channel (and thousands do!).

12/22/17 3:11 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

BOOKSTORE CATS The ancient Egyptians trained cats to attack papyrus-loving pests, thereby establishing the world’s first book-attending felines. Since then, cats have kept mice and rats out of bookstores. They seem especially good at protecting the comfortable chairs so often found in great independent bookstores.

NIETZSCHE

HERBERT

AMELIA

King’s Books

The Spiral Bookcase

Tacoma, Washington, USA King’s Books had a contest to name their new adopted friend in 2015 and ultimately paid homage to local literary hero Frank Herbert.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA She is named after both children’s book star Amelia Bedelia and Amelia Pond from Doctor Who.

The Book Man Chilliwack, British Columbia, Canada Nietzsche was adopted from Safe Haven animal shelter in 2008. He loves kids! And going for rides in their strollers.

ENDER & EMMA

Recycle Bookstore San Jose, California, USA

ZEUS & APOLLO

Zeus

The Iliad Bookshop North Hollywood, California, USA They are brothers, born in 2014.

Apollo

TILSA STERLING

Librería El Virrey Lima, Peru

Abraxas Books Daytona Beach, Florida, USA When just a tiny stray kitten, Sterling ran out in front of Abraxas owner James D. Sass’s car, and he’s lived in the store ever since.

TINY THE USURPER

Community Bookstore

JACK

Copperfield’s

PIERRE, HEAD OF SECURITY UPTON SINCLAIR, APPRENTICE SECURITY

Healdsburg, California, USA

The Kelmscott Bookshop Baltimore, Maryland, USA

Brooklyn, New York, USA

He got his name by ousting another cat, Margery, from bookstore management. He even has his own Instagram feed, @ tinytheusurper!

Apprentice Security

SADLEIR

David Mason Books Toronto, Ontario, Canada

Bibliophile_INT_1G.indd 16-17

Head of Security

12/22/17 3:11 PM

A 2011 study of almost 6,000 children’s books published in the U S in the 20th century found that only 31% had female lead characters, while 57% had male ones. Since the 1990s this has started to change, thanks in part to the books in this stack and others like them. The strength of these female characters speaks to the audience they were created for: Louisa May Alcott thought of young girls as the best critics. A couple are also real-life heroines, battling against Goliaths of fear, hatred, and inequality.

Astrid Lindgren’s nine-year-old daughter, Karin, sick in bed, demanded to be told a story. When Lindgren asked what it should be about, Karin pulled a name from the air, and that’s how Pippi Longstocking (or Långstrump, in her native Swedish), the strongest girl in the world, came to be. Lindgren recorded the stories she told Karin and gave her a copy of the published book on her tenth birthday. (Rabén & Sjögren 1945 hardcover, art by Ingrid Vang Nyman) In Pakistan, in 2012, a Taliban gunman shot 15-year-old Malala Yousafzai in the head for speaking out about girls having the right to attend school. Since recovering, she has continued to advocate for education rights and in 2014 won the Nobel Peace Prize for her work. Most of Beverly Cleary’s books— including all the ones about Ramona, Beezus, Henry Huggins, and Henry’s dog, Ribsy—are set in Portland, Oregon, where she grew up. Visitors can walk a self-guided tour of her old Northeast neighborhood and 22

Bibliophile_INT_1G.indd 22-23

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

GIRL STARS

see the real-life Klickitat Street, the inspiration for Glenwood School, and the place where Ramona got her boot stuck in the mud. There’s even a guidebook called Walking with Ramona, by writer and tour guide Laura O. Foster.

With her notebook always under her arm, Harriet M. Welsch of Harriet the Spy has been the patron saint of city kids, writers, New Yorkers, and gender-norm defiers for decades. Confident and always true to herself, Harriet was one of the very first female rebels in children’s literature. Scott O’Dell’s Island of the Blue Dolphins was inspired by the true story of Juana Maria, a Nicoleño Native American who in the 1800s was left by herself on San Nicolas Island (off the California coast) for eighteen years. In the book, the heroine is called Karana, and she tames a gray wolf, naming him Rontu. MORE The Wonderful Wizard of Oz by L. Frank Baum The Hunger Games by Suzanne Collins The Mighty Miss Malone by Christopher Paul Curtis Because of Winn-Dixie by Kate DiCamillo Olivia by Ian Falconer Coraline by Neil Gaiman Inside Out and Back Again by Thanhha Lai Number the Stars by Lois Lowry Counting by 7s by Holly Goldberg Sloan The Witch of Blackbird Pond by Elizabeth George Speare Dealing with Dragons by Patricia C. Wrede

12/22/17 3:11 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Berthe Morisot, Woman Impressionist Sylvie Patry Beloved female Impressionist Berthe Morisot receives a comprehensive treatment in this major survey, sure to appeal to the wide and deep audience for Impressionist art. Today Berthe Morisot is considered a major Impressionist artist, a new development despite the respect received from peers Edgar Degas, Édouard Manet, Claude Monet, and Pierre-Auguste Renoir in her lifetime. Like them Morisot cultivated an innovative style and turned her attention from lofty subjects to the banality of everyday life. Through the lens of history, these charming scenes of women and children have come to be interpreted as diary-like studies, a limiting interpretation this important volume does much to resolve. Lush illustrations from throughout Morisot's long career highlight her formal experimentations, variety of paint applications, textural work, perspectival shifts, and radical exploration of unfinished states. With intimacy and something of Mallarmé's attempt to 'fix something of the passing moment' as her primary projects, Morisot showed alongside her fellow impressionist artists from their first group exhibition to their list, missing only one show. The artist's central position within the Parisian avant-garde made her home a hub for the great literary and artistic minds of her day, a home further radicalised by her husband's decision to abandon his artistic practice in support of hers. An introduction and essay examining Morisot within feminist scholarship serves as a jumping off point for texts chronicling Morisot's critical reception, initial embrace of Impressionism, her chosen subjects, settings, and her relationship with later movements, including Postimpressionism and Symbolism. Where previous catalogs have attempted a comprehensive overview, this volume sets a new precedent with never-before-published letters, interdisciplinary scholarship, and a specific focus on Morisot's pioneering developments as a painter first, woman second.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$99.00

ISBN

9780847861316

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

288 x 254 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

120 colour illustrations

Sylvie Patry, is the Chief Curator of the Barnes Foundation, Philadelphia. Linda Nochlin is Professor of Modern Art at New York University. Nicole Myers is a Curator at the Dallas Museum of Art. Marianne Mathieu is the Deputy Director of the Musée Marmottan, Paris.

Age Range

Bill Scott is a painter and printmaker and visiting critic at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts, Philadelphia.

Terms

SOR

Key Information

Author Details

• In a climate of renewed interest in female artists, here is a beloved Impressionist painter considered an equal by her peers, including Manet, Degas, Monet, Renoir. • Last Morisot retrospective was in 1987. • No important Morisot book since 2012, and no comprehensive US scholarly catalog in a decade. • Enduring appeal of Morisot's subjects: Mothers, outdoor scenes, family life. • Authors are important scholars and book will uncover new research.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

They Drew as They Pleased Vol. 4 The Hidden Art of Disney's Mid-Century Era Didier Ghez The gorgeous fourth volume in the groundbreaking series profiles five innovative mid-century artists whose progressive visual styles ushered Disney's entry into the worlds of television and theme parks.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

The 1950s and 1960s at the Walt Disney Studios marked unprecedented stylistic directions brought on by the midcentury modern and graphic sensibilities of a new wave of artists. This volume explores the contributions of these heroes with special emphasis on the art of Lee Blair, Mary Blair, Tom Oreb, John Dunn, and Walt Peregoy. It includes never-before-seen images from Cinderella, Alice in Wonderland, Peter Pan, and Sleeping Beauty, and discusses Disney's first forays into television, commercials, and space and science projects. Drawing on interviews and revealing hundreds of rediscovered images that inspired Disney's films during one of its most prolific eras, this volume captures the rich stories of the artists who brought these characters to life and helped shape the future of animation.

Price

AU$79.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781452163857

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

229 x 279 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations & photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

Didier Ghez has conducted Disney research since he was a teenager in the mid '80s. His articles about the parks, animation, and vintage international Disneyana, as well as his many interviews with Disney artists, have appeared in such magazines as Disney twenty-three, Persistence of Vision, Tomart's Disneyana Update, Animation Journal, Animation Magazine, StoryboarD, and Fantasyline. He is the author and editor of numerous books about the Disney Studio and its artists, including the Walt's People book series and the They Drew as They Pleased book series. He also runs The Disney History blog (disneybooks.blogspot.com) and The Disney Books Network website (www.didierghez.com). Eric Goldberg is best known for his work with Walt Disney Animation Studios on Aladdin, Pocahontas, Hercules, and Moana. In February 2011, Eric was awarded the prestigious Winsor McCay award from ASIFA-Hollywood for lifetime achievement in animation. Susan McKinsey Goldberg directed two sequences on Fantasia/2000, creating a unique look that garnered her the animation industry's highest honor, the Annie Award, for Production Design.

Key Information • This is the fourth volume in a series that has a proven track record with Disney fans. • Packed with previously unseen art from the 1950s and 1960s, as well as the history this experimental and groundbreaking era in Walt Disney Studio's history, this book delivers amazing content. • This book offers more excellent content in the area of animation, which accounts and fans have come to expect from us. • Didier Ghez is known in the animation community as a Disney expert, and will continue to be a strong promoter of the series.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

ABOVE AND OPPOSITE: BOTTOM LEFT:

Story sketches for Cinderella.

Courtesy: Eric Gandois.

THEY D REW A S T H E Y P L E AS E D

TDATP4_2g.indd 88-89

ABOVE:

Courtesy: Steve Spain. MA RY B LA IR

12/14/17 8:43 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

OPPOSITE: Story sketches for the abandoned musical project Abdul Abulbul Amir.

172

THEY D REW A S T H E Y P L E AS E D

TDATP4_2g.indd 172-173

Story sketches for the abandoned short Bad Luck Duck.

ABOVE:

JOHN DU NN

173

12/14/17 8:44 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

ABOVE AND PAGES 202â&#x20AC;&#x201C;205:

paintings for The Jungle Book. TOP:

Courtesy: Heritage Auctions.

BOTTOM:

200

THEY D REW A S T H E Y P L E AS E D

TDATP4_2g.indd 200-201

Visual development

Courtesy: Debbie Weiss. WA LT PEREGOY

201

12/14/17 8:44 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Letter Crafts 35 creative projects for stylish home decorations Clare Youngs 35 quirky and cool projects to bring a touch of typography to your home. Clare Youngs presents a range of simple projects, using inexpensive and easy-to-find materials, so you can make your very own colourful alphabet. For a stylish display, adorn your mantelpiece with bold letters made out of recycled fruit crates, make your own vintage fabric ‘T’, or cheer up a child’s bedroom with a bright alphabet pillowslip. All the projects are clearly explained with step-by-step artworks, and there is a tools and techniques section so you can brush up on your crafting skills – all you need to do is decide which letter to create. It’s as easy as A, B, C.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782496007

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

250 coloured photographs and illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Clare Youngs studied graphic design and has worked in packaging design, illustration and book jacket design. Her other books include Creative Collage, Folded Book Art, A Year in Crafts and Book Art. Follow Clare on Instagram @clareyoungs to see more of her work.

Key Information • Catch on to the bold new interior design trend of decorating with letters. • All projects are easy to make and use simple tools and recycled materials. • Book Art, also by Clare Youngs, has sold over 19,000 copies.

CB803 Letter Art Final Files

IW CB803_LETTER_ART_039-049_Layout 1 17/11/2013 17:46 Page 48

CB803 Letter Art Final Files

IW CB803_LETTER_ART_039-049_Layout 1 17/11/2013 17:46 Page 49

Specification

Contents Introduction 6 Getting started 8 PAPERCRAFT LETTERS 12 Vintage graphic letters 14 Wire and paper lettere 18 Colorful paper bead letters 22 Sculptural scrollwork 26 Foamboard lollipop letters 30 Silver leaf letter 34 Mexican paper letters 36 Tissue paper overlay 39 3-D comic capitals 42 Notebook cutouts 44 Simple punched lampshade 46 Alphabet garland 48 PAINTED AND PRINTED LETTERS 50 Painted and printed wood 52 Ampersand shopper 56 Painted 3-D outline 60 Letter-shaped blackboard 63 Personalized pebbles 66 Fairground flair 68 Printed letter art 72 MIXED-MEDIA LETTERS 76 Weathered wood letter 78 Fruit-crate letter 80 Corrugated capital 82 String letters 86 Slot-together letters 88 Coffee sack letters 92 Concrete capital 94 Light it up 96 Nailed outline 100 Industrial-style cutouts 102 Wire cage letter 104

Binding: Paperback with flaps Format: 7½ x 9¼ in./235 x 190 mm Extent: 144 pages Illustrations: 250 color photographs Text: 20,000 words

ALPHABET GARLAND Brighten up a corner of a child’s bedroom with this colorful alphabet. For added contrast, use a different typeface for each letter—some tall and thin, others chunky and condensed. This is an ideal project to use up all those lovely birthday cards you can’t bear to throw away. The more colors and

ISBN 978 1 78249 600 7

patterns you use, the more fun the garland looks! YOU WILL NEED: • Letter templates • Plain or graph paper • Ruler

Text © Clare Youngs Design, illustration, and photography © CICO Books

Choose your letters, using a different typeface for each one, or use the templates on page 129. Enlarge them to the right size, either by using a photocopier or by scaling the letter up on graph paper (see page 9). I made mine approximately 4–43⁄4 in. (10–12 cm) in height. Transfer the letters onto some tracing paper (see page 10).

• Pencil • Tracing paper • Masking tape

Uncorrected proofs

If you are using patterned posterboard (cardboard), transfer the letters onto that. Use masking tape to secure the tracing paper as you work.

• Patterned posterboard (carboard) or patterned paper and thin card stock (card) • Craft knife • Cutting mat • Craft glue • Colored ribbon or tape

Cut out the letters using a craft knife. Remember to protect your work surface with a cutting mat.

Papercraft letters

If you are using patterned paper, glue a sheet to some thin card stock (card)—cereal boxes are ideal for this. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 to make all your letters.

T 5

Dab some glue onto a length of colored ribbon or tape to attach each letter.

Papercraft letters

CLARE YOUNGS studied graphic design and has worked in packaging design, illustration, and book jacket design. Her other books include Creative Collage, Folded Book Art, A Year in Crafts, and Book Art (all published by CICO Books). She is based in Kent, UK. Follow Clare on Instagram @clareyoungs to see more of her work.

Templates 124 Suppliers 141 Index 142 Acknowledgments 144

IWCB1200_LETTER_CRAFT_BLAD_DSJ_PBF_02.indd 2

IW CB803_LETTER_ART_106-110_Layout 1 17/11/2013 17:13 Page 109

CB803 Letter Art Final Files

VINTAGE FABRIC LETTER

A friend of mine gave me a vintage floral curtain

some time ago and it has been sitting with my stash of fabric ever since, just waiting to be made into

something. I thought it would be perfect for this

pretty fabric letter. I have used a contrasting fabric on the reverse, making the letter double sided.

Choose a letter or use the template on page 136 and enlarge it to the desired size. You can either use a photocopier or scale the letter up using graph paper (see page 9). Trace the letter out and transfer it on to a piece of foamboard (see page 10). Use a craft knife and ruler to cut it out.

YOU WILL NEED:

• Letter template

• Plain or graph paper • Ruler

• Pencil

FABRIC LETTERS 106 Vintage fabric letter 108 Mix-it-up fabric magnets 111 Appliqué wall hanging 114 Photo transfer 118 Studded jacket 121

CB803 Letter Art Final Files

IW CB803_LETTER_ART_106-110_Layout 1 17/11/2013 17:13 Page 108

About the author

• Tracing paper • Masking tape

• Piece of foamboard measuring 13 x 11 in. (33 x 28 cm) • Craft knife

• Cutting mat

• 2 pieces of fabric, each measuring 133⁄4 x 15¾ in. (35 x 40 cm) • Scissors

• A piece of thick batting (wadding) measuring 13 x 11 in (33 x 28 cm) • Felt-tip pen

Lay the fabric you want to use for the front of your letter on your work surface, right side up. Place your letter shape on top (again right side up). This way you can see how the pattern falls within your letter. Draw around the shape of the letter approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm) away from the edge of the letter. Use scissors to cut the shape out. Do the same for the fabric you have chosen for the back, but this time place the letter shape right side down (so the letter is reversed) and leave a ½ in. (15 mm) border.

• Pins

• Sewing needle and thread

108

Fabric letters

109

www.rylandpeters.com

08/09/2017 16:29

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Pictomazes Nikoli Publishing Something totally new for the adult activity market: mazes that reveal pictures once they're completed! Readers of all ages can create gorgeous illustrations in these new puzzles that combine logic and mindfulness. The next big — and challenging! — idea for the adult activity market from Nikoli, the creators of the original Sudoku puzzles and author of Workman’s bestselling Original Sudoku series, with 1.2 million copies in print. So what is a pictomaze? Created by master puzzle maker Kazuyuki Yuzawa, each pictomaze is an intricate maze that, when solved, reveals an image of an animal. It’s a mental workout, requiring a brain-stretching amount of focus and concentration while testing one’s problem-solving ability and short-term memory. And it’s fun! As the line of your pencil twists and turns, a picture of an animal is slowly revealed. There’s a chimpanzee. A tiger chameleon. A great horned owl. A red panda — and more. Once the animal is complete, the puzzle is solved. Now, colour in the path to bring the creature to life, and try the next mystery maze. Problem-solving. Surprise. Mindfulness. This entertaining and engaging activity exercises different parts of the brain at once — allowing players to keep their minds sharp, imaginative, and ever curious.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$17.99

ISBN

9781523502028

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Master puzzle maker Kazuyuki Yuzawa (aka “Mr. King”) has been making mazes for 30 years. Jimmy Goto, editor in chief at Nikoli, explains, “There are many puzzle makers in the world. Among them, Mr. Yuzawa occupies the throne, so people call him Mr. King of Mazes.” Yuzawa is an electrical engineer by day, so the time he has to create his masterful mazes is limited — there are fewer than 150 puzzles created by him in the world.

Format

203 x 254 mm

Key Information

Extent

120pp

Illustrations

4-colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Nikoli Publishing, the premier Japanese puzzle and game company, holds the trademark on Sudoku in Japan, and supplies 100 percent of the puzzles published in Japanese newspapers and magazines. Maki Kaji, the “Godfather of Sudoku,” is president of Nikoli and is credited with giving Sudoku its name.

• Challenge your brain AND satisfy your artistic creativity, all at once! With Pictomazes, the brain-stretching power of a maze puzzle meets the creativity of visual puzzles and drawing. The mazes exercise different parts of the brain since you have to solve the maze and also create a new piece artwork that's revealed as you do the puzzle — plus, they're fun! • Nikoli, a puzzle company in Japan, created the original Sudoku puzzles — Workman's line of Sudoku books with Nikoli has 1.2 million copies in print. • Grown-ups have made bestsellers out of Paint by Sticker, dot-to-dot puzzle books, and other hands-on activity books where puzzles meet art. Here's something new for this market.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Day of the Dead Paula Pascual The Traditional Mexican event of Dia de los Muertos (21 October-2 November), which celebrates the lives of the deceased, has spread internationally alongside the growing popularity of Halloween festivities. Both informative and practical, this book includes 20 easy-to-make projects. Several are based on the flowers, candles and sugar skulls that attract and guide the spirits to the altar, as well as food and drink ideas to create a fabulous centrepiece and treats for your party table. Fun decorations draw on Mexican crafts, including cut-paper banners and festive frills for fairy lights. The book also explains the spectacular look of La Catrina, the skeleton lady, with ideas for costumes and instructions on facial art.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Paula Pascual is a paper-crafter whose work has appeared in Cardmaking and Papercraft and Crafts Beautiful magazines. She is the author of Paper Pom-Poms and two other books based on paper crafts. She has worked for Sizzix as a creative designer, has designed a range of clear stamps for Personal Impressions and a line of patterned papers and die-cuts for Craftwork Cards.

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$29.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781780975764

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

210 x 210 mm

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• A celebration of the traditions, costume and imagery of this Mexican national holiday that is ever-increasing in widespread appeal. • Especially geared for students and twenty-somethings, the book can be used for anyone who is interested in learning more about the philosophy and meaning behind Día de los Muertos as well as those who simply want to host a celebration of their own. • An obsession with Day of the Dead imagery has seen catrinas and skulls appearing everywhere: as body decoration (in tattoos and nail art), catwalk and high-street fashion, and in video games.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Art of Whittling A Woodcarver's Guide To Making Things By Hand Niklas Karlsson Whittling is more than just a way of busying idle hands - it is a pastime for those who love the texture of wood and a way of life for those who feel a special connection between people and trees. This beautiful and practical guide to the art of whittling offers the perfect antidote to the stresses of modern life and a means of getting back to basics and creating unique items from scratch. Inside you will learn about the ancient art of whittling as one of the earliest forms of artistic expression; the different types of wood to use in your work; the simple tools you need to get started; and the various cutting techniques. The Art of Whittling also preaches the idea of Danish hygge – translating to coziness and being with friends and family in a warm atmosphere. Here, author Niklas Karlsson gives us an insight into why the Danes are considered the happiest people in the world – and how you can bring some hygge into your own lives. More than just a manual, this book offers a contemplative view on a skill that is more popular than ever.

Author Details

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Cloth

Price

AU$32.00 | NZ$36.00

ISBN

9781787390034

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Key Information

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

228 x 153 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Approx. 200 colour & b/w images

• The perfect fireside read, this book taps in to the heritage craft category epitomised by such books as Norwegian Wood. • The ideal introduction to woodworking – an antidote to the stresses of modern life. • An expert Swedish author takes you on a journey from raw material to beautiful handmade objects, with an emphasis on man's connection to trees. • Whittling appeals to a new generation of festivalgoers – annual events Taljfest in Sweden and the three-day Spoonfest in Derbyshire sold out in 2016. The festivals feature courses run by spoon carvers from Sweden, the US and the UK. • Stunningly presented, with full-colour photographs and illustrations.

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Niklas Karlsson is a Swedish woodcarver who crafts unique utensils that he sells via his blog: ahardslojdlife.se. In his youth, he spent his holidays in the south of Lapland and bought his first carving knife from a mail-order catalogue as a child. Inspired by Barn the Spoon, who runs a spoon shop in central London, Niklas now runs workshops in his native Sweden and appears at the International Carving Festival Täljfest.

• Describes the art of Danish hygge, the latest 'wellness' trend, and is a vital part of Danish culture.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

I Hope My Voice Doesn't Skip Alicia Cook Bestselling writer and activist Alicia Cook returns with I Hope My Voice Doesn't Skip, a collection of poetry, prose, and song. The follow-up to Stuff I've Been Feeling Lately contains anthem-like poems about relationships, mental health, current social issues, and learning from loss, with the promise that recovery is possible. The reader's experience with this unique collection is lifted from the page as Cook has collaborated with a number of up and coming musicians to transform some of her poetry into song. Like her debut book, this one is divided into two parts. Modelled after a vinyl record this time, the collection is separated into the EP record, holding Cook's shorter poetry, and the LP record, holding Cook's longer poetry, prose, and songwriting. Together, they form an inspiring collection for all those recovering from something.

Author Details

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781449494247

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Poetry

Format

203 x 127 mm

Extent Illustrations

160pp Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Alicia Cook is a writer and creative living in Newark, New Jersey whose words have been highlighted in Teen Vogue, CNN, and USA Today. Her poetry is usually unfixed and covers various topics and emotions. Her poetry mixtape, Stuff I’ve Been Feeling Lately was a finalist in the 2016 Goodreads Choice Awards. When Cook is not creating poetry or drinking Rook coffee, she is writing about addiction and its direct effect on families. Her series, The Other Side of Addiction, written in honour of her cousin Jessica who lost her life to heroin, has developed a worldwide readership. These are very personal accounts, written to shed light on this deadly epidemic and prove that anyone can be affected. Her efforts were featured on the episode A Family Disease by the Emmy nominated documentary series, Here’s the Story. She currently writes full-time as the Director of Institutional Communications at Bloomfield College. She loves the ocean, French fries, champagne, and spending time with her family.

Key Information • • • •

Instagram: 19.8K followers.

Teen Vogue listed Alicia Cook as one of 10 Instagram Poets to Follow.

Alicia was featured by the Emmy-nominated PBS documentary series Here's the Story. The self-published version of Stuff I've Been Feeling Lately was a write-in finalist for the 2016 Goodreads Choice Award in Poetry. • Strong appeal for fans of Rupi Kaur, Lang Leav, and our other poets.

Voice Doesn't Skip_Final_interior.indd 12

3/2/18 9:53 AM

Alicia Cook

Collateral Beauty Tragedy leaks into the buckets of our bodies. We don’t realize we’re cracked until we’ve flooded and the pressure releases, pouring out in tears from our eyes and screams from our throats and anger from our clenched fists and prayers from our bended knees. It is those same unassuming cracks where grace enters to replenish us through the light from our eyes and the songs from our voices and the humanity from our outstretched arms and the new chapters from our forward-marching feet.

4 Voice Doesn't Skip_Final_interior.indd 4

3/2/18 9:53 AM

Alicia Cook

Some Piranhas Are Vegetarians I switch the song on the radio because it reminds me of you and I donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t feel like visiting you today. My mind understands the feelings evoked by the music are illusions, but try telling that to my soul. You were not my person. You were my lesson. You were . . . You were . . . You were the piranha, circling. I discovered too late that you made a habit of attacking people with hearts much larger than yours.

6 Voice Doesn't Skip_Final_interior.indd 6

3/2/18 9:53 AM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE BY Alicia Cook

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781449487560

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Be Brave An Unlikely Manual for Erasing Heartbreak J.M. Farkas Be Brave is the first in a series of erasures in which author JM Farkas puts a feminist, revisionist spin on classic literature. Permanent marker, meet Beowulf. A former high school English teacher, Farkas transforms Beowulf into an unlikely guide for the brokenhearted that is both irreverent and moving. Anyone who has been devastated by love will appreciate the blackened pages of this bold, youthful, and empowering twist on the ancient epic.

Author Details J. M. Farkas is a rebel-teacher, poet, and YA novelist with deep ties to high school and university writing, young adult literature, and poetry communities. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781449489762

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Poetry

Format

178 x 127 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

Key Information • Be Brave is a book written for women, about women, by a woman, and with the aim of empowering women. • While erasure has experienced success in poetry circles for some time, the relatable subject matter positions Be Brave for a new, broader audience. • Will appeal to women, those experiencing heartbreak, followers of both high- and low-brow culture, and students of canonical literature. • Be Brave demands inclusion in classroom discussions of Beowulf, demonstrating how the ancient text is still being manipulated and responded to today.

Black and white text and drawings

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Order from your local sales representative or United Book Distributors, PO Box 457 Ferntree Gully Vic 3156 AU Tel: 1800 338 836 | Fax: +61 3 8537 4497 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.com.au NZ Tel: 09 442 7410 | Fax: 09 442 7406 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.co.nz

BeBrave_int2.indd 15

11/20/17 9:31 AM

BeBrave_int2.indd 25

11/20/17 9:32 AM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Shadow of the Lions Christopher Swann A debut literary thriller about a young man returning to his alma mater – a boys' boarding school in Virginia – to solve the decadeold mystery of his former roommate’s disappearance. How long must we pay for the crimes of our youth? That is just one question Christopher Swann explores in this compulsively readable debut, a literary thriller set in the elite – and sometimes dark – environs of Blackburne, a prep school in Virginia. When Matthias Glass’s best friend, Fritz, vanishes without a trace in the middle of an argument during their senior year, Matthias tries to move on with his life, only to realise that until he discovers what happened to his missing friend, he will be stuck in the past, guilty, responsible, alone. Almost ten years after Fritz’s disappearance, Matthias gets his chance. Offered a job teaching English at Blackburne, he gets swiftly drawn into the mystery. In the shadowy woods of his alma mater, he stumbles into a web of surveillance, dangerous lies, and buried secrets – and discovers the troubled underbelly of a school where the future had once always seemed bright.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$32.00

ISBN

9781616208615

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Fiction/Mss Mkt

Format

210 x 140 mm

Extent

384pp

Illustrations

Text

Age Range

Terms

SOR

A sharp tale full of false leads and surprise turns, Shadow of the Lions is also wise and moving. Christopher Swann has given us a gripping debut about friendship, redemption, and what it means to lay the past to rest.

Author Details Christopher Swann earned a PhD in creative writing from Georgia State University and has won awards and recognition from GSU, Washington and Lee University, and the Heekin Group Foundation’s Tara Fellowship for Short Fiction. He is the English department chair at Holy Innocents’ Episcopal School, where he has taught for two decades. Swann lives with his wife and two sons in Atlanta.

Key Information • The narrator, Matthias, partners up with a local ex-cop to solve a double mystery – the disappearance of his best friend ten years ago, and the recent death of a teenager on campus. The search pulls in ex-girlfriends, drug dealers, and a powerful Washington, DC, family. • The novel takes place at a boys' boarding school in the beautiful woods of Virginia, and Chris Swann has been an English professor at a boys' parochial school in the South for nearly two decades. • Explores themes of friendship and betrayal, love and loss, privilege and outsider status, and the volatility of youth. • From The Catcher in the Rye to Dead Poets Society to Prep, the world of the boarding school has long been popular with readers and moviegoers.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

When the English Fall David Williams A riveting and unexpected novel that questions if a nonviolent community can survive when civilisation falls apart. When a catastrophic solar storm brings about the collapse of modern civilisation, an Amish community is caught up in the devastating aftermath. Once-bright skies are now dark. Planes have plummeted to the ground. The systems of modern life have crumbled. With their stocked larders and stores of supplies, the Amish are unaffected at first. But as the English (the Amish name for all non-Amish people) become more and more desperate, they begin to invade Amish farms, taking whatever they want and unleashing unthinkable violence on the peaceable communities. Seen through the diary of an Amish farmer named Jacob as he tries to protect his family and his way of life, When the English Fall examines the idea of peace in the face of deadly chaos: Should a nonviolent society defy their beliefs and take up arms to defend themselves? And if they don’t, can they survive? David Williams’s debut novel is a thoroughly engrossing look into the closed society of the Amish, as well as a thought-provoking examination of civilisation and what remains if the centre cannot hold. 01 September 2018

Author Details

Binding

Paperback

David Williams is a teaching elder in the Presbyterian Church. He lives in Annandale, Virginia. When the English Fall is his first novel.

Price

AU$32.00

ISBN

9781616208097

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Poetry

Format

140 x 210 mm

Publication

Extent

272pp

Illustrations

Text

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • A debut novel that, in hardcover, surprised and captivated readers with its originality, resulting in the first printing selling through quickly after publication. • Beginning with starred prepub reviews in Kirkus and Library Journal, Williams debut received stellar reviews from the Boston Globe, Christian Science Monitor, and the Los Angeles Times, who proclaimed, “It’s rare to find a debut novel as finely crafted as When the English Fall. This book drew me in with its first line, and kept me riveted long after I’d finished it.” • With classic works like Brave New World, 1984, and The Handmaid’s Tale finding large readerships on account of the current state of the world, When the English Fall presents an intriguing premise that adds a unique perspective to the “what ifs?” that now pervade our collective conversation. • Williams presents a surprising and moving examination of humanity’s actions when principles are challenged under the most dire situations.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Blood Highway Gina Wohlsdorf A gripping headlong plunge into terror: a young woman meets her father for the first time when he escapes from prison and takes her on a cross-country road trip, forcing her to lead him to some money he believes is hidden somewhere on the West Coast. Rainy Cain, a tough, troubled high school senior, desperately wants to escape the confines of her life in Minneapolis. When her increasingly unstable mother suddenly commits suicide, Rainy thinks she has found her chance. Instead, her father, Sam – who she had always believed died before she was born – escapes from prison and abducts her, taking her on a cross-country trek in pursuit of millions of dollars that he believes her mother had kept from a botched robbery years earlier. On their heels the whole way is a young Minneapolis detective intent on bringing Rainy safely home. It is an odyssey that will test Rainy’s considerable instincts about sanity and madness, and keep readers turning pages till the twisty end. Gina Wohlsdorf, whose previous novel, Security, was described by the New York Journal of Books as 'a fast-paced, highly evolved thriller that clearly marks Wohlsdorf as a force to be reckoned with,' delivers on that promise in Blood Highway, a tautly paced, unsettling, and ultimately moving coming-of-age story. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$32.00

ISBN

9781616205638

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Fiction/Mss Mkt

Format

210 x 140 mm

Extent

336pp

Illustrations

Text

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Gina Wohlsdorf’s critically acclaimed first novel, Security, was chosen as an Amazon Best Book of 2016. She lives in Colorado.

Key Information • Gripping, surprising, sexy, and violent. This tale of a criminal father and maverick daughter portrays a battle of wills that will keep readers turning pages until the shocking conclusion. • A smart, fierce young heroine: Rainy Cain is wily and independent, defying expectations in every way. • A critically acclaimed author whose first novel was called 'incredibly witty, darkly comic,' 'clever and malevolent,' and 'absolutely stunning.'

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Cut in Half The Hidden World Inside Everyday Objects Mike Warren For fans of pop science, How Things Work, How It's Made , maker culture, and visual information, here's an entertaining photo exploration and literal inside look at a fun range of the everyday objects around us.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$45.00

ISBN

9781452168623

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Reference

Format

254 x 229 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

What exactly is inside a laptop, a golf ball, a vacuum cleaner, or a novelty singing fish toy? The insides of these and dozens of other objects are revealed in this photographic exploration of the stuff all around us, exposed and explained. With the help of a high-pressure water jet cutter able to slice through 4 inches of steel plate, designer and fabricator Mike Warren (creator of the popular Cut in Half YouTube channel) cuts into everything from boomboxes to boxing gloves, oil filters to sea shells, describing and demystifying the inner workings and materials of each. With a cleverly die-cut case and gorgeously detailed photography, Cut in Half is a fascinating and accessible popular science look at the extraordinary in the everyday.

Author Details Mike Warren is a designer, inventor, and popular science writer steeped in maker culture whose work has been featured in

Wired, New York Times, Popular Scientist, CNET, and New Scientist. Jonothan Woodward creates food, product, interior, and lifestyle images for a wide range of clients.

Key Information • Visually fascinating, the book marries creation and destruction and shows us the inside of everyday things in a way no one except someone with a 60,000 psi cutter possibly can. • Demonstrated audience in the author's own YouTube channel plus as evidenced by TV Shows like How It's Made and books like How Things Work, Maker Fair culture, and some of the competition titles. • Light but insightful text details what we're looking at and a bit about how it works. Intro helps set tone and talks about how much fun it is to make things and how part of learning about how things work is in taking them apart. Includes some fun insights about how he gets the shots (often the stuff is cut and then it falls apart, so he has to reassemble; the nature of the water jet means things rust inside super-quickly so he has to work fast to photograph). • All the items in the book were collected and cut and photographed specifically for the book with an eye to maximising interesting and beautiful forms, surprising results, and insightful information about how they work. Who knew the insides of golf balls could be so lovely! • All the photos were taken specifically for our ability to zoom in on them and show the inner workings. • The front and back boards and spine are die-cut to show into the insides of the book and the signature gathers on the spine. Super-tactile!

Softball uses a larger ball that’s made of cork, covered in leather, and stitched closed. Modern regulation baseballs are made up of a solid cork core, covered with black and then red rubber, and wrapped in a thick covering of wool yarn windings. The outer shell consists of thinner wool windings, which are then covered in white leather that’s laced together with red stitching.

Practice baseballs are the same size as regulation baseballs, with a composite core wrapped in wool yarn, and synthetic material cover (synthetic covers are more durable than leather covers, and retain their color over time). There is also a very bouncy, soft compression baseball variation that’s great for kids. The inside is made from a rubberized foam that allows the ball to travel farther than other balls when hit.

Wool yarn windings

Cork

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

The game of baseball has a few different balls that are used, depending on what variation you are playing.

Leather cover

REGULATION SOFTBALL

Baseballs & Softballs

PRACTICE BASEBALL

Composite core

Synthetic cover

SOFT COMPRESSION BASEBALL

REGULATION BASEBALL

Cork core Black rubber Rubberized foam

Synthetic cover

Red rubber Wool yarn windings Leather cover

Inside, an electronic circuit board controls every movement and action this toy performs. Servomotors govern the position of the beak, eyelids, and ear movements, and pressure sensors embedded

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

This dancing animatronic children’s toy uses digital technology alongside analog mechanisms to make a sophisticated modern version of a teddy bear.

Furry Animatronic Toy

“Antenna”

Circuit boards

Touch sensor

Servomotor

LCD eyes

under the fur detect touch. Its eyes are small LCD displays that animate eye movement. The toy is operated by Bluetooth, but an aesthetic “antenna” at the top of the head, running through another circuit board, can be pressed to elicit different responses from the toy, such as laughter and dancing.

Jawbreaker candies are made by loading the chewy centers into a rotating drum and adding successive layers of colored liquid sugar to build up a coating.

The rotating drum prevents the candies from sticking together as the sugar coating cools. This process is repeated as many times as needed until the desired diameter is reached. This jawbreaker is 3 3⁄8 inches (8.5cm) in diameter and weighs a whopping 16 ounces (450g), it is among the largest commercially available—about six and a half times larger than the average jawbreaker.

Chewy candy center

120

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Jawbreaker candies are made by coating a chewy center with successive layers of colored liquid sugar. This results in a color-changing experience as the candy layers are removed by licking. When a jawbreaker is neatly cut in half, every layer is revealed.

Giant J awbreaker

Layers of liquid sugar coating

Surprise granular sugar layer

The Little Guide to Bugs Alison Davies Enter the secret world of creepy crawlies with this handy pocket guide. Beautifully illustrated throughout, The Little Guide to Bugs offers a modern reference to identifying these glorious insects of all shapes and sizes. Featuring 40 of the most distinctive bugs from around the world, this book is the perfect companion for anyone looking to reconnect with nature, whether that's when out walking or from the comfort of an armchair. Each bug has been exquisitely illustrated by printmaker Tom Frost and is accompanied by all-important information including their habitat, distribution and size, plus an interesting fact or fable. There is also an interactive spotter's guide, where you can check off and note the date of each time you spot a new insect. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9781787131637

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Author Details

Series

Little Guides

Printmaker and illustrator Tom Frost graduated from Falmouth College of Arts in 2001 and has worked as an illustrator ever since.

Category

Animals

Format

140 x 140 mm

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Reacquaint yourself with the familiar Bumble Bee and Earthworm, as well as discovering new species such as the Giant Mesquite Bug, Lily Moth and Picasso Bug. This informative, practical and beautiful guide is part of a new nature series designed to encourage creativity through exploring the outdoors.

His clients include The V&A, Perry's Cider, Art Angels, Freight Household Goods, SelvedgeMagazine , Betty & Dupree, The Archivist and Yorkshire Sculpture Park. His work highlights a fascination for old matchboxes, stamps, folk art, tin toys, children's books and the natural world. He has previously published The Little Guide to Butterflies and The Little Guide to Leaves with Quadrille in 2017.

Key Information • A handy guide to identifying and appreciating the beauty of 40 of the most spectacular bugs from around the world. • A delightful gift for insect enthusiasts and nature lovers alike. • Beautifully screen-printed illustrations by Tom Frost. • A new nature series of illustrated pocket-guides to help you reconnect with nature and explore the outdoors. • Interactive spotter's guide to check off what you have seen.

B r azi l i an Wh i t ek n ee Taran t u l a Acanthoscurria geniculata l e g s pa n c.20cm (8in) h a b i tat Rainforests d i s t r i b u t i o n Northern Brazil f o o d Crickets, insects, small mammals m a l e s a n d f e m a l e s Males are smaller than females

Often referred to as the Giant White Knee, this enormous spider takes around 3 to 4 years to reach maturity. Named after the striking white bands of colour that line the leg joints, this tarantula has a skittish reputation and can be aggressive when confronted. The female of the species tends to live longer than the male, and has been known to survive for 12 years. The Navajo Indian tribe have many legends associated with tarantulas â&#x20AC;&#x201C; one being Old Mother Tarantula. A spirit being who takes on spider form, thought to have lived at the top of Spider Rock monolith in Canyon de Chelly National Park, she would climb down and snatch unsuspecting children. 9

M adagas can Mo o n M o th Argema mittrei l e g s pa n c.20cm (8in) h a b i tat Rainforests d i s t r i b u t i o n Madagascar f o o d Adult moths don’t eat; caterpillars feed on plants such as Eucalyptus and Cunonia m a l e s a n d f e m a l e s Males are smaller than females with larger, feathery antennae

Also known as the Comet Moth because of their long tails, the striking Moon Moth leads a short but colourful life, living for up to a week at most. The adult moth’s main aim is to mate, a responsibility which falls to the male; females tend to sit and wait to be courted. Males can sense females’ pheromones from miles away with their feathery antennae. With its distinctive red and yellow tails, this moth is able to distract predators such as bats. Its enormous eye spots also act as a deterrent and are the reason for the name ‘Argema’, which means 'speckled eye' in Greek.

The Little Guide to Birds Alison Davies Discover the secret world of our feathered friends with this handy pocket guide. Beautifully illustrated throughout, The Little Guide to Birds offers a fresh perspective on identifying the finches from the waterfowl around you. Featuring 40 of the most spectacular birds from all over the world, including common garden birds we know and love, as well as exotic flyers, birds of prey and sea-faring fowl. Each bird has been delicately illustrated by printmaker Tom Frost to capture their individual characteristics, and accompanied by information about where they come from, how many eggs they lay, wingspan and the incredible journeys they may fly in their lifetime, plus associated facts and fables. There is also an interactive spotter’s guide at the back, where you can check off each bird as you find them.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

This informative, practical and beautiful guide is part of a new nature series designed to encourage creativity through exploring the outdoors.

ISBN

9781787131644

Author Details

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Little Guides

Category

Animals

Printmaker and illustrator Tom Frost graduated from Falmouth College of Arts in 2001 and has worked as an illustrator ever since. His clients include The V&A, Perry's Cider, Art Angels, Freight Household Goods, SelvedgeMagazine, Betty & Dupree, The Archivist and Yorkshire Sculpture Park. His work highlights a fascination for old matchboxes, stamps, folk art, tin toys, children's books and the natural world. He has previously published The Little Guide to Butterflies and The Little Guide to Leaves with Quadrille in 2017.

Format

140 x 140 mm

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • • •

A handy guide to identifying 40 of the most spectacular birds from around the world. A delightful gift for bird-lovers and nature enthusiasts alike. Beautifully screen-printed illustrations by Tom Frost. A new nature series of illustrated pocket-guides to help you reconnect with nature and explore the outdoors. • Includes an interactive spotter's guide to check off what you have seen.

To c o To u c an Ramphastos toco w i n g s pa n c.64cm (25in) long n u m b e r o f e g g s 2â&#x20AC;&#x201C;4 h a b i tat Lowland rainforest and tropical forest borders d i s t r i b u t i o n South America, Central America and the Caribbean f o o d Fruit, eggs, insects m a l e s a n d f e m a l e s Male is larger than the female

Best-known for its enormous and vibrant beak, which measures around one-third the length of its body, the toucan uses this impressive feature to scare other birds, for mating and to feed. Despite its size, the beak is incredibly light as itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s made of keratin, the same substance in human nails and hair. A poor flier, the toucan has small wings and prefers to hop from branch to branch, using its supersharp claws to secure a firm grip. Sacred to the Incas, this glorious bird was often used as a totem and a guide for seers and mystics who wished to travel to the spirit realms. 69

Swallo w Hirundo rustica w i n g s pa n 30–35cm (12–14in) / 17–19cm (7in) n u m b e r o f e g g s 4–8 h a b i tat Fields, meadows, shorelines, marshes d i s t r i b u t i o n Around the world, except Antarctica f o o d Insects, particularly large flies m a l e s a n d f e m a l e s Male and females are very similar

in appearance but males have longer tail streamers

With glossy metallic-blue upper-parts and distinctive forked tail streamers, the graceful swallow is easy to spot. Supremely agile, it manoeuvres at speed and feeds on the wing. According to folklore, the sight of a swallow in flight means summer is on the way, but if it is flying low, then it brings rain. If it enters the home, it brings a wealth of good fortune. Better still, if it builds a nest in the roof, this protects the dwelling and all those in it from fire, storms, and general bad luck. Up until the 19th century, it was thought that swallows hibernated in the mud at the bottom of ponds but we now know it migrates thousands of miles to warmer climes. 46

E mpero r Pen g u i n Aptenodytes forsteri w i n g s pa n 76–89cm (30–35in) / 115cm (45in) tall number of eggs 1 h a b i tat Compact ice on the Antarctic continent and the ocean d i s t r i b u t i o n Antarctica f o o d Fish, krill, squid m a l e s a n d f e m a l e s Identical

The tallest of all types of penguin, the Emperor is aptly named. A gifted swimmer, it travels at high speeds and, like dolphins, has the ability to leap out of the water whilst on the move. The only animals to breed in the Antarctic winter, penguins have evolved special physical adaptations (four layers of tightly compacted feathers and considerable fat) to cope with the harsh conditions. Emperors have also developed special behaviours, such as huddling together to keep warm; it is the only species of penguin that isn’t territorial. A convivial companion with a highly sociable nature, once it’s found its perfect partner, the Emperor will mate for life. 17

ALSO IN THIS SERIES

Price

AU$12.99

Price

AU$12.99

ISBN

9781787130340

ISBN

9781787130333

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Writers and Their Cats Alison Nastasi The charm and whimsy of Artists and their Cats meets the surefire cats-plus-books power of I Could Pee on This. This follow-up to Artists and their Cats celebrates the special bond between celebrated writers and the cats who share their bookish worlds. Charming photographs and winsome anecdotes of 45 famous authors from the 20th and 21st centuries, all in adorable poses with their beloved feline friends, grace the pages of this giftable hardcover package.

Author Details Alison Nastasi is a Los Angeles-based culture journalist, author, and artist. She is an editor at Flavorwire, and her work has appeared on MTV, Gizmodo, Moviefone, and more. Alison is the author of Artists and their Cats, also from Chronicle Books.

Key Information Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452164571

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Auto/Biography

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

Colour & b/w images throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• Combining the huge and evergreen power of quirky pet publishing with the market power of the creative writing and bookstore crowd, this title has an even larger potential audience than Artists and their Cats. • While the subject matter guarantees this one will be an indie-trade darling, the charming package and compelling cover make it great for specialty as well, with the affordable retail making it a great gift or self-purchase. • While other publishers are catching on to this successful formula (Of Cats and Men, Cat Lady Chic), this photographic, writer-focused take on the genre is unique and fascinating. Book nerds will delight in discovering the softer sides of their favourite authors.

Ernest Hemingway, pictured here with his cat Cristóbal Colón, is perhaps the most famous literary cat fancier. The author of The Old Man and the Sea and For

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

ERNEST HEMINGWAY

Whom the Bell Tolls owned dozens of cats at any given time. “One cat just leads to another,” he wrote to his first wife, Hadley Mowrer, in 1943. “The place is so damned big it doesn’t really seem as though there were many cats until you see them all moving like a mass migration at feeding time.” Hemingway’s cats were always treated to the best and even had their own guest bedroom in the writer’s Cuban home. Most of his moggies, or as he liked to call them, “purr factories” and “love sponges,” had free run of the tropical abode. Yes, “Papa” Hemingway was an unrivalled cat dad. In the foreword for Carlene Fredericka Brennen’s Hemingway’s Cats, Hemingway’s niece, Hilary Hemingway, writes of her famous uncle: The image most people have of Ernest Hemingway is that of a macho hunter and fisherman. . . . There is no question that when Papa was hiking along winding rivers to take a fish on fly, or watching his prey in the African bush, he was always working to better his understanding of animals. He studied their natural habitat, analyzed their migration and feeding habits, watched the physical changes over their lifespan and, like John Audubon, Hemingway often killed the animals he studied. He examined them in life, and in death, and his writing always included that mystical bond between the hunter and the hunted. The Hemingway cat clan lives on at the Ernest Hemingway Home and Museum in Key West, Florida. There, you will find between forty and fifty polydactyl (six-toed) cats, all named after famous people. The story goes that Hemingway was given a white six-toed cat named Snow White by a ship’s captain. The cats who currently live on the museum grounds are Snow White’s descendants. “A cat has absolute emotional honesty: human beings, for one reason or another, may hide their feelings, but a cat does not,” Hemingway once said of his many feline friends.

WritersAndTheirCats_INT_Mechs.indd 44-45

12/19/17 2:08 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

HELEN GURLEY BROWN “Pussycat” was Helen Gurley Brown’s favorite term of endearment for friends and strangers alike—an expression that exuded warmth and familiarity. The word itself became a personal totem for the longtime editor in chief of Cosmopolitan magazine. Occasionally, she would even sign her name by drawing a cat. Brown wrote for the modern, single, career-minded woman. Her best-selling and often controversial books (such as Sex and the Single Girl, 1962) told women they could have it all: love, sex, financial independence, glamorous clothes, and zero guilt when it came to having a good time. This life of sophistication wasn’t just a dream; Brown was living it. She was often photographed in her chic Park Avenue apartment with her pet chocolate-point Siamese cats named Samantha and Gregory. In the 1970s, Cosmo’s mascot and logo was a pink cartoon pussycat named Lovey who wore a big red bow. When Brown passed away in 2012, Lovey's image was engraved on her memorial stone.

WritersAndTheirCats_INT_Mechs.indd 52-53

12/19/17 2:09 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Sherlock Holmes's London Discover the city from the West End to Wapping Rose Shepherd Enjoy this portable guide to the London of Sherlock Holmes, then and now. Packed with fascinating information about London past and present, and in a handy pocket-sized format, this new edition of Sherlock Holmes's London will take you on a journey of discovery Walk the streets of London in the footsteps of literature’s most famous – and enduring – detective, the immortal Sherlock Holmes. From his fictional home of 221B Baker Street to the wharves and warehouses of the east end, you will see much today that is unchanged since Arthur Conan Doyle first created his much-loved sleuth. Other features of Edwardian London may be buried a little deeper, but can still be uncovered if you know where to look. With maps showing the general outlay of the areas covered in each chapter, and photographs of the modern-day streets and buildings of London, you'll be able to explore the city on a self-guided tour dedicated to the Sherlock Holmes of the stories, the films, and the television adaptations.

Author Details Rose Shepherd is also the author of At Home with Henry VIII for CICO Books, as well as books on London's most amazing places, and Britain’s royal places and stately homes. Rose is based in Ramsgate, Kent.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$21.99

ISBN

9781782496151

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

• Portable format edition of this comprehensive companion to the London of Sherlock Holmes. • Packed with fascinating stories and facts about the streets and buildings that feature in Conan Doyle's stories, as well as locations used in films and television.

Series

• Appeals to the independently-minded traveller.

Category

History

Format

186 x 123 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

50 colour photos & 7 maps

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information

CONTENTS INTRODUCTION 6 Chapter 1 FROM THE WEST END TO WESTMINSTER 10 The Sherlock Holmes Heartlands Chapter 2 FROM BLOOMSBURY TO BARTS 30 With Something of the Macabre Chapter 3 FROM CHARING CROSS TO ST PAUL’S 42 In the Footsteps of a Giant Chapter 4 SOHO AND COVENT GARDEN 58 Eat, Drink, and Be Merry

SPECIFICATIONS

t Christmas 1874, a 14-year-old schoolboy visited London for the first time, staying by turns with relatives at Earl’s Court and Maida Vale. In a whirlwind three weeks, Arthur Ignatius Conan Doyle was taken to London Zoo in Regent’s Park, to the Crystal Palace, the Tower of London, St Paul’s Cathedral, and Westminster Abbey. He saw the Shakespearean actor Henry Irving in Hamlet at the Lyceum Theatre—but what must have made the most lasting impression were waxwork effigies at the museum of Madame Tussaud, and especially the Chamber of Horrors. “I was delighted with the room of Horrors and the images of the murderers,” Arthur wrote to his mother, Mary. Today the waxworks gallery is around the corner on Marylebone Road, but in the 1870s it was on a road that Doyle would go on to immortalize—Baker Street. Any tour of Sherlock Holmes’s London must begin at the legendary 221B Baker Street, where Holmes lived from 1881 to 1904. At that time there was no such address—nor, of course, would a street door be marked “B” (a discreet brass plate by the bell-pull might have read “Sherlock Holmes, consulting detective; John Watson, FRCS”) but we won’t obsess on trifles as Holmes did. Five lines serve Baker Street Station, among them the Metropolitan, the world’s oldest underground train line, opened in 1863. A Sherlock Holmes silhouette suggests a shadow thrown up on the station’s tiled walls. Emerging onto Baker Street you are met by a statue of the caped detective, courtesy of the Abbey National Building Society. Following the reassignment of street numbers in the 1930s, the Abbey occupied a building on what had been 215–229 Upper Baker Street, and employed a full-time secretary to deal with the correspondence that poured in from around the world, addressed to Sherlock Holmes. Turn right and cross the road to reach the Sherlock Holmes Museum, marked 221B, which, sitting between 237 and 241, should properly be numbered 239. The upstairs rooms are presented as a Victorian bachelor pad cluttered with Holmes’s possessions—his pipes, his magnifying glass and violin, his books and scientific instruments—while jolly costumed characters are on hand to make you welcome and to answer questions.There is a wealth of period detail—a bathroom with decorative ceramic basin and lavatory, Dr 12

Watson’s room with thumbed and dog-eared textbooks, and, amid the fireside chairs and trappings of a bachelor life, Mrs Hudson’s more feminine room with a pretty fireplace. North of Baker Street is Regent’s Park, and the London Zoo, where the schoolboy Arthur Doyle “saw the animals being fed and the seals kissing their keeper”—but we are going the other way. Baker Street itself is choked with traffic, being on 13 different daytime bus routes—but this is London. Heading south, take a left onto Wigmore Street, as Holmes and Watson did on their way to the Alpha Tavern in The Adventure of the Blue Carbuncle. You cross Welbeck Street, where, in The Final Problem, Holmes had to jump for his life to avoid being mown down by a two-horse van. (South of this is Vere Street, where a brick lobbed from a rooftop shattered at his feet.) You are passing through the “doctor’s quarters” of Wimpole Street, Harley Street, and Cavendish Square, where, as Dr Percy Trevelyan complained in The Adventure of the Resident Patient, a specialist would need substantial capital to pay enormous rents

Binding: Hardcover Format: 4¾ x 7¼ in. / 186 x 123 mm Extent: 128 pages Illustrations: 50 color photographs Price: US $14.95 / priced higher in Canada / UK £9.99 Publication date: July 2018 Text: 30,000 words ISBN: 978 1 78249 615 1

B E L OW Unveiled in March 1990, a blue plaque at the Sherlock Holmes Museum commemorates the great detective’s years at one of the world’s most famous addresses. The Georgian townhouse was indeed a boarding house in the late 19th century.

Text © Rose Shepherd Design and illustration © CICO Books Uncorrected proofs For further information, contact: US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

FROM THE WEST END TO WESTMINSTER

Chapter 5 WESTWARD HO 78 To Kensington the Green Way Chapter 6 THE MYSTERIOUS EAST 92 The Square Mile and Beyond Chapter 7 BEYOND THE SMOKE 110 Out of Town with Sherlock Further Reading 124 List of Places 125 Index 126 Picture Credits and Acknowledgments 128

ABOUT THE AUTHOR Rose Shepherd is also the author of At Home with Henry VIII (CICO Books), as well as books on Britain’s royal places and stately homes, and a brief history of Britain in the 1960s. She is based in Ramsgate, UK.

IW CB1216_SHERLOCKS_LONDON_DSJ_01.indd 2

A B OV E Tall order: Fafael Viñoly’s 20 Fenchurch Street, nicknamed the

“Walkie-Talkie,” was built to a scaled-down plan after concerns about its visual impact on the ancient Tower of London (pictured) and St Paul’s Cathedral. Heritage groups are not appeased.

Before Tower Bridge opened, to transit the river at this point one had to go by boat or use the Tower Subway beneath the Thames. Some 20,000 people a day paid the halfpenny toll to use this ill-lit iron intestine. There was, obviously, not much headroom: Charles Dickens Jr counseled, “It is not advisable for any but the very briefest of Her Majesty’s lieges to attempt the passage in high-heeled boots, or with a hat to which he attaches any particular value.” With the new option to cross Tower Bridge for free, on foot or by vehicle, the populace saw no contest, and the subway went out of business in 1898. On Tower Hill, blinkered Londoners see, but so often do not observe, a smallish brick rotunda that was once an entrance kiosk to the subway. Today the tunnel is a useful conduit for TV cables. Across the river, on the south side of the bridge, is Bermondsey, with the historic cobbled street known as Shad Thames, and Butler’s Wharf, a kind of Conranopolis created by the restaurateur Sir Terence Conran, who, in 1983, acquired an 11-acre (4.5ha) site and 23 derelict Victorian warehouses with the intention of creating 94

T H E M Y S T E R I O U S E AS T

a “gastrodome.” The restaurants were bought by D&D London in 2006. Riverside dining offers matchless views of that “huge, childish structure” we so love. Downriver on the south side is Rotherhithe, once part of the thriving Surrey Commercial Docks. Holmes was working on a case there in The Adventure of the Dying Detective, and returned to Baker Street, seemingly mortally ill, to take to his bed. The Pilgrim Fathers set sail for America from Rotherhithe, via Plymouth, Devon, aboard the Mayflower in 1620. The ship’s captain Christopher Jones is buried in an unmarked grave at St Mary’s. Beside the church is the oak-beamed Mayflower public house (117 Rotherhithe Street). It has its own jetty, a “snug” of built-in wooden settles, and a license to sell both British and US postage stamps, having functioned as a post office for the river. Another mystery: what use are US postage stamps in London? Returning north, we may find that our way across Tower Bridge is obstructed. Tourists love to see the bascules raised to let tall ships through, but to Londoners anxious to get to work on the opposite bank, the novelty of seeing a great slab of road rearing up can wear thin. TO THE TOWER It was opposite the ancient citadel the Tower of London that the police launch intercepted the Aurora in The Sign of Four. The White Tower, the cold stone heart of the Tower of London, is Norman, built by William the Conqueror to oppress and subdue the natives. Dating from 1098 and standing 89 feet (27m) tall, it was not surpassed in height until 1310 with the completion of the old St Paul’s Cathedral. If the White Tower seems ancient, at All Hallows by the Tower, the City’s oldest church, founded in 675, there is a surviving 7th-century arch from the Saxon church—and in the crypt beneath is a 2ndcentury Roman pavement. Samuel Pepys watched London burn in 1666 from the church’s tower. Having been restored in the late 19th century, All Hallows was severely damaged during World War II and was rebuilt, and rededicated in 1957. From 200 AD London’s Roman wall stretched for 2 miles (3.2km) around the City, starting at Tower Hill and ending at Blackfriars. T H E M Y S T E R I O U S E AS T

For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

www.rylandpeters.com

20/09/2017 12:17

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Alien: Augmented Reality Survival Manual Owen Williams A book like no other. An experience you'll never forget. This special interactive book has been beamed back to us from the future reality witnessed in the movies. Alien: Augmented Reality Survival Manual was written for new recruits of the U.S. Colonial Marines to impart knowledge of identification and combat of Xenomorphs. Protecting yourself and mankind against this significant and ever-growing threat is the goal. Study a Xenomorph autopsy, witness an Alien egg hatch in real-time, and see the deadly attacks of a face hugger first-hand. For new recruits, you will also get to see what the life of a USCM pilot is like, and witness 'on the scene' footage of the marines in action, in the form of movie excerpts. Whether it's the first day of your USCM training, or you're a hardened marine veteran, Alien: Augmented Reality Survival Manual is vital to shore up your knowledge of the Xenomorph threat, and ensure your prolonged survival as you travel the stars to protect the United Americas Colonies and interests. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$40.00 | NZ$48.00

ISBN

9781787390041

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Music/Video/Film

Format

270 x 210 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Owen Williams is a film journalist and author. He once was able to indulge his lifelong passion for the Alien movie franchise by interviewing every surviving Colonial Marine from Aliens – including Wierzbowski. Williams has been a regular contributor to Empire magazine since 2006. His work has also been published in The Guardian, The Daily Telegraph, Film 360, Fangoria, Rue Morgue and elsewhere, including contributions to books published by Phaiton and Aurum Press. He lives in the UK and tweets as @FlexibleHead.

Key Information • Alien movies have taken more than $1b worldwide to date. • Augmented Reality animations bring your favourite Xenomorph to life via smartphone or tablet. • A fully authorised book-and-app package produced with 20th Century Fox. • The Alien franchise is one of the most well-known science-fiction properties in history, and this books will seamlessly slot itself into the series' lore and tone. • Will publish just after the latest Alien film Alien: Covenant, which looks to reinvigorate the franchise and usher in a new generation of Alien films.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Military History of China Erik Durschmied The Military History of China bestselling author Erik Durschmied traces China's passage through a thousand years of war, colonial adventurism and internecine politics, and seeks to understand what this huge and unstoppable country is today – as well as what the future holds for a fragile world in which China is the latest economic and military superpower. Long the world's most populous country, China has always flexed its muscles beyond its borders, for all its contemplative religion and dreamlike art. Catastrophic clashes with other countries are a thread woven into the fabric of the nation's history. Today China stands on the threshold of global economic domination, a true rival to the United States: in a generation or so it will be twice as wealthy as the US, Britain, France, Germany and Italy combined.

Author Details Erik Durschmied is the author of a series of popular international bestsellers, including The Hinge Factor: How Chance and Stupidity Have Changed History; and Unsung Heroes: The Twentieth Century's Forgotten History-Makers. His 15 books are translated into 18 languages, published in 28 countries. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$34.99 | NZ$39.99

ISBN

9780233005416

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Military/War

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

352pp

Illustrations

Approx. 16 colour and b&w photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • A dramatic survey of a millennium of monumental collisions between China and the West. • By the author of the international bestseller The Hinge Factor. • Durschmied's hallmark narrative style brings history to life on the page.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Total Running Everything You Need to Know to Improve Your Running, from Beginner to Expert Men's Running and Women's Running This extensive and authoritative book is produced in association with Men's Running and Women's Running, containing chapters on health, food and nutrition, training plans, exercises, and equipment. It is for casual runners, from those taking it up for the first time and aiming to complete their first mile, to those eyeing up a marathon and searching for advice on how best to train. Illustrated throughout with annotated photographs and step-by-step artworks and images. It includes instruction for all types of running, from the casual to the ultra-competitive, as well as both exercise and nutrition advice. This comprehensive guide will be crucial to anyone looking to improve their running abilities.

Author Details Men's Running is a Wild Bunch Media brand. It is the only men's running magazine which also features fitness, sports, lifestyle, Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$44.99

ISBN

9781780979922

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

280 x 230 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

400 colour and b/w images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

health, nutrition and a razor-like wit. The magazine offers straightforward advice, inspiration and guidance to all levels of runner, giving you the motivation to get out there.

Women's Running is a Wild Bunch Media brand. The magazine is the only female-oriented running magazine in the UK, and offers the complete package to inspire and support the female running community.

Key Information • Produced in association withMen's Running and Women's Running magazines, a premier UK-based running brand published by Wild Bunch Media. • With a combined circulation of 40,000,Men's Running and Women's Running are two of the most dynamic new magazines on the market, with high-quality multi-award winning editorial content. • This book pulls together everything the runners need to know in one volume – from beginners wanting to run their first kilometre, to experienced marathon runners. • This is a richly illustrated book, full of annotated photographs and detailed step-by-step images and artworks. • The global running market is huge and growing. According the Australian Bureau of Statistics (2012), running and jogging is on the rise in recent years, with over 8 per cent of Australians participating in recreational running or jogging.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Neymar: The Ultimate Fan Book Nick Callow Neymar: The Ultimate Fan Book takes you into the Brazilian football superstar's world like no other book. Filled with facts and stats, and 100 stunning photographs, you will learn about his childhood, growing up in Brazil, his first few years with Santos and then Brazil's national team. Discover how he honed his incredible technique, instinctive eye for goal, ability to sniff out a chance and how he became a global superstar - all by the age of 21. Written in a lively style and filled with fun features, fantastic photographs and enlightening quotes, Neymar: The Ultimate Fan Book celebrates the footballer's greatest moments and most famous goals, including his record-breaking move from Barcelona to PSG, his goal in the final of the 2015 UEFA Champions League final and his stunning efforts as Brazil won the 2016 Olympic Games gold medal. It all gives readers a special insight into how and why Neymar is one of the world's greatest football players.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$15.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781787391413

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

280 x 216 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Nick Callow is a highly respected sports journalist who has reported on virtually every major sport around the world over more than 20 years. As well as writing for almost every major British newspaper, he is now joint Managing Director and Editorial Director of the world-renowned Hayters Teamwork Sports Agency, based in north London. His book-writing credits include the highly acclaimed The Ryder Cup: The Complete History of Golf's Greatest Competition, The 100 Greatest Olympians and Paralympians, The Official ITV Sport EURO 2012 Fact File and Fantastic Football Facts.

Key Information • The latest in the bestselling series of sports Ultimate Fan Books, Neymar's life and career is brought to life with exciting text and thrilling action photographs. • Neymar (@neymarjr) has more than 39 million Twitter followers (as of April 2018). • Neymar is the finest footballer from Brazil in more than a decade. He was the star of the country's 2013 FIFA Confederations Cup and 2016 Olympic Games successes

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The One-Cent Magenta James Barron Through the lives of the nine collectors who bought and sold the One-Cent Magenta stamp – the most valuable object in the world by weight – since it was issued in 1856, Barron gives us an inside look at the obsessive, secretive, and bizarre world of high-profile stamp collecting, with fascinating history along the way. When it was issued in 1856, it cost a penny. In 2014, this tiny square of faded red paper sold at Sotheby’s for nearly $10 million, the largest amount ever paid for a postage stamp at auction. Through the stories of the eccentric characters who have bought, owned, and sold the One-Cent Magenta in the years in between, James Barron delivers a fascinating tale of global history and immense wealth, and of the human desire to collect.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$44.99

ISBN

9781616205188

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

History

Format

133 x 187 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Text

Age Range

Terms

One-cent magentas were provisional stamps, printed quickly when a shipment of official stamps from London did not arrive in what was then British Guiana. They were intended for periodicals, and most were thrown out with the newspapers. But one stamp survived. The singular One-Cent Magenta has had only nine owners since a twelve-year-old boy rediscovered it in 1873 as he sorted through papers in his uncle’s house. He soon sold it for what would be $17 today. (That’s been called the worst stamp swap in history.) Among later owners was a fabulously wealthy French nobleman who hid the stamp from almost everyone (even King George V of England couldn’t get a peek); a businessman who traveled with the stamp in a briefcase he handcuffed to his wrist; and John E. du Pont, an heir to the chemical fortune, who died while serving a thirty-year sentence for the murder of Olympic wrestler Dave Schultz. For fans of Nicholas Basbanes, Susan Orlean, and Simon Winchester, The One-Cent Magenta explores the intersection of obsessive pursuits and great affluence and asks why we want most what is most rare.

Author Details James Barron started working as a stringer for the New York Times while still a college student and has been a staff reporter there for more than twenty-five years. The author of Piano: The Making of a Steinway Concert Grand , he also edited The New York Times Book of New York . He and his wife live New York City.

Key Information

• Exceptionally entertaining, experienced writer: Barron is a respected, seasoned New York Times journalist, with a talent for digging up a good story and weaving a suspenseful narrative. • A story of great wealth, high-stakes auctions, and quirky characters: The One-Cent Magenta was issued in 1856. In 2014 it sold at Sotheby’s for almost 10 million dollars. This is the engrossing story of what happened in between. • Millions of people are collectors, and Barron gets to the essence of why we want to own things – and why we especially want to own what no one else has. • Explores a slice of the past up to the present, painting vivid portraits of intriguing characters by focusing on the different owners of one object over time.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Buni Happiness Is a State of Mind Ryan Pagelow What do you get when you throw an incessantly optimistic bunny into a dark, antagonistic world? The twisted and side-splitting hilarity of Buni ! Always positive, Buni doesn’t understand that the cute world he lives in is usually out to get him. The girl he loves loves someone else. And his best intentions never seem to work. Yet he wakes up each day hopeful. Together with his cynical dad and determined dog, he inhabits a surreal world populated by teddy bears, cupcakes, unicorns, and zombies. With few words, these comics rely on images to tell the story, which is often twisted, sad and funny all at the same time. But more than anything, they show that nothing will keep Buni down. Because true happiness is a state of mind. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781449489960

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Humour

Format

203 x 165 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Ryan Pagelow is the creator of the webcomic Buni which was named Best Online Comic by the National Cartoonist Society in 2013. His work has also appeared in Mad magazine. Ryan lives in Chicago with his wife and two kids.

Key Information • Presence on GoComics.com and Webtoons.com. • Strong social media platform with over 92,000 Instagram followers, 30,000 Facebook likes, and 3,300 Twitter followers. • Award winner — recipient of the 2013 Best Online Comic award from the National Cartoonists Society

Buni_int.indd 1

10/25/17 1:58 PM

Buni_int.indd 5

10/25/17 1:58 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

For Cluck's Sake! An "Egg"cellent Collection of Chicken Lore, Chicken Facts, Chicken Trivia & Chicken Love Stacia Tolman For Cluck's Sake! is the perfect gift for the backyard chicken farmer, owner, or breeder in your life (and we know you have one). Celebrate these beloved birds with this fun, lighthearted, and informative book filled with egg and chicken trivia, chicken-related quotes, humorous and interesting facts, chicken lore, and chicken “wisdom.”

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781449494513

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Humour

Format

178 x 178 mm

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography and drawings throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Stacia Tolman is a sometimes-columnist and the author of the forthcoming YA Novel, Western Civ, from Henry Holt. She’s been around chickens since early childhood and has raised plenty of her own, the most memorable in recent years being a banjo-music-loving rooster named Louie. He had excellent timing. Stacia also makes the best lemon meringue pie in all of New Hampshire. Her secret, of course, is fresh eggs.

Key Information • @FreshEggsDaily has more than 700K likes; Backyard Poultry magazine has a paid subscriber base of 110,000 and 350K FB likes; Chickens magazine has more than 90K paid subscribers; and celebrities like Reese Witherspoon, Oprah, Gisele, and Tom Brady frequently post about raising their own chickens. • The book contains a strong variety of content, ranging from interesting facts to funny stories and memorable quotes.

BREED SPOTLIGHT

Wyandotte Wyandottes originated in New York State and were named after a Native American tribe. The original Wyandotte chicken was the silver-laced variety, with white feathers with black edges, an effect called lacing. Since then, breeders have developed golden-laced, bluelaced red, chocolate partridge, lavender, silver-penciled, and numerous other showy varieties. Although it was considered endangered, The Livestock Conservancy recently â&#x20AC;&#x153;graduatedâ&#x20AC;? the breed from the endangered list, due to its popularity with backyard chicken owners. Standard weights: Cock: 8.5 lbs.; Hen: 6.5 lbs.

For Cluck's Sake Interior_Final.indd 6

3/6/18 12:07 PM

For Cluck's Sake Interior_Final.indd 7

3/6/18 12:07 PM

Chickens have an impressive memory. They can differentiate and remember as many as one hundred faces (within and outside of their own species). This ability is important in pack species, where pecking order rules.

“The longer I live, the more beautiful life a chicken becomes.” —Frank Lloyd Wright

Chickens lay different colors of eggs. Biliverdin, a pigment produced in the shell gland of a chicken, makes for a blue egg; protoporphyrin, a different pigment produced in the shell gland, makes a brown egg. Pink eggs are the result of very small amounts of the brown egg pigment, and green eggs have equal amounts of blue and brown pigments.

For Cluck's Sake Interior_Final.indd 9

3/6/18 12:07 PM

NUGGET OF

CHICKEN WISDOM: There is joy in being well rested. Try going to bed when the sun goes down.

For Cluck's Sake Interior_Final.indd 10

3/6/18 12:07 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Sharky Malarkey A Sketchshark Collection Megan Dong Sharky Malarkey follows the adventures of Bruce, a washed-up shark actor, and a colourful assortment of dysfunctional people, animals, and inanimate objects. Bruce is equally outlandish and relatable — he’s vain but insecure; hotheaded but cowardly; craves attention but fears intimacy — his over-the-top antics are all too human. Based on Megan Nicole Dong’s popular webcomic, Sketchshark, her debut print collection mines the absurd in everyday life.

Key Information Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781449487553

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Humour

Format

178 x 178 mm

Extent

224pp Full colour drawings throughout

Illustrations Age Range

Terms

SOR

• Instagram: 219K followers; Twitter: 23K followers; Tumblr posts regularly receive 1,00+ notes (with the most popular topping 200K). • Megan is an animator at Nickelodeon and is connected to many other creators in the comics world. • Sketchshark has been featured by Refinery 29; Megan's non-Bruce-related comics have been featured by Mic, PopSugar, The Daily Dot, The Mary Sue, and elsewhere. • Comics about the awkwardness of human feelings and everyday life told through humorous animal characters are very popular—from Fowl Language to Bojack Horseman. Sketchshark is funny and weird, with amusing treatments of difficult emotions that have proven appealing to younger, internet-savvy readers.

Sharky_TEXT.indd 8-9

2/27/18 4:44 PM

Sharky_TEXT.indd 12-13

2/27/18 4:45 PM

Sharky_TEXT.indd 22-23

2/27/18 4:46 PM

SPECIAL OFFER! Humour Pack Order any 6 get 2.5% extra discount Order any 12 get 5% extra discount Order any 18 get 7.5% extra discount Order through your rep

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Sister BFFs Philippa Rice From the author of the #1 New York Times best-selling graphic novel Soppy: A Love Story comes this sweet, witty collection of comics about the push and pull of sisterhood. Sister BFFs follows a pair of sisters who are not quite adults, but trying desperately to act like them. From job searches to embarrassing encounters with former crushes, these twenty-something sisters navigate the ups, downs, and in-betweens of early adulthood – together. Loosely based on the author’s own life, Sister BFFs celebrates the complicated love-hate relationship between sisters to hilarious effect. They tease and trick each other but always stay loyal. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781449489359

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Graphic Novels

Format

209 x 209 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour drawings throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Philippa Rice is an artist who works in a number of different mediums including comics, illustration, animation, model making and crochet. Her other works include the collage-based webcomic My Cardboard Life and her stop-motion animated characters.

Key Information • Sister-themed gift books are perennial favourites. This one has a quirky edge and adorable artwork that will appeal to millennials. • Philippa Rice has been called "the next hot ticket" and "marvelously inventive" by the The Observer. • Philippa has 25k Facebook followers and 9k Twitter followers. • Soppy: A Love Story has sold nearly 40,000 units and was on the New York Times bestseller list of hardcover graphic books for several weeks in 2016.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Dogist Puppies Elias W Friedman Now the perfect gift book for everyone who loves puppies is even giftier! This trade paperback edition features more than 800 adorable puppies in a format that’s not only cuter and sweeter in the hand. Photographed documentary-style, at puppy-eye level, each portrait captures the true essence of the puppy: those endearing eyes that stare right into yours, the oversize paws and big floppy ears, fuzzy faces and pink panting tongues. Series of photos include puppies in the litter, puppies as they grow, puppies on walks and at play, puppies in fancy outfits, and those poignant puppies having to wear the “cone of shame.” Friedman also takes a deep dive into breeds: Border Collies and Westies, Frenchies and Huskies, Boxers and the Nova Scotia, Duck Tolling Retriever. Everything, in other words, a puppy lover could ask for.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781579658694

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Elias Weiss Friedman is the New York Times bestselling author of The Dogist and the creator of the wildly successful online brand of the same name. He launched TheDogist.com in 2013; it now boasts more than 3 million followers across all social media platforms. Friedman lives in New York City, but his work photographing dogs takes him around the world. Find him on Instagram @thedogist.

Imprint

Workman

Key Information

Series

Category

Humour

Format

178 x 178 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details

• Over 800 puppies! What more do you need? • Photographed documentary-style, each portrait captures the true essence of the puppy. The photos focus on each dog’s eyes—so you can feel just what the puppy must be thinking. • All breeds and types of puppies are included. • Series include puppies in the litter, puppies as they grow, puppies on walks and at play, puppies in owners’ arms, puppies by breed, and with stories about puppy training, daily rituals, and the early days of a puppy’s service-dog training. • Friedman’s popular street photography blog (TheDogist.com) started in 2013 and now has more than 2.5 million followers across all platforms.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

“Never Cook Bacon Naked” Doreen Chila-Jones We have all been there: ruined an entire dinner; burned a piece of toast; served raw chicken to our guests. Cooking can be a daunting, frustrating, and hopeless pursuit . . . and when you are in a pickle, it's time for a little pep talk from some of the biggest cooking and not-cooking experts – people like Julia Child, Thomas Keller, Alice Waters, Truman Capote, Maya Angelou, and many others who, at one time or another, have also scorched their lunch. But remember, as the cookbook author Alana Chernila likes to say, “Homemade food is the opposite of perfection.”

Author Details Doreen Chila-Jones is the author of Say What? 670 Quotes that Should Never Have Been Said. While Doreen specialises in the humour genre, her offerings for children with special needs are gaining attention. Doreen’s musings can also be found in Matters Magazine (www.mattersmagazine.com and her daily blog, mamasucksblog.wordpress.com. She has been married to the same human for 20 years, and together they’ve adopted three children. Her life is total chaos, as she likes it.

Key Information Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781947458215

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Humour

Format

152 x 102 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Coloured text and drawings

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• A collection of inspiring quotes and statements for casual and expert cooks alike. • The perfect gift for any food lover who needs a pep talk and a bit of inspiration.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Snuggle Is Real A Have a Little Pun Collection Frida Clements Yeah, Buoy! Following the success of the Have a Little Pun line, here's an all-new, fun, witty and wonderfully illustrated collection for pun fans everywhere.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452171371

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Humour

Format

152 x 203 mm

Extent

80pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Shark! Who goes there? In this all-new collection of beautifully illustrated wordplay from artist Frida Clements, lovely flora and fauna drawings meet funny hand-lettered sayings and offer fresh ways to have a little pun. With everything from cheep thrills to currant obsessions, this book is the perfect way to stay best fronds forever with pun-lovers looking to espresso themselves. Yeah, buoy! You go, grill! Each turn of the page is sure to bring out a giggle, or perhaps a groan, so get kraken and check it out.

Author Details Frida Clements is a Seattle-based illustrator known for her beautiful screen-printed poster designs and the Have a

Little Pun line of book and gift products.

Key Information • The Have a Little Pun series has had a lovely response across a range of accounts, with 80K+ copies sold of the original book since 2015, 20K+ for the notecards. • All new fresh and funny puns, all new illustrations in Frida's colourfully playful and gorgeous style. Her work seems to give people permission (in great number!) to have a little pun with a humour form that is sometimes unfairly maligned as corny or lowbrow, but that everyone secretly is amused by. • GIFTY! Adorable and merch-y.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

How do you find North without a Compass And Other Puzzles and Brainteasers Erwin Brecher This book offers the puzzle-lover a superb collection of many types of puzzle, all crammed into this one volume. There are riddles, lateral thinking problems, mathematical posers, mysteries to solve and many many more. The hundreds of puzzles in this unique collection will give your brain a great workout for months on end!

Author Details Mensan Erwin Brecher, PhD, was educated in Vienna, Czechoslovakia and London, where he studied physics, economics and engineering. He has since written many books on non-fiction subjects, most of them puzzle books of high quality and wide variety. He received the Order of Merit in gold from the city of Vienna in recognition of his literary achievements.

Key Information

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$15.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781787390737

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Approx. 50 b/w lined artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• Great collection of 200 varied puzzles. • A varied puzzle challenge. • Written by a prolific puzzle expert and member of Mensa.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

How Do You Make a Tornado in a Bottle? And Other Puzzles With Science Erwin Brecher Astound your friends! Impress party guests! Annoy your relatives! This book contains 101 fascinating science puzzles. The answer to each problem explains a scientific principle in easy-to-understand terms, so not only are you solving puzzles, you are having fun while you learn! How Do You Make a Tornado in a Bottle is filled with fascinating scientific and mathematical puzzles, all based on real-world principles. Learn why birds fly in formation, how to steer a rudderless boat and why the water levels of the Atlantic and Pacific oceans are not always the same.

Author Details

Publication

01 September 2018

Mensan Erwin Brecher, PhD, was educated in Vienna, Czechoslovakia and London, where he studied physics, economics and engineering. He entered business after World War Two and became a Name at Lloyds of London in 1974. He has since written many books on non-fiction subjects, most of them puzzle books of high quality and wide variety. He received the Order of Merit in gold from the city of Vienna in recognition of his literary achievements.

Binding

Hardback

Key Information

Price

AU$15.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781787390553

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

B/w line drawings throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

A unique, fun puzzle book. Combines puzzles with real-world science. Written by puzzle expert Erwin Brecher. Sister title to the best-selling How do you Get an Egg into a Bottle? and How do you Walk on

Fire?

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

How Do You Turn Water Into Wine? And Other Puzzles With Science Erwin Brecher Scratch your head over these puzzle questions, all of which are based on real-world science. As you answer the question, you'll be learning how to do everything from turning water into wine to cracking safes, and how to build a time machine! Baffle your friends with these factual conundrums – from how two equidistant cities can be separated by different distances, to how to pot every ball in pool without fail – in over 100 different puzzles.

Author Details Mensan Erwin Brecher, PhD, was educated in Vienna, Czechoslovakia and London, where he studied physics, economics and engineering. He has written many puzzle books of high quality and wide variety. He received the Order of Merit in gold from the city of Vienna in recognition of his literary achievements.

Key Information Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$15.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781787390539

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

B/w line illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

Fire?

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Fake News Mike Haskins Fake News is a humorous guide to the world of fake news and alternative facts. In the post-truth world we live in, fake news is increasingly a part of our everyday lives. Fake News is both a funny examination of where the phenomenon came from and a manual to teach you how to exploit fake news to profit in your own life! With a mixture of jokes and one-liners alongside longer, hilarious articles and guides, this is the #1 Joke Book of the Year!* *Fake News

Author Details

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781853759994

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Humour

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Black and white images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Mike Haskins, aka "John Miller", is a comedy researcher and writer of books, jokes and sketches. He has written for comedians Smith & Jones, Hale & Pace and Rory Bremner, as well as for the following television and radio shows: Dead Ringers, It's Been a Bad Week, Smack the Pony, among others. He co-wrote the best-selling Man Walks into a Bar, the successful Laugh, Cackle & Howl Joke Book, and Classic Comedy Quotes.

Key Information • Fake news has dominated the… well... global news ever since the Brexit and Trump campaigns heralded a new style of politics. • Named the Macquarie Dictionary's word of the year (narrowly losing out to the Oxford Dictionary's related choice of post-truth), "fake news" has become instantly recognisable. • With fake news constantly on the political agenda - rarely a day goes by when a world leader of the stature of Trump or May doesn't use it - the prominence of the term is sure to rise. • Filled with "alternative facts", "post-truth", fake news and more, this is a satirical and incredibly humorous take on one of the most important subjects of the day. • With a step-by-step guide to creating your own alternative facts, it is even a self-help book for anyone wanting to thrive in the current political climate!

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Firsts & Favorites A Baby Journal Kate Pocrass Kate Pocrass's charming illustrations and humorous take on the new baby/new parent market offers a refreshing alternative to all the cutesy and precious baby books out there. From "first giggle" and "first step" to "favourite thing to gnaw on," this keepsake journal is filled with colourful illustrations and thoughtful prompts inviting new parents to commemorate their baby's very own firsts and special favourites. With a table of contents for easy navigating, this cute little hardcover journal makes it simple for busy parents to capture all the sweet milestones and laughter-filled moments of life with their growing baby.

Author Details Kate Pocrass is the author of I Was Here, Side Walks, En Route, The World Awaits, 40ish Weeks, and Pleased to Meet You. Kate earned a BFA from the University of Michigan and an MFA from the California College of Arts. She Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$22.99

ISBN

9781452167787

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

133 x 114 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

founded Mundane Journeys, a hotline that suggested off-the-beaten-path treks in San Francisco, and self-published Mundane Journeys and Mundane Journeys Field Guide to Color, for which she was awarded two Cultural Equity grants from the San Francisco Arts Commission. She has exhibited work locally at Southern Exposure, the Rena Bransten Gallery, AIA, Spanganga, Pond, New Langton Arts, and Yerba Buena Center for the Arts and internationally at the Foundation de Appel, in the Netherlands, and Rooseum, in Sweden.

Key Information • Sweet, hip, and humorous, Kate's artwork and prompts bring a fresh, gender-neutral approach to journaling baby's firsts and favourites. • This journal is a thoughtful gift for new parents/parents-to-be with a creative streak and a nice companion to 40ish Weeks and Pleased to Meet You. • Considering that there are new parents made every day, parenting/newborn-related titles are always in demand. The journal will sell year-round and have great backlist potential. • Most competitive journals are either for a specific gender, focus entirely on the big milestones, and/or feel generic, lacking in humour and personality. Kate's bright, joyful illustrations and subtle wit will stand out in the crowd. • Kate's previous journals have done well, and she has carved out a niche as a celebrator of quotidian joys. As with Kate's other journals, Firsts & Favourites emphasises that the everyday details are worth noticing and capturing, along with the bigger milestones.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FIRST BATH

MMMMMAAMMA

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FIRST WORDS

POO FIRST TIME YOU SAID “NO”

NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FIRST FOOD YOU WANTED MORE OF

WHY DID YOU JUST MAKE ME EAT THAT? MORE...MORE...

FIRST FOOD YOU DIDN’T LIKE

WHERE HAVE YOU BEEN ALL MY LIFE?

SURE, BUT DON’T EXPECT ME TO EAT IT AGAIN.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Little Moments of Love Catana Chetwynd Little Moments of Love is a sweet collection of comics about the simple, precious, silly, everyday moments that make up a relationship. What began as stray doodles on scraps of paper became an internet sensation when Catana Chetwynd’s boyfriend shared her drawings online. Now, Catana Comics touches millions of readers with its sweet, relatable humour. Little Moments of Love collects just that – the little moments that are the best parts of being with the person you love.

Author Details Catana Chetwynd is a self-taught traditional artist and the enthusiastic author of Catana Comics. She grew up in Saratoga Springs, New York, where she spent her time creating art and pursing an education in psychology until accidentally stumbling into the world of comics. Not only is her boyfriend John the daily inspiration for her drawings, but he was also the one who suggested a comic series about their relationship in the first place. Thanks to his idea and his inspiring daily antics, Catana was able to pursue her childhood dream of being a cartoonist. Publication

27 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781449492977

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Graphic Novels

Format

178 x 127 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

B/w illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

AVAILABLE 27 May 2018

Key Information • When Catana Chetwynd’s boyfriend posted her comics online, they immediately went viral. • Within four months of the first post, Catana’s Facebook page was getting 2 million views per week. She now has 718k followers on Instagram and 594k on Facebook, and her audience grows by thousands each week. • Major media sites such as The Independent, Time Union, Bored Panda, and Pop Sugar have shared and reviewed Catana’s comics. Celebrities such as Ashton Kutcher, George Takei, and Ronda Rousey also share her comics. • Soppy meets Sarah’s Scribbles.

LittleMoments_int.indd 1

12/18/17 3:34 PM

LittleMoments_int.indd 2

12/18/17 3:34 PM

LittleMoments_int.indd 3

12/18/17 3:34 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Victoria in Photos Chris Groenhout and Rachel Lewis A new collection of inspiring images that celebrate Victoria, at an excellent price.

DRAF T

C OV E R

Australia’s smallest mainland state packs a lot into its borders. A leisurely drive along the Great Ocean Road brings you to the Twelve Apostles jutting out from the ocean, a large Ned Kelly statue standing sentry over Glenrowan, and hikers pose proudly on the peaks of the Grampians. From above and on the ground, Victoria in Photos captures the people and places that make the state so memorable. This book showcases images of Victoria’s many ‘faces’ – both iconic places and hidden gems. See the state through travel photographers’ eyes and you’ll surely appreciate why Victoria is a state worth exploring.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781741175691

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

Guides

Series

In Photos

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 207 mm

Extent

152pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Melbourne photographers Chris Groenhout and Rachel Lewis are a husband-and-wife team who've spent the past 12 years shooting travel photography for clients such as Lonely Planet and Getty Images. They also specialise in architectural and interior commercial photography and their work appears in numerous books, magazines and online. Victoria in Photos brings together a collection of new and inspiring images, celebrating their much-loved home state. They are also photographers behind Melbourne in Photos .

Key Information • The perfect gift or souvenir, featuring all new and interesting photography with captions. • Still light enough to pack in your suitcase or post. • Other titles in this series: Sydney in Photos, Brisbane in Photos, Melbourne in Photos, Darwin in Photos, Tasmania in Photos, New South Wales in Photos.

» above Among the fields at the Lavandula Swiss Italian lavender farm at Shepherds Flat near Hepburn Springs [caption tbc] » opposite The former Imperial Hotel, a classic example of gold rush architecture in Castlemaine » overleaf Summer fun at Squeaky Beach, Wilsons Promontory National Park

050

1347 VICTORIA in Photos_2.indd 50-51

051

13/4/18 2:40 pm

» above Iconic painted bollards by Jan Mitchell line the Geelong foreshore » opposite Renowned street artist Rone transforms the former Geelong Cement Works

084

1347 VICTORIA in Photos_2.indd 84-85

085

13/4/18 2:40 pm

» above Aerial view of the distinct grid layout of Melbourne’s city streets » opposite Built in the 1850s, Gulf Station farm houses numerous buildings of historical importance to the local area of Yarra Glen

090

1347 VICTORIA in Photos_2.indd 90-91

091

13/4/18 2:40 pm

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Tasmania in Photos Cameron Blake A new collection of inspiring images that celebrate Tasmania, at an excellent price.

C OV E R

Get a new perspective on the Apple Isle! Tasmania in Photos captures the people and places that give the state its unique character – the famous mountains (Cradle, Wellington) and MONA; wineries and Wineglass Bay; bustling Salamanca Market and the stark, snowy landscapes of Tasmania’s national parks.

DRAF T

This book showcases images of Tasmania's many ‘faces’ – both iconic places and hidden gems. See the state through a travel photographer’s eyes and you’ll surely appreciate why Tasmania is a place worth exploring.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781741175707

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

Guides

Series

In Photos

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 207 mm

Extent

152pp

Illustrations Age Range

Full colour photography throughout NA

Terms

SOR

Author Details Cam Blake is a landscape and wilderness photographer based in Tasmania. His work has appeared in some of Australia's leading publications, including Australian Geographic and Wild magazines, and Tasmanian Parks and Wildlife Service publications. Cam spends much of his time in the Tasmanian wilderness capturing its rugged beauty and uncharted regions. He also loves to share his photography knowledge with others, and conducts four-day photography workshops and six-day tours throughout the state.

» above If the wind doesn’t take your breath away, the view will! » left A pademelon right at home in fresh snowfall at Cradle Mountain » opposite A cold snap transforms Tasmania’s Central Highlands region

024

1348 TASMANIA in Photos_2.indd 24-25

025

16/4/18 3:12 pm

above

opposite

Approaching Melaleuca, deep in Tasmania’s Southwest National Park Look up! Tasmania’s impressive rainforest canopies

004

1348 TASMANIA in Photos_2.indd 4-5

005

16/4/18 3:12 pm

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

New South Wales in Photos Tim Frawley A new collection of inspiring images that celebrate New South Wales, at an excellent price.

C OV E R

See New South Wales from a new angle. New South Wales in Photos captures the people and places that make this state so memorable – its iconic beaches and ocean pools, urban artworks in Sydney and nature’s masterpieces in the Snowy Mountains. Explore the interior of the state through to the outback with its sheep stations and vast open roads.

DRAF T

This book showcases images of New South Wales' many ‘faces’ – both iconic places and hidden gems. See the state through a travel photographer’s eyes and you’ll surely appreciate why this state is worth exploring.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781741175462

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

Guides

Series

In Photos

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 207 mm

Extent

152pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Tim Frawley is a Sydney-based photographer who specialises in travel and wedding photography. Working as an art director in Europe for several travel magazines allowed him to collaborate with many talented travel photographers and stirred his desire to capture the world through a lens. Upon his return to Australia, he transitioned to become a full-time photographer and has since worked with a diverse range of clients such as United Airlines and Australian Camera magazine. His work has also appeared in numerous books, magazines and online. New South Wales in Photos showcases the vast, varying and incredible beauty that this unique state has to offer.

Photos, Victoria in Photos.

034

1349 NSW in Photos_3.indd 34-35

035

20/4/18 12:08 pm

» above Opera House pavlova, a special dessert offering at Bennelong Restaurant » right A rainbow lorikeet enjoying some kangaroo paw in Sydney’s Royal Botanic Gardens » opposite Sydney’s two biggest icons spotted from the Royal Botanical Gardens

044

1349 NSW in Photos_3.indd 44-45

045

20/4/18 12:08 pm

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Darwin in Photos Elise Derwin A new collection of inspiring images that celebrate Darwin, at an excellent price.

DRAF T

C OV E R

Darwin is the hub of the Top End, a thriving city with a curious mix of interesting characters, epic scenery, and a lively arts and music scene. Discover the people and places that make Darwin what it is – the crowds at Mindil Beach Sunset Markets, a quiet swimming hole at Litchfield National Park, celebrations at the Beer Can Regatta, and endless night skies free from city lights. Plus a few crocodiles. Darwin in Photos showcases images of Darwin’s many ‘faces’ – both iconic places and hidden gems. See the city through a travel photographer’s eyes and you’ll surely appreciate why Darwin has a reputation as one of the country’s most memorable cities.

Publication

01 September 2018

Author Details

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781741175752

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

Guides

Elise Derwin left her hometown city of Sydney in 2010. Wanting to escape the noise and traffic, she headed to the Northern Territory to work on a buffalo hunting camp in Arnhem Land, and fell in love with the Top End. Elise then moved to Darwin in 2011 and began work as a staff photographer at NT News, before pursuing an award-winning career as a press photographer. In a short space of time she has produced a considerable portfolio of Top End work, has travelled extensively on assignment in the Territory and also worked as the picture editor for NT News. She now works as a full-time freelance photographer and has been published widely in newspapers and magazines across Australia.

Series

In Photos

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 207 mm

Extent

152pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • The perfect gift or souvenir, featuring all new and interesting photography with captions. • Still light enough to pack in your suitcase or post. • Other titles in this series: Sydney in Photos, Brisbane in Photos, Melbourne in Photos, New South Wales in Photos, Victoria in Photos, Tasmania in Photos.

» above caption to come » left caption to come » opposite Fishing trawlers moored at the Duck Pond on Frances Bay Drive

002

1352 DARWIN in Photos_2.indd 2-3

003

26/4/18 1:34 pm

Âť rightâ&#x20AC;&#x201A; A young Muluwurri Magpie football fan feels the rain on his face before kick-off for the Tiwi Islands grand final

004

1352 DARWIN in Photos_2.indd 4-5

005

26/4/18 1:34 pm

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE IN THIS SERIES

Price

AU$29.99

Price

AU$29.99

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781741175448

ISBN

9781741175455

ISBN

9781741175585

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Wagga Wagga & The Riverina Map 284 21st ed UBD Gregory's

The latest edition of the Wagga Wagga and the Riverina touring map has been fully revised and updated and includes a regional touring map covering West Wyalong and Cowra in the north, Culcairn in the south, Yass in the east and Griffith in the west. Also featured are detailed street level maps and indexes for Cootamundra, Griffith, Leeton, Wagga Wagga, Forest Hill and Young, and detailed street level mapping for the towns of Gundagai, Junee, Narrandera, Temora, Tumut, West Wyalong Wyalong and Yass. Also included is a list of touring attractions and advertisers index. With all this information contained in this handy fold up map, it is an essential tool when travelling through this region.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99

ISBN

9780731931729

Publisher

Universal Publishers

Imprint

Maps

Series

Touring Map

Category

Travel

Format

1000 x 690 mm

Extent

1 pp

Illustrations

Full colour map

Age Range

Terms

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Perth City Streets & Suburbs Map 662 7th ed (waterproof) UBD Gregory's

The latest edition of the Perth City Streets and Suburbs city map has been fully revised and updated and includes detailed street level mapping of Perth and surrounding suburbs at a scale of 1: 25 000 with coverage from Westminster in the north, Coolbellup in the south, Maylands in the east and along the coast from Trigg in the north to Fremantle in the south. There is also Perth suburban coverage at a scale of 1: 25 000 with coverage from Bullsbrook in the north, North Dandalup in the south, The Lakes in the east and along the coast from Quinns Rocks in the north to Mandurah in the south with insets for theÂ towns of Pinjarra and Yanchep. With all this information contained in one convenient fold out map, it is an essential tool when travelling in and around the Perth region.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Waterproof Map

Price

AU$11.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9780731931194

Publisher

Universal Publishers

Imprint

Maps

Series

City Map

Category

Travel

Format

1000 x 690 mm

Extent

1 pp

Illustrations

Full colour map

Age Range

Terms

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Brisbane City Streets & Suburbs Map 462 8th ed (waterproof) UBD Gregory's

The latest edition of the Brisbane City Streets and Suburbs city map has been fully revised and updated and includes detailed street level mapping and a suburbs and localities index for Brisbane and surrounding suburbs at a scale of 1: 25 000 with coverage north to Zillmere, south to Sunnybank, east to Tingalpa and west to Mount Coot-tha. There is also suburban mapping and a suburbs index with coverage from Caboolture in the north, Jimboomba & Upper Coomera in the south, along the coast from Bongaree in the north to Jacobs Well in the south and west to Ipswich. With so much information packed into this handy fold out map, this is an essential tool when navigating your way around the Brisbane area.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Waterproof Map

Price

AU$11.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9780731931736

Publisher

Universal Publishers

Imprint

Maps

Series

City Map

Category

Travel

Format

1000 x 690 mm

Extent

1 pp

Illustrations

Full colour map

Age Range

Terms

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Queensland State & Cities Map 419 8th ed (waterproof) UBD Gregory's

The latest edition of the Queensland State and Cities map has been fully revised and updated and includes state mapping and an index to towns and localities on one side and detailed street level mapping for Brisbane City, Cairns, Gladstone, Longreach,Â Mackay, Maroochydore, Mount Isa, Surfers Paradise, Toowoomba and Townsville. There is also information on Touring Queensland. With the state and towns mapping that is featured, this handy fold out map is an essential tool when touring the state of Queensland.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Waterproof Map

Price

AU$11.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9780731931743

Publisher

Universal Publishers

Imprint

Maps

Series

State Map

Category

Travel

Format

920 x 690 mm

Extent

1 pp

Illustrations

Full colour map

Age Range

Terms

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Make Yourself Cozy A Guide for Practicing Self-Care Katie Vaz Embrace the cozy pleasures of life with Katie Vaz’s interactive guide to self-care. Freshly baked bread. Cloud-like pillows. Lavender tea. Katie Vaz’s book on self-care shows readers how slow, cozy warmth can help them deal with the anxieties and challenges of everyday life. Filled with tips for creating the perfect atmosphere of coziness (super soft blankets, fluffy robes, and something binge-worthy on TV) as well as sweet, gentle prompts that inspire readers to fill in their own content (“Fill these clouds with words that make you feel light and free”), this book encourages all of us to slow down and find joy in the little things.

Author Details

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Price

AU$22.99 | NZ$24.99

Katie Vaz is an illustrator and hand-letterer based in Endicott, New York. She designs her own line of greeting cards, prints, and other stationery products, which are sold both online on her Etsy Shop (www.katievaz.etsy.com) and in brick and mortar shops across North America. Katie also works as a freelance illustrator and graphic designer on a variety of branding, illustration, web design, print, and packaging projects. She studied graphic design (BFA) at the Rochester Institute of Technology in Rochester, NY and integrated design (MA) at Anhalt University of Applied Sciences in Dessau, Germany. Katie is particularly bad at talking about her feelings, so she creates art that can do it for her.

ISBN

9781449493684

Key Information

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Colour drawings

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• A soothingly illustrated guide to self-care that draws inspiration from the massively popular hygge trend. • Tried and true activities for those who suffer from anxiety disorder and the tendency to overthink everything; author uses these daily activities for her own anxiety. • Vaz has media contacts with DesignSponge, BuzzFeed, Woman's Day, Country Living, and FreckleAndFair.com, among many other online media sources. • Vaz regularly sells her products at fairs and festivals throughout New York, as well as online.

MakeYourselfCozy.indd 8

3/5/18 1:46 PM

MakeYourselfCozy.indd 10

3/5/18 1:46 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Healing Yoga Deck 60 Poses and Meditations to Alleviate Pain and Support Well-Being Olivia Miller

For yoga enthusiasts of all skill levels, this handy deck focuses on 6 common health-and wellness areas: Energy; Neck/Shoulders/Back; Hips & Legs; Bones & Balance; Anxiety & Stress; and Digestion. Each section features 10 poses or meditations with detailed step-by-step instructions. An introductory card provides a brief explanation about the benefits of yoga, a list of poses, and recommended sequences.

Author Details Olivia H. Miller, RYT, is a freelance writer and has been a student of yoga for over twenty-five years. She is the author of eight wellness and exercise card decks, including The Yoga Deck, The Chakra Deck, and The Stretch Deck. She is also the author of Essential Yoga, a hatha yoga reference book. Olivia facilitates stress reduction, energy balancing, and therapeutic laughter workshops and classes in yoga studios, the workplace, and at conferences and retreats. She lives on Cape Cod in Massachusetts.

Key Information Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

All Cards

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452171357

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

165 x 114 mm

Extent

60pp

Illustrations

Illustrated cards

Age Range

Terms

• The original Yoga Deck has sold over 450k copies. There was a huge spike in copies sold in recent years, marking this as a continually strong and growing category for customers and accounts. • With its focus on alleviating and preventing pain, this deck should not compete with the original deck and will make a strong companion. (There are approx 50 new poses in this deck; some poses overlap with the original deck, but we offer new variations!) • Yoga is ever-trending, there are over 300 million yogis worldwide • Each card has an illustration of the pose, a step-by-step how-to, and options for more or less of a challenge, ensuring that people of different ages and physical abilities can safely use the deck and reap all the benefits. The tri-fold introduction card includes a table of contents, suggestions for using the deck, a brief explanation about the benefits of yoga, and suggested sequences.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Yoga can help prevent and alleviate a number of conditionsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;from neck and back pain to digestive issues, anxiety, and more. From the author of the bestselling Yoga Deck, these illustrated poses and meditations are organized into six common health-and-wellness areas: Energy Boosters Neck, Shoulder & Back Helpers Digestive Helpers

THE

HEALING YOGA deck 60

POSES AND MEDITATIONS TO ALLEVIATE PAIN AND SUPPORT WELL-BEING

Hip & Leg Strengtheners Bone & Balance Builders Anxiety & Stress Relievers Select cards from the particular area you wish to focus on or mix and match for a broader session. With step-by-step instructions and recommended sequences, this portable deck allows you to create personalized routines that fit your needs. No matter your age or skill level, these exercises will help you feel happier, healthier, and stronger.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

THE HEALING YOGA DECK 60 Poses and Meditations to Alleviate Pain and Support Well-Being by Olivia H. Miller

Yoga. It’s good for what ails you. Even better, it’s good for preventing what might ail you in the first place! What can yoga do for you? Make you stronger (no heavy weights required), more flexible (even tight muscles can “learn” to relax), improve your posture (ah, feels good!), assist with balance (breathe and focus), increase your energy (inhale!), and decrease stress (exhale!).

Yoga can prevent and alleviate conditions such as neck and back pain, sciatica, headaches, bone loss, digestive problems, respiratory issues, anxiety, insomnia, and more. In short, a regular yoga practice can help anyone feel happier, healthier, and stronger at any age. (Note: Emphasis on “regular”!) The Healing Yoga Deck focuses on six common health and wellness areas: 1 Energy 2 Neck, shoulders, back, and posture 3 Digestion 4 Hips and legs 5 Bones and balance 6 Anxiety and stress

Each category features ten posture, breathing, or meditation cards. Positions include seated, standing, kneeling, or lying on your back or stomach. Many cards feature options

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Untitled-6 1

fig. 1

CARD 1

fig. 2

| Energy Boosters

1/25/18 3:20 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Untitled-6 45

fig. 1

fig. 2

fig. 3

CARD 23

| Digestive Helpers

1/25/18 3:20 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

It's OK to Feel Things Deeply Carissa Potter Finally, a feel-better-soon gift book that can actually help when it's needed most. This book is like a hug from a friend when you need it most: It's both a reminder that it's normal to feel things deeply and a companion for actually feeling better. With tons of empathy and a touch of humour, artist Carissa Potter offers wisdom on how to move through difficult emotions with practical steps to kickstart the process – ranging from soaking in a tub and having a good cry to talking to houseplants or hosting a private dance party. Illustrated in vibrant neon throughout, this boldly authentic little book is full of genuine support for pushing through life's tough times or whenever a little love is needed.

Author Details Carissa Potter is an Oakland-based artist whose work speaks humorously and poignantly to the human condition. She is the author of I Like You, I Love You, also from Chronicle Books, a founding member of Colpa Press, and the founder of the stationery line People I've Loved. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$22.99

ISBN

9781452163512

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

178 x 127 mm

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • This book faces the reality that times can be tough and offers ways to start feeling better – with art, empathy, honesty, and a healthy dash of humour too. Its refreshing modern voice is right in line with today's current conversation around bravery and authenticity. From the viral enthusiasm for Emily McDowell's Empathy Cards, to the openness of characters on TV shows like Broad City or Lady Dynamite (inspired by Maria Bamford's real-life struggles with bipolar depression), to the proliferation of celebrities coming out about struggles with depression and anxiety, people are talking about life's difficulties and encouraging vulnerability, honesty, and candour. The 'feel good' zeitgeist of today is all about being brave in the face of adversity and finding ways to move through it. This book is a companion for overcoming difficult moments and staying positive – and it does it all with art, humour, and genuinely practical guidance. • This book will stand out from the crowd with the refreshingly earnest art style and voice of Carissa Potter, whose greeting-card and gift line, People I've Loved, is widely distributed in specialty shops across the country. The neon inks used throughout and textural cover will make it extra eye-catching in-store and feel truly special. • Carissa Potter's stationery and gift line, People I've Loved, has a dedicated fanbase (66.2k followers on Instagram to date), and has received tons of love online from tastemaker blogs like Design Sponge, Cool Hunting, Apartment Therapy, and many more. The product line is carried in 307 stores across the US and 60 stores internationally, including locations in Australia, Canada, Chile, Denmark, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, The Netherlands, Norway, Switzerland, and the UK. She was an artist in residence at Facebook in 2016, and has participated in exhibits and events at the Color Factory, Zughaus Gallery, and the ICA Boston, and she has previously shown at the deYoung Museum, Southern Exposure, Kala, and Royal Nonesuch Gallery in SF.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Younger Next Year Back Book Chris Crowley and Jeremy James A revolutionary behavioural/whole-body approach to back pain and fitness, from the coauthor of the perennially bestselling Younger Next Year series and back expert Dr. Jeremy James. Co-written with Chris Crowley, The Younger Next Year Back Book follows the alternating chapter format of the #1New York Times bestselling Younger Next Year and other books in the series. And just as millions of readers positively changed their lives following Harry’s Rules in Younger Next Year , the millions of back pain sufferers can find relief following Jeremy’s rules, including Stop Doing Dumb Stuff , Be Still So You Can Heal , and Stand Tall for the Long Haul . He explains the workings of the spine and muscles, and then why back pain is almost never a disease, per se, but the result of behaviour. He then shows how to change our behaviour, find a neutral spine, and begin a regimen of simple exercises – with step-by-step two-colour illustrations – to realign our core to virtually eliminate back pain forever. Chris Crowley, in his been-there-done-that-and-you-can-too-damnit! voice, provides all the motivation and patient perspective we need.

Author Details Chris Crowley, a former litigator (David Polk & Wardwell), is the coauthor, with Henry S. Lodge, of theYounger Next Year® books, and coauthor, with Jen Sacheck, PhD, of Thinner This Year . He lives the life, still skiing double black diamonds and riding centuries on his bike. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Dr. Jeremy James, DC, CSCS, is a Doctor of Chiropractic and Director of the Aspen Club's Back Institute. He became a Doctor of Chiropractic (instead of going into traditional medicine, like almost everyone else in his family) because of his own struggles with sport-induced back pain as a young man. He has worked in the field with serious athletes and others for over a decade. He developed his Behavioral/Whole-Body Method in his busy practice at the Aspen Club Back Institute.

Price

AU$34.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781523504473

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Health/Related

Format

130 x 203 mm

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

Text and illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• It's an epidemic! People suffering from back pain turn to doctors, chiropractors, and books (Dr. John Sarno's book, last updated in 2010, sells more than 25,000 copies a year globally). They're desperate for help. • Jeremy James's method is proven to reduce pain dramatically so people can get on with their lives; 80% of his patients consider themselves recovered, with significantly reduced pain. He starts at the very beginning: identifying the behaviours in posture and movement that trigger the pain to begin with, and then teaching new behaviours that heal the pain—like marching in place before getting out of bed in the morning, when you are experiencing pain. Unlike John Sarno, whose bestselling book says that back pain is in your head (how annoying!), Jeremy James knows that it resides in your body. • The Younger Next Year series has over 1.5 million copies in print. The Younger Next Year Back Book is co-written with Chris Crowley, who teamed up with Dr. Harry Lodge for the original Younger Next Year books, and medical expert Jeremy James – so it captures the alternating doctor/patient voices that made the earlier books so readable and the passion that created a movement out of Younger Next Year . This book will be a natural for the millions who are living better longer through YNY – and will also introduce other back pain suffers to the YNY philosophy and energy.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Belong Find Your People, Create Community, and Live a More Connected Life Radha Agrawal Belong is a step-by-step guide to creating your community — from small groups that 'get' you, to larger and more focused groups that promote positive change — as a way to live better, more mindfully, and more happily. It’s the great paradox of the digital age, what Radha Agrawal calls 'community confusion' — the internet connects us to hundreds, thousands, even millions of people, and yet we feel more isolated than ever, with 1 in 4 Americans saying they have zero friends to confide in. Where are our people? The answer is found in Belong, an inspirational, interactive, highly energetic and beautifully illustrated guide to discovering where and with whom you fit.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9781523502059

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Self Help

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

232pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The first step is GOING IN — discovering personal intention, gauging our energy level, understanding how we do (or don’t) show up for others. Then comes GOING OUT — looking out, like the eyes on the cover, to find a few special friends; a fully engaged group with similar business, artistic, or social aims; or both. Connectedness is the most significant factor in human happiness, far more than money or status. Belong is a creative blueprint for bringing this most important dimension back into our lives.

Author Details A successful social entrepreneur, impact investor, inventor, speaker, and lifelong community builder, Radha Agrawal founded Daybreaker, the grassroots, sober early-morning dance phenomenon. What began in 2013 as a social experiment with her friend has grown into a bona fide dance movement with events in 18 cities across North America, Europe, and Asia and over 350,000 loyal community members and is growing rapidly. Daybreaker has inspired lifelong friendships, surprise engagements, and transformational experiences for community members. It has been featured in thousands of publications including The New York Times, The Washington Post, Good Morning America, GQ, and SNL, among others, with over a billion social media impressions. Radha is also an angel investor with over a dozen exciting start-ups whose investors also include Beyoncé, Mark Cuban, Peter Thiel, and Troy Carter. She travels around the world speaking on social entrepreneurship and community building. She is the recipient of the Tribeca Disruptive Innovation Award and has been touted as “1 of 8 women who will change the world” by MTV.

Key Information • Much has been written about the "loneliness epidemic," and the increasing numbers of adults who report feeling lonely, even when we appear to be more connected than ever. Agrawal suggests specific exercises for figuring out who your people are as well as how to find them, including how to use social media as a stepping stone to actual human interaction, rather than an end point. • With four-colour illustrations by the author throughout, the message of Belong is conveyed with wit, whimsy, and empathy. The art is part and parcel of the message, with explosions of colour and drawings on every page, as engaging and compulsive as an Instagram feed – but much more helpful. • Radha Agrawal, called "1 of 8 women who will change the world" by MTV, is known for creating highly active and loyal communities, including Daybreaker, an early-morning dance party phenomenon that's active in 18 cities around the world (with more than 350,000 people participating). She speaks 30-40 times a year and is regularly asked about building community. In the book, Radha also tells her personal story of identifying a group of like-minded friends in her 30s that led to greater joy in her love life, business life, and family life.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The launch of a new partnership with animation giant Studio Ghibli. This season we publish 2 plush journals, a postcard set, and pop-up notecards, all focusing on the Studio's beloved film My Neighbor Totoro. Just in time to celebrate Totoro's 30th anniversary in 2018.

Author Details Studio Ghibli is a Tokyo-based animation film studio founded in 1985 by film directors Isao Takahata and Hayao Miyazaki. The studio has produced several short films, television commercials, one television film, and over twenty featurelength films, many of which have garnered numerous awards and critical acclaim, including My Neighbor Totoro, Kiki's Delivery Service, Spirited Away, and Princess Mononoke. The last four films released by Studio Ghibli, The Wind Rises, The Tale of the Princess Kaguya, When Marnie Was There, and The Red Turtle were all nominated for Academy Awards for Best Animated Feature Film.

My Neighbor Totoro Pop-Up Notecards The magic of Studio Ghibli comes to life with pop-up notecards! Featuring classic scenes from the studio's revered film My Neighbor Totoro, these cards add a pop of whimsy to any correspondence-perfect for Totoro and animation fans of every age.

Key Information My Neighbor Totoro: 30 Postcards

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Notecards

Price

AU$24.99

Enter the enchanting world of legendary director Hayao Miyazaki's My Neighbor Totoro. Featuring 30 different hand-drawn final frames from the film, this collection of postcards (to keep or send) celebrates the beautiful art and enduring magic of Totoro. A true delight for Studio Ghibli and animation fans everywhere!

ISBN

9781452168678

Publication

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Binding

Postcards

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Price

AU$24.99

Series

ISBN

9781452171234

Category

Stationery 165 x 114 mm

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Format Extent

10pp

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Illustrations

4-colour throughout

Series

Age Range

Category

Stationery

Terms

Format

165 x 121 mm

Extent

30pp

Illustrations

4-colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

01 September 2018

• Studio Ghibli is the Walt Disney of Japan. They're one of the most acclaimed animation studios in the world, are best known for their anime feature films, and have won many awards – including an Oscar. • My Neighbor Totoro is one of the most popular movies by Studio Ghibli. The English dubbed version produced by Walt Disney and released in Australia in 2006, and now has a world-wide cult following. It was ranked in Time Out as #1 greatest animated films of all time. • 2018 is the 30th anniversary of My Neighbor Totoro. • Chronicle is the sole licensee of official Ghibli stationery outside of Japan. • Kino, ACMI, Mighty Ape, Amazon, ABC shop, Minotaur all stock Studio Ghibli products, but NO stationery. • As a search term ‘Totoro’ and ‘My Neighbour Totoro’ are searched more in Australia than the US and Canada. Both terms are searched more world-wide than ‘Studio Ghibli’, and there are 1.6 million posts on Instagram with the hastag #totoro. • The Studio Ghibli Museum opened in October 2001 and is a popular destination in Tokyo, seeing about 650,000 visitors a year. The museum is so popular visitors have to pre-book to be able to go! • A Totoro theme park is in development, to open in 2020 in Nagoya City. The park will be based on the film My Neighbor Totoro, embodying the movie's theme of respecting and embracing nature.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Author Details Studio Ghibli is a Tokyo-based animation film studio founded in 1985 by film directors Isao Takahata and Hayao Miyazaki. The studio has produced several short films, television commercials, one television film, and over twenty featurelength films, many of which have garnered numerous awards and critical acclaim, including My Neighbor Totoro , Kiki's Delivery Service , Spirited Away , and Princess Mononoke . The last four films released by Studio Ghibli, The Wind Rises, The Tale of the Princess Kaguya , When Marnie Was There , and The Red Turtle were all nominated for Academy Awards for Best Animated Feature Film.

Key Information My Neighbor Totoro: Totoro Plush Journal Featuring the mysterious forest spirit from Hayao Miyazaki's beloved film My Neighbor Totoro, this plush and embroidered journal includes lined interiors and colourful artwork on the front and back pages-sure to delight Totoro fans and all who love irresistibly cute and fluffy characters.

My Neighbor Totoro: Cat Bus Plush Journal Featuring the fantastical Cat Bus character from the animated classic My Neighbor Totoro, this soft plush and embroidered journal is a must-have for Studio Ghibli fans and cat lovers of pages. Includes lined pages and fullcolour endsheets.

Publication

01 September 2018

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$27.99

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452168647

ISBN

9781452168654

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Category

Stationery

203 x 152 mm

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

96pp

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

4-color endsheets, 1-colour interiors

Illustrations

4-color endsheets, 1-color interiors

Age Range

Terms

Format

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Let your imagination run free with the fantastical Cat Bus from Hayao Miyazaki’s classic film, My Neighbor Totoro. See the full range of Studio Ghibli gift products at www.chroniclebooks.com.

Cat Bus Journal

$16.95 U.S. / £TK.TK U.K.

Cat Bus Journal

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Enter the magical world of Totoro, the mysterious forest spirit from Studio Ghibli’s beloved film My Neighbor Totoro. See the full range of Studio Ghibli gift products at www.chroniclebooks.com.

Totoro Journal

$16.95 U.S. / £TK.TK U.K.

Totoro Journal

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Go-To Notebook with Mohawk Paper Series Every creative's new Go-To Notebook is here. Featuring Mohawk Superfine paper, this notebook will inspire great work with great quality and smart design. Persimmon Orange Dotted

ISBN

9781452172408

Price

AU$34.99

Persimmon Orange Lined

ISBN

9781452172156

Price

AU$34.99

Slate Grey Dotted

ISBN

9781452172415

Price

AU$34.99

Slate Grey Lined

ISBN

9781452172392

Price

AU$34.99

Introducing the Go-To Notebook: the only notebook you'll ever need.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

229 x 152 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Fabric-covered flexi case, lined interior, pocket, ribbon marker, lay-flat, diagonal-cut corners

Features include: • • • • • •

Superfine paper by Mohawk-the finest printing paper made today, milled in the USA for more than 80 years. Project planning/tracking pages, as well as dotted or lined pages. A pocket for storage. A silk ribbon marker. Lay-flat binding. Tactile cloth case.

TheGo-To is the ultimate notebook for getting things done, and is sure to help makers, thinkers, and dreamers do their best work.

Author Details Mohawk is North America's largest privately-owned manufacturer of fine papers. A family-owned company since 1931, Mohawk was founded where the Hudson and Mohawk rivers come together – a location where generations of papermakers honed their craft. Since then, the company has developed and acquired a wide portfolio of premium papers, including Superfine, the finest paper made today. Mohawk now continues to operate three paper machines in two mills in upstate New York, but the brand is also an industry leader, continually developing new ways to connect designers and printers to new markets.

Key Information • The finest paper made today. No other paper has the same reputation for quality, consistency and uniformity. Superfine's rich heritage goes back to 1946, when it got its name from a customer that was so impressed by the quality of Go-To Notebook with Mohawk Paper, Orange Dotted the paper, they called it "superfine."Superfine has been a trusted staple for graphic designers and printers for nearly 75 years and has been inspiring great design for decades with its superb formation, lush tactility, and timeless appeal. Superfine has been trusted by generations of tastemakers and creatives.

contents

Mohawk_INT_MECHS_LINED_ORANGE.indd 4-5

contents

12/22/17 11:20 AM

project

start date

notes:

project

start date

due date

notes:

Mohawk_INT_MECHS_DOTTED_ORANGE.indd 3-4

due date

12/22/17 11:19 AM

Mohawk_INT_MECHS_LINED_ORANGE.indd 31-32

12/22/17 11:20 AM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Bibliophile Notes 20 Different Notecards & Envelopes Chronicle Books Our irresistible Bibliophile publishing program from beloved illustrator Jane Mount includes notecards to win any bibliophile's heart, as well as a book and three ceramic vases. This charming notecard set features Jane Mount's paintings of perfectly curated book stacks. With 20 different themed illustrations, letter writers will find just the right cards for all their bookish friends, whether classic literature buffs, science fiction geeks, or cookbook aficionados.

Author Details

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Notecards

Jane Mount is an award-winning illustrator and designer. She has exhibited her work nationally and sold prints through 20x200. In 2008, she founded Ideal Bookshelf, a company that makes things for people who love books, including paintings of books that have changed people's lives. Ideal Bookshelf has been praised by influencers including Brainpickings, The New Yorker, BuzzFeed, People magazine, goop, Real Simple, The Wall Street Journal, Mental Floss, NPR, and The Paris Review. Her previous books include My Ideal Bookshelf (Hachette, 2012).

Price

AU$24.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781452167244

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

141 x 111 mm

Extent

20pp

Illustrations

20 full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

•

• •

These notecards fit neatly into the crossover audience between avid letter writers and avid readers. And since the best way to a bibliophile's heart is a big stack of books, these cards will hit the spot. Featuring 20 different themed stacks, these notecards make it easy to pick the perfect card for each recipient. Mount really knows and loves books of all kinds. This collection of notecards celebrates many genres, going beyond novels to include poetry, cookbooks, nature writing, picture books, and more. Mount's deep book knowledge allows her to speak directly to the hearts of true book nerds, whatever their taste. Mount has gathered a devoted following and praise from the likes of Brainpickings, THE NEW YORKER, and VOGUE for her iconic book-stack artwork. Her fan base (34K followers on Instagram) will flock to this book and the accompanying ancillary products, while those who don't know her name yet will love the charming style of her art and her eye for quirky and fascinating details. Mount successfully sells a variety of bookish merchandise through her company Ideal Bookshelf. She sells through Etsy Wholesale and a few small rep companies, and her products are featured in about 150 stores, including some in Canada, the UK, and Australia. See CARD CATALOG, BOOKS TO CHECK OUT, I'D RATHER BE READING, and WELLREAD WOMEN for evidence of how much booklovers love celebrating books! BIBLIOPHILE NOTES are part of an irresistible book and gift line with a covetable book and three ceramic vases shaped like classic hardcovers. Oh, the merchandising opportunities!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Bibliophile_Notecards_FinalMechs.indd 2

11/21/17 10:36 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Bibliophile_Notecards_FinalMechs.indd 7

11/21/17 10:36 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Bibliophile_Notes_Envelope_FinalMechs.indd 1

11/27/17 11:20 AM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Game On, Bitches Calligraphuck Housed in an eye-catching black box with gold foil, the Game On, Bitches Playing Cards feature classic card designs with a modern twist. Delightfully irreverent, this luxe set of cards will appeal to Calligraphuck fans and card players with a sense of humour. Take your game to the next level with this deluxe set of playing cards. Housed in an eye-catching box adorned with gold foil, this 54-card deck features humorous expletives, elegant calligraphy, and classic designs with a modern twist. With gold metallic accents throughout, this compact, portable deck is sure to delight card players of all stripes. Game on, bitches! • Includes 52 playing cards + 2 jokers. • Cards feature high-quality "blue core" which allows players to shuffle the deck over and over again with minimal wear and tear.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Games & Puzzles

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781452171548

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

102 x 73 mm

Extent

54pp

Illustrations

Foil stamping on box, j-wrap, shrink-wrapped; gold foil on box, cards print 3 colour (including a metallic ink)

Age Range

Terms

Linus Boman is a graphic designer and part-time comedian based in London. He is the founder of Calligraphuck letterpress cards, and has a number of sweary lifestyle products available through Chronicle Books. Twitter: twitter.com/calligraphuck Facebook: facebook.com/calligraphuck

Key Information • The Fucking Brilliant Journal has sold over 110K copies; Fucking Brilliant Pencils over 73K copies! This line is backlisting strongly, and this classy set of playing cards is a great addition to our offerings. • Cards feature unique designs with gold metallic accents throughout and come housed in a black textured box with gold foil on the box tray and sleeve. With a removable marketing sheet, consumers are left with a lovely keepsake box, light enough to take on trips and beautiful enough to leave on their tabletop at home. • While there are a number of illustrated playing card decks available, none feature Calligraphuck's irresistible mix of humour, profanity, and elegant calligraphy. • Who doesn't love a good swear? Whether profanity is said to be down-trending or uptrending, explicitly-worded products will always find a home – especially when paired with lovely calligraphy, gold foil, and metallic embellishments. • As the previous success of the Calligraphuck line makes clear, the surprising combination of profanity and elegant calligraphy appeals to men and women alike, tapping a large market/wide demographic.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

You Got this Shit Journal Calligraphuck More from the bestselling Calligraphuck line (over 300K sold in the series). With gilded edges, uplifting profanity, and gold foil-stamped calligraphy, this luxe hardcover journal will appeal to journalers with a sense of style and humour.

Author Details Linus Boman is a graphic designer and part-time comedian based in London. He is the founder of Calligraphuck letterpress cards, and has a number of sweary lifestyle products available through Chronicle Books. Twitter: twitter.com/calligraphuck Facebook: facebook.com/calligraphuck

Key Information Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452171531

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

235 x 184 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Gold foil-stamping on cover, 1 interior spread; 1-colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

• The Fucking Brilliant Journal has sold over 110K copies; Fucking Brilliant Pencils over 73K copies! This line is backlisting strongly, and this new hardcover journal will be a great addition to the journal offerings • While many people enjoy the flexi journal and notebooks, we've had requests for a hardcover journal. We've also received multiple requests for a SHIT phrase (for accounts that can't take the Fbomb) • Who doesn't love a good swear? Whether profanity is said to be down-trending or uptrending, explicitly-worded products will always find a home – especially when paired with lovely calligraphy and gold foil. • As the previous success of the Calligraphuck line makes clear, the surprising combination of profanity and elegant calligraphy appeals to men and women alike, tapping a large market/wide demographic.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

12/3/17 8:35 PM YouGotThisShit-INT-Mechs.indd 2-3

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE IN THIS SERIES

Fan-f*cking-tastic Notecards

Cheers, Bitches! Coasters Bon, Appetit Bitches! Tea Towels Price

AU $27.99

ISBN

9781452148304

Price

AU $24.99

ISBN

9781452148311

Fucking Awesome Temporary Tattoos

Fuck Yeah! Calling Cards

Price

AU$16.99

Price

AU$16.99

ISBN

9781452141794

ISBN

9781452141794

Fucking Awesome Coloring Book

Price

AU $22.99

Price

AU $24.99

ISBN

9781452142333

ISBN

9781452159829

None of Your Damn Business Notebook Collection

Price

AU $22.99

ISBN

9781452141787

F*cking Brilliant Journal

Price

AU$16.99

ISBN

9781452125848

My Fucking Brilliant Journal

Price

AU $17.99

ISBN

9781452144115

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Little Letters of Love Lea Redmond Offering a tiny twist on the bestselling Letters to My... series, Little Letters of Love are an irresistibly cute way to send love and affection. This mini version of the bestselling Letters to My... series contains 75 mini tear-off sheets to send little notes of love. Each one can be folded into an adorably small envelope, sealed with the enclosed stickers, and slipped into a loved-one's pocket. Perfect for offering as a Valentine or bringing good cheer to friends, these little letters are a cute and delightful way of expressing love.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Lea Redmond crafts objects, writes books, and plays with ideas in her studio in Oakland, California. She is the author of the bestselling Letters to My... series, Pain Chip Poetry, Conversation Dice, World's Smallest Post Service, Connexio, My Museum: A Journal for Sketching and Collecting, Lucky You!, and Tandem Activity Book. Participate in creative projects and keep in touch with Lea at LeaRedmond.com.

Price

AU$17.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781452168494

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

89 x 114 mm

Extent

75pp

Illustrations

Full-colour spot illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

• The Little Letters format brings a new and special twist to a bestselling line. Overall, the series has sold over 1.5 million copies! The original Letters to my Future Self has sold more than 500,000. • This cute little format will generate big surprise and delight. • Can be used for classroom or coworker valentines!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO LO ST

irs

Little_Letters_of_Love_Int_Mechs_correx.indd 1

11/29/17 4:22 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FE RY

11/29/17 4:22 PM Little_Letters_of_Love_Int_Mechs_correx.indd 7

LI G

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE IN THIS SERIES

Price

AU $17.99

Price

AU $17.99

Price

AU $34.99

Price

AU $27.99

Price

AU $27.99

ISBN

9781452165974

ISBN

9781452165981

ISBN

9781452165967

ISBN

9781452159447

ISBN

9781452159430

Price

AU $27.99

Price

AU $27.99

Price

AU $27.99

Price

AU $27.99

ISBN

9781452148724

Price

AU $27.99

ISBN

9781452149202

ISBN

9781452149486

ISBN

9781452149219

ISBN

9781452149226

Price ISBN

AU $27.99

Price

AU $27.99

Price

AU $27.99

9781452145754

ISBN

9781452142678

ISBN

9781452132952

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Modern One Line a Day A Five-Year Memory Book Moglea Introducing the latest addition to our bestselling One Line a Day series! Same great content as the original memory book but in a new artful look that's fresh, modern, and widely appealing-from rising-star creative studio Moglea. This eye-catching new version of our bestselling One Line a Day memory book features painterly cover artwork accented with swashes of metallic gold foil, created by beloved letterpress and design studio Moglea. With full-colour artwork on every page inside, plus gilded page edges, a puffy cover, and a silky ribbon marker, this five-year diary adds an artful touch to each day-and makes an exceptionally handsome gift for those who love to record and reflect in style.

Author Details Moglea is the design and letterpress studio of Meg and Chad Gleason and based out of Audubon, Iowa. The studio produces stationery and home goods incorporating techniques like dipdying and letterpress printing, which makes each product look and feel one-of-a-kind. Launched in 2012, their line is now carried in more than 950 stores worldwide.

Key Information Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452164625

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

156 x 95 mm

Extent

372pp

Illustrations

Hardcover with foil-stamped padded cover, lined pages, gilded edges, ribbon marker; full-colour illustrations throughout

• The One Line a Day series has sold over 1 million copies across the line! This painterly version introduces a new look to our One Line a Day offerings that stands out from the rest. • Moglea's artful aesthetic will attract those who have finished their first five-year diary and are ready for their next, as well as a new audience drawn to this modern-yet-timeless look. • This festive (and foil-stamped!) cover artwork makes this a great pick for holiday-gift and stocking-stuffer but can continue to assort into the spring for mother's day and grad gift tables, too. • Since its launch in 2012, letterpress and design studio Moglea is now carried in more than 950 stores worldwide, has been featured in taste-making blogs and publications like DesignSponge , Oh So Beautiful Paper, Design Milk, Martha Stewart Living , and Real Simple and has attracted collaborations with major brands like West Elm, Minted, BCBG and Anthropologie. Bringing Moglea's avant-garde and attractive aesthetic to our One Line a Day will widen the reach of this bestselling content.

ALSO AVAILABLE

Price

AU $29.99

ISBN

9780811870191

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

JANUARY 1 20

Moglea_OneLineADay_INT_FinalMechs.indd 4-5

12/21/17 2:02 PM

JANUARY 3

Moglea_OneLineADay_INT_FinalMechs.indd 6-7

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

JANUARY 2

12/21/17 2:02 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Have a Little Pun: 30 Postcards Frida Clements Yeah, Buoy! Following the success of the Have a Little Pun line, here's a fun, witty, and wonderfully illustrated collection of postcards for pun fans everywhere. Featuring all-new beautiful illustrations and fresh funny wordplay, these pun postcards from artist Frida Clements are a delight to share or display.

Author Details Frida Clements is a Seattle-based illustrator known for her beautiful screen-printed poster designs and the Have a Little Pun line of book and gift products. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Postcards

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781452171388

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

121 x 165 mm

Extent

30pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

Key Information • The Have a Little Pun series has had a lovely response across a range of accounts, with 80K+ copies sold of the original book since 2015, 20K+ for the notecards. • All postcards are culled from the new work in the new book The Snuggle Is Real: all new fresh and funny puns, all new illustrations in Frida's colourfully playful and gorgeous style. Her work seems to give people permission (in great numbers!) to have a little pun with a humour form that is sometimes unfairly maligned as corny or lowbrow, but that everyone secretly is amused by. • Adorable and merch-y.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Bear Hugs Notecards Chronicle Books Send a hug through the mail with these irresistibly cute notecards featuring bears whose arms fold to give a big hug to your beary best friends and loved ones. Wrap your message up in a bear hug! This cuddly notecard set includes 12 die-cut bear notecards-polar, panda, brown, and black bears-each with folded hugging arms and a scored waist for a seated display, ready to send warm thoughts and a big hug for any occasion.

Author Details Lieke van der Vorst is the illustrator behind Liekeland, based in the Netherlands.

Key Information

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Notecards

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452168616

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

216 x 114 mm

Extent

12pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

• Bears are a universally popular animal (see: teddy bears!) and notecards featuring bears cross over perfectly between nature/museum specialty accounts and trade/specialty accounts. • While most of our cards tend to be very celebratory or congratulatory (high fives! kisses! swears!), hugs can also be gifted for a wider variety of occasions (condolences, comfort, thinking of you) - not every bear has to be a happy, celebratory one. • There are cards that "hug" like this on Etsy but most of them are either very poorly made or you have to print out the design and set it up yourself. The closest competition is in the "I Love California" line or in standard bear notecard competition, but most are sold singly and lack the innovative die-cut hug aspect.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

An Elephant Never Forgets Notes 20 Notecards & Envelopes Chronicle Books An elephant never forgets and neither will you thanks to this sweetly expressive all-occasion notecard set. Elephants express the most heartfelt sentiments! Whether it's love, friendship, "thinking of you," or a simple "hello," these all occasion notecards celebrate life's simply sweet moments of connection.

Author Details Alice Lotti is the illustrator of When Elephants Fall in Love. She lives in Turin, Italy.

Key Information Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Notecards

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452168357

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

141 x 111 mm

Extent

20pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

• This all-occasion assortment will speak to Valentine's Day consumers and resonate throughout the year as well. • With an art style that is both graphic and commercial, this notecard set straddles a broad consumer base by offering an alternative to Hallmark all while upping the gift appeal with an accessibly-sophisticated aesthetic. • Illustrated animals depicted in sweet scenes resonate with consumers. This notecard set serves up such moments. • Elephants are everywhere, from baby showers to birthday cards. And while they can do lots of adorable things with their trunks, they aren't tied to explicit manifestations of gender, which broadens the appeal. • From Babar to Horton, pachyderms are a perennial favourite! Their expressive ability to carry everything in their trunks (from balloons, to presents, to a single, red rose!) makes them adorable greeting card icons, and the endearing, close-knit community of elephant herds continues to charm and inspire worldwide.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Elephant_Cards_MECHS.indd 2-3

12/1/17 3:07 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Elephant_Cards_MECHS.indd 4-5

12/1/17 3:07 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Sweet on You: 8 Notecards and Envelopes Chronicle Books More scratch-and-sniff notecards! This dessert-themed collection features delectably sweet images and scents. A unique way to express love and gratitude. These fun interactive notecards feature colourful photos of desserts, scratch-and-sniff scents, and charming puns and messages. A delightful way to express sweet scentiments! ·Sweet On You: cherry scented. ·I Like How You Roll: cinnamon scented. ·I'm Your Biggest Flan: vanilla scented. ·With You, Every Day is like Sundae: chocolate scented. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Notecards

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452167640

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

171 x 127 mm

Extent

8pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

Key Information • There are few legitimate contenders that are selling scratch-and-sniff cards. Most all of the scratch-and-sniff competition is illustrated. Our photographic approach is unique and we've seen success with our photographic pop-up notecards. • The "scratch & sniff" element has a strong nostalgic appeal. Paired with fun puns and a cute retro design, these notecards stand out from all the other indie/self-published competition. • Cards can be used for romantic occasions (anniversaries and Valentine's Day), but are also general enough to be used for platonic love (friends, family, birthdays, Mothers' Day, or just because).

SweetonYou-Cards-MechsCorrex.indd 2

1/12/18 12:15 PM

tc cra

ni ff

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

From

Sweet on You Notecards, published by Chronicle Books LLC.

Scratc

Sni

SweetonYou-Cards-MechsCorrex.indd 3

1/12/18 12:15 PM

Sundae : D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

From

Sweet on You Notecards, published by Chronicle Books LLC.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Calm the Chaos Journal A Daily Practice for a More Peaceful Life Nicola Taggart With prompts to reflect on today and set intentions for tomorrow this daily guided journal provides an inspiring and accessible way to handle everyday stress and incorporate gratitude, reflection, and goal-setting into everyday life. Calm the Chaos is a guided daily journal that combines self-care practices with opportunities for reflection and goal setting. Life coach Nicola Taggart presents effective tools for managing the stresses, endless to-do lists, and worries that come with daily life. Featuring repeating "Today" and "Tomorrow" entries, this journal includes a variety of easy prompts that support a daily practice of reflection, intention-setting, and mindfulness. The result is an empowering and positive practice for finding balance, happiness, and clarity in everyday life.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$24.99

Nicola Taggart is a life and leadership success coach, mentor speaker, and trainer. For more than 10 years, she has been on a mission to awaken, inspire, and lead people to take ownership of their lives, their choices, and their happiness. She works with individual clients who want to redefine success on their own terms, and with small and large companies that want to support their employees' personal and professional development and success through coaching and training programs. She lives in Alameda, CA. Author website: nicolataggart.com

ISBN

9781452169958

Key Information

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

178 x 127 mm

Extent

144pp

• This book combines several lifestyle trends: self-care, productivity, and happiness habits. Studies show that making space and time for yourself makes you better at taking care of everyone, and everything, else in your life. And practicing daily reflection, recording gratitude, and setting achievable goals have all been shown to be important ways of cultivating happiness. • There are plenty of daily reflection, goal-setting, and gratitude journals, but they don't encourage people to 1) support the happiness habit by reflecting daily on what they're doing right and what makes them happy/grateful and 2) set small goals in advance in order to get the next day off on the right foot. This journal combines both elements with an easy and achievable approach. • This eye-catching package features two different foils for a stunning contemporary aesthetic. The magnetic cover design will draw in a wide audience of women looking to add some shine to their workspace.

Illustrations

Text

Age Range

Terms

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

How to Use the Calm the Chaos Journal

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

My intention is I will be guided by My purpose is I want to feel My guiding mantra will be: Setting an intention is about being clear on your purpose and making an inner commitment to yourself about how you plan to be, show up, and operate in the world. In one sentence or a few short words, clarify how you plan to be, what you want to experience, or how you want to feel the next day. For example: My intention/purpose is: . . . to be present with each person I am in contact with. . . . to say yes only to things that I want to do. . . . to let go of that which I cannot control and take action on that which I can. I will be guided by: . . . love, clarity, and kindness. . . . choices that support simplicity and low stress. . . . my top priorities and to-do’s for the day.

I want to feel: . . . calm, content, and clear. . . . connected to what’s most important to me. . . . present and productive.

My guiding mantra will be: . . . slow and steady wins the race. . . . live what matters (and let the rest go). . . . taking care of me allows me to better care for others. My top to-do’s are I will focus on It would feel awesome to accomplish or complete I will make time for My top priorities are: The items you choose to add to your lists each day should support your top priorities and have the biggest impact on your life today (not necessarily be the tasks that are the biggest, take the most time, or are life- altering). Ask yourself, “If I get nothing else done today except these things, what would feel good to accomplish? What needs to be accomplished to move my

Other thoughts, ideas, or notes: What other thoughts are going through your head? Anything else on your mind you want to capture, remember, or let go of in order to have a better sleep tonight or a more positive, present, and productive day tomorrow? This is a blank space for you to make lists, journal, doodle, or sketch out your schedule for the next day. This is your space to use in whatever ways feel most constructive, supportive, and helpful in calming the chaos of your mind so you can feel more centered and less stressed before you turn off the light. Something I need to let go of (and trust will work out): Often the things that weigh on our minds, cause us stress, and keep us awake are things we cannot solve late at night when we should be sleeping. Write down the thing (or things) concerning you, send some good energy for it to work out as best it can, and let it go.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

goals forward in a positive way?” This is an o pportunity to take that long, running to-do list of yours and choose three to five items that you will tackle tomorrow (because chaos comes when we try to take on more than is humanly possible in twenty-four hours).

When I feel stressed, I will: Feeling stressed is part of life. Knowing what you will do in the moment of stress to refocus on your intention is key to calming the chaos throughout your day. Take a moment to articulate what you will do when you feel stress so that when those feelings do arise you’ll be prepared with a solution. A few ideas: Go for a walk around the block.

Take 10 deep breaths. Call a good friend. Listen to a song you love. Remind yourself what your purpose/intention is for the day. Send someone a message of appreciation. A courageous conversation I need to have is: I once heard someone say, “Stress is oftentimes conversations not had.” So many times we have stress in our lives that could be greatly decreased or eliminated simply by having a courageous conversation. Think about something that is stressing you out and consider who you may need to talk to help decrease this stress.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

DATE:

TODAY…

TOMORROW…

I took care of myself in the following ways:

My intention is:

Got adequate sleep: How much? Moved my body: How? ____________________________________________________ Did something fun/pleasurable just for me: What?

Took time for reflection/meditation/prayer Ate nutritious/nourishing food Went outside for some fresh air

My top to-do’s are:

Other:

An act of kindness I did for someone else was:

My most memorable moment of the day was:

I am grateful for:

Other thoughts, ideas, or notes:

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Connect Every Day A Journal Chronicle Books An easy, achievable, and fun way to keep in touch with loved ones, build new connections, and banish loneliness. This guided journal contains 365 simple ways to connect with family, friends, romantic partners, neighbours, and the people you pass every day. In the format of our Every Day series, each page features a daily activity to promote true connection with those around us, strengthening friendships and sparking new ones.

Key Information • Although similar to its predecessors, this journal will be the first that offers activities to connect with both loved ones and acquaintances. Fans of the series will love the familiar style and format. • Positivity, appreciation, and connecting with new people continue to be important themes in people's lives. This journal is a tangible product that offers ways to do just that. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452172705

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

159 x 121 mm

Extent

388pp

Illustrations

Full colour text and drawings

Age Range

Terms

• Like the previous journals in the series, this will sell nicely into the current moment and then backlist strongly. Finding ways to connect with others is something that will never go out of style.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

SEND A POSTCARD

WRITE A LETTER TO A FRIEND

COMPLETED ON

REFLECT

ConnectEveryDay_INT_mech.indd 10-11

2/7/18 12:20

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

STRIKE UP A CONVERSATION with the person in front of you in line

CALL UP AN OLD FRIEND

COMPLETED ON

REFLECT

ConnectEveryDay_INT_mech.indd 16-17

2/7/18 12:20

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$50.00

ISBN

9781523504725

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

203 x 203 mm

Extent

24pp

Illustrations

8 full-colour Photicular images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

For dinosaur and Photicular fans of all ages, including kids and families, museum-goers, natural history buffs, and anyone looking for a "wow" holiday gift.

•

The Photicular series has more than 2 million copies in print, and Workman ships more than 300,000 copies of the books each year.

•

Young children (including the many who are dinosaur-obsessed) will love the moving images; older readers will learn something new from Kathy Wollard's insightful text that accompanies the images.

•

The book is serious enough for museum stores, and striking enough (with its T. rex cover!) to make a big impact on holiday gift tables.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE

AU$49.99

9780761180517

9780761189534

AU$49.99

AU$34.99

9780761163800

9781523501472

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

PHOTICULAR SERIES MIXED PACK 2 copies of Dinosaur 1 copy each of Jungle , Wild , Safari and Ocean WITH A 47.5% DISCOUNT

RRP: $284.96 WITH DISCOUNT: $149.60

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Key Information

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$19.99

• Big Nate books have been on the New York Times bestseller list for more than three years. More than 9 million Big Nate books have been sold since 2010, including hardcover chapter books, activity books, boxed sets, and comic compilations.

ISBN

9781449489953

• Syndicated in over 300 U.S. newspapers and online at bignatebooks.com and gocomics.com.

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

• Big Nate is a big hit on poptropica.com, the web's fastest-growing virtual world for kids. Big Nate Island was the site's biggest launch ever, visited by 2.2 million kids in the first week and more than 30 since February 2009.

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

229 x 152 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

Illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

BN_Bananas TEXT.indd 6-7

3/2/18 11:15 AM

BN_Bananas TEXT.indd 8-9

3/2/18 2:43 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE IN THE BIG NATE SERIES

Price AU$16.99

Price AU$16.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN 9781449462307

ISBN 9781449462291

ISBN 9781449462284

ISBN 9781449462277

ISBN 9781449462260

ISBN 9781449462253

Price AU$16.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN 9781449436346

ISBN 9781449436353

ISBN 9781449420437

ISBN 9781449429379

ISBN 9781449427771

ISBN 9781449407186

ISBN 9781449425661

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

What Can a Citizen Do Dave Eggers Her Right Foot meets The Quiet Book in this incredibly meaningful, commercial title from bestselling duo Dave Eggers and Shawn Harris. Empowering and timeless, What Can a Citizen Do? is the latest What Can a Citizen Do collaboration from the acclaimed duo behind the bestselling Her Right Foot: Dave Eggers and Shawn Harris. This is a book for today's youth about what it means to be a citizen. Across the course of several seemingly unrelated but ultimately connected actions by different children, we watch how kids turn a lonely island into a community – and watch a journey from what the world should be to what the world could be. This is a book about what citizenship – good citizenship – means to you, and to us all.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452173139

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

254 x 203 mm

Extent

52pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

5 and up

Terms

SOR

Dave Eggers is the author of many books, including Heroes of the Frontier, The Circle, and A Hologram for the King. He is the cofounder of: Voice of Witness, an oral-history series focused on human rights; 826 National, a network of writing and tutoring centres; and ScholarMatch, which connects donors and under-resourced students to make college possible. Shawn Harris is an artist and musician who lives and works in Morongo Valley, California.

Key Information • Dave Eggers is an award-winning and New York Times bestselling author. Her Right Foot has been a major success, receiving fantastic reviews and tons of publicity. This title follows up the first book's enormous success with the same creative team in an entirely different and more traditional tone, making it a perfect fit for classrooms, libraries, and bookstores everywhere. • We can count on this book drafting off the success of Her Right Foot. • As everyone is getting more politically involved, books encouraging children to be politically active have been on the rise. What Can a Citizen Do is a book with a message of unity at its core without being overly didactic, and it addresses current political discourse in a direct but poignant way. • In addition to being especially on-topic right now, the lessons in Citizen of each person being different and helping one another are universally applicable.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

123, Anteater Stuck Up A Tree Jack Clucas A charming counting book for young children. 1 silly anteater has got himself stuck up a tree. 2 curious crocodiles have come to see. 3 friendly moose are forming a plan. Even the ants are lending a hand… On every page of this cute counting book, children are encouraged to spot and count all the animals that turn up to help the anteater down from the tree. There are new arrivals on every page and plenty for children to spot as scenes get busier and more and more animals turn up to join in the fun.

Author Details Max Jackson has worked in publishing for over 10 years, after graduating in Graphic Design from University of Sussex. Max is a Senior Designer at Buster Books in Clapham. He has worked on a variety of highly successful children’s books over the course of his career.

Key Information Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$18.99

ISBN

9781780555317

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

250 x 172 mm

Extent

32pp

Illustrations

Fully illustrated throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

Charming and characterful full colour artwork throughout. A fun and quirky way to introduce children to numbers 1-10 and the amazing animal kingdom. Rhyming text accompanies each animals arrival and their attempts to help him down the tree. At the end of the book, children are reminded of the numbers they have learnt and the animals they have met, in a simple but gorgeously illustrated guide.

loud macaws squawk, â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Climb down to the ground!â&#x20AC;&#x2122;

7 bats 6 flamingos 5 snakes 4 sloths 3 moose 2 crocodiles 1 anteater

123 Anteater HB.indd 20-21

16/01/2018 15:55

S A R C H! ... they all fall down.

123 Anteater HB.indd 26-27

16/01/2018 15:55

1 anteater

6 flamingos

2 crocodiles

7 bats

3 moose

8 macaws

4 sloths

9 frogs

5 snakes

10 ants

123 Anteater HB.indd 28-29

16/01/2018 15:55

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Dreamer Il Sung Na This inventive little pig shows nothing is impossible when you follow your heart – not even flight.

Once, there was a pig who admired birds. But he could never join them. Could he? Thus begins the journey of a pig with big dreams and the perseverance to make them come true. He develops flight plans, builds experimental contraptions, and has far-flung adventures, but at the end of the day, his favourite thing to do is to still sit and watch for those he loves best: the birds. Il Sung Na creates a world at once whimsical and aspirational, where anything is possible, and even pigs can learn to fly.

Author Details

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$27.99

Il Sung Na writes and illustrates children's books. As a kid he loved to draw, but it wasn't until he visited a London bookstore in college that he discovered picture books were his calling. The real-life trial-and-error pursuit of that calling was the inspiration behind this book. With experimentation and perseverance, he achieved his dream of placing beautiful books in readers' hands.

ISBN

9781452156088

Key Information

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

279 x 229 mm

Extent

52pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

3 and up

Terms

SOR

• If pigs can fly, and flying pigs can help the rest of us to fly, what else might be possible? Riffing on the popular idiom, this is a story about following your heart, and letting what you love be your guide. • Accessible and sophisticated without being saccharine, this gorgeous picture book makes an inspirational gift for anyone who has ever dreamed of something more. • Originally from Seoul, South Korea, Il Sung Na has drawn from his own, rich story immigrating to Europe, then the United States, and dreaming of – and creating – a new future for himself. • Il Sung Na is an acclaimed children's book writer and illustrator. This is his first collaboration with Chronicle Books and marks a new direction for his illustration. • The jacket features our pig's daydreams – his dreams of flight – while the case features a nighttime scene, making for a stunning contrast and beautiful bookmaking

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Once, there was a pig who admired birds.

TheDreamer_INT_MECHS.indd 6-7

11/20/17 2:14 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

When they flew south, he wanted to follow.

TheDreamer_INT_MECHS.indd 10-11

11/20/17 2:14 PM

TheDreamer_INT_MECHS.indd 12-13

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

There was much to learn.

11/20/17 2:14 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

There was no height he couldnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t reach.

Was there?

TheDreamer_INT_MECHS.indd 36-37

11/20/17 2:14 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Read & Ride: Cars and Trucks 4 board books inside! Chronicle Books The ultimate book and play set for vehicle-loving toddlers! A puzzle, a play set, and four concept board books all in one! Police car, fire truck, taxi, and recycling truck board books vroom and zoom in and out of three play scenes, making sure the community is safe and sound. When playtime is over, all vehicles fit snugly back together inside the larger book for easy storage. Packed with bright art and simple first words, the Read & Ride series is the perfect combination of hands-on early learning and imaginative play.

Author Details

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Board Book

Price

AU$24.99

Troy Cummings is an author and illustrator of children's books. His works include Giddy-Up, Daddy! and The Notebook of Doom series. His illustrations have also appeared in animated backdrops for an opera, iPad pop-up books, and a cookbook for dogs, as well as in newspapers, magazines, and greeting cards. He lives in Greencastle, Indiana.

ISBN

9781452165462

Key Information

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

267 x 267 mm

Extent

5pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

2 and up

Terms

SOR

• This smart new format is hands-on learning and play at its best, combining concept board books with a child-friendly subject in a clever package. • This play set includes five board books (one oversized, four mini vehicle-shaped) in one, all for $24.99. • Transportation is an extremely popular category, giving this format lots of commercial appeal. • Imaginative play paired with a tactile element is essential to healthy childhood development, making these titles a great choice for parents and gift-givers. And, each book offers additional early learning in the form of age-appropriate first words. • The unique design makes this product easily portable, perfect to take on road trips or vacations without the fear of small parts going missing.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

truck

hydrant

dog

Welcome to the fire station!

CarsAndTrucks_INT_2G.indd 2-3

12/21/17 5:51 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Coming up!

CarsAndTrucks_INT_2G.indd 8-9

12/21/17 5:51 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

whistle vest

gloves CarsAndTrucks_INT_2G.indd 14-15

12/21/17 5:51 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

House: First Words Board Books 5 books inside! Michael Slack Five books in one boxed set! Read and identify the objects in a modern house, then play with and arrange the books like a puzzle. Welcome to our house! Explore a boxed set of five mini board books, each featuring a different room in the house: a living room, bathroom, kitchen, garage, and bedroom. Inside, charming illustrations of familiar, everyday objects are paired with first words. Promotes early vocabulary development, pattern recognition, and open-ended imaginative play!

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Board Book

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452167039

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

184 x 241 mm

Extent

5pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Michael Slack is an artist, illustrator, and character designer based in the San Francisco Bay Area. His character-driven, humorous art has been recognised by Society of Illustrators Los Angeles, Applied Arts, Pictoplasma, Computer Arts, and SBS Digital Design. Michael's illustrations have appeared in books, magazines, and on TV. His paintings and drawings have been exhibited in the U.S. and Europe.

Key Information • Images of everyday objects paired with first words promotes early learning about what's in a house, as well as basic vocabulary acquisition. Room for imaginative play provides further opportunity for building fine-motor skills. • Books that can also function as toys encourages open-ended play! Kids can mix and match the rooms in any way they want, stage the rooms and box as a play set, and build matching and pattern-recognition skills as they place the pieces back into the box, much like a puzzle. • Visually distinctive packaging, modern aesthetic, and European-feeling art style, will appeal to design oriented accounts, especially museums and other gift/specialty channels. • This visually distinctive package packs an extra punch by featuring multiple board book components.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Bathroom

HOUSE_Bathroom_COV_Mechs.indd 1

12/11/17 6:02 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

rubber ducky

bathtub HOUSE_Bathroom_INT_Mechs.indd 4-5

12/11/17 6:02 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

cubbies

toys HOUSE_Bedroom_INT_Mechs.indd 4-5

12/11/17 6:03 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Horse Tales Double Booked: 26 lift-the-flaps inside! Molly Fehr Take a tour of a stable full of friendly horses in this adorable lift-the-flap shaped board book. Every page of this stable-shaped board book features stall doors that can be opened to reveal the fascinating horses and ponies inside – from Cobalt the champion show jumper, to Buttercup, who walks in parades, and Blue Jeans, who loves carrots after a long ride. A double-flap finale provides a sweet and satisfying conclusion.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Molly Fehr is an illustrator and children's book designer. A graduate of the Pratt Institute, she currently resides in New York.

Binding

Board Book

Key Information

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781452170886

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

216 x 229 mm

Extent

10pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

2 and up

Terms

SOR

• Horse books are perennially popular, and this book engages with horse activities and preferences in a warm, inviting way. One usually finds this kind of content for an older audience, but younger readers will be thrilled to find this content in the novelty book section. • With gatefold pages and tons of flaps, this book is appealingly interactive, perfect for the youngest horse fans. • Imaginative play paired with a tactile element is essential to healthy childhood development, making these titles a great choice for parents and gift-givers.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Land of Stone Flowers A Fairy Guide to the Mythical Human Being Sveta Dorosheva Classic fairytales get a refreshing satirical twist in this collection of gorgeously illustrated stories, in which fairies, gnomes, pixies and other fairy folk share tall tales of the fantastic and unbelievable human world and its inhabitants, examining contradictory and nonsensical human behaviours through the lens of the fantastic. The fairy creatures of the Glimmering Land of Maar don't generally believe in humans, but as the stories collected in The Land of Stone Flowers will show, humans are just as real as any pixie, gnome, fairy or troll! A refreshing twist on the timeless fairytale genre, The Land of Stone Flowers is a stunning collection of entertaining tales, keen observations, and wild assumptions about the inhabitants of the human world, as told by the fairy creatures who believe in them.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$45.00

ISBN

9781452163703

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

241 x 210 mm

Extent

216pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

From the bewitching paper wizards who live in a human's wallets to their invisible hats known as "moods" which cloud a human's view of the world, the human "land of stone flowers" is shown in wild and whimsical detail through drawings, letters, diagrams, and stories, all told with a playful voice and an eye to the strange and the wonderful. This stunning collection is as absurd as it is astounding, examining contradictory and nonsensical human behaviours through the lens of the fantastic while providing a surprising and entertaining look at the things we take for granted. With a visual style that evokes Aubrey Beardsley, Harry Clarke, or Alphonse Mucha while at once being wholly her own, Sveta Dorosheva creates a modern world of whimsy and wonder in this fairy book for a modern generation, each page bursting with playful details and clever, tongue-in-cheek text that will pull readers in again and again.

Author Details Sveta Dorosheva is no less than a magician. She is a 34-year old Russian author and illustrator, linguist, designer, and art director. Sveta is the author of Mommy Hurries Home (2009) and The Nenuphar Book (2011, Russian and Romanian). Sveta loves to create stories where words and images magically intertwine to create a new universe – or as she puts it "stories so unique that they turn the world on its head." Sveta lives in Israel with her husband and two children.

Key Information • Even as fairytale and fantasy stories continue to find home in repackaged collections, there is nothing like Nenuphar available on the market today, with the most similar book in concept being the wildly popular 1977 book Gnomes . • With a fully-foiled case evoking the gilded look of classic fairytale collections, as well as deckled edges and a ribbon marker, the package will fully speak to its audience and compel them to pick the book up for a closer look. • Sveta's hand-drawn illustrations evoke the classic styles of Aubrey Beardsley, Harry Clarke, or Alphonse Mucha, while still being wholly unique to her style-a fairytale illustrator for a modern age. • The unique content makes this an ideal gift for readers who have already exhausted the classics of Grimm and Anderson and are looking for the next level up. The package will also create a real object quality that will draw the eye in stores and invite discoverability. • The book was published in Russia just before Christmas 2015, and it sold over 10,000 copies within the first 6 months, and was nominated for the National Bestseller Award in 2016.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

his book was sent to us in a matchbox along with the following note:

Unfortunately there was no return address. The book really is so tiny that if we were to reproduce it in its actual size, readers would have a hard time spotting it on a bookstore shelf and might even accidentally brush it away with the dust, as it’s only the size of a marigold. We had to enlarge the book under a microscope and reprint a few pages that were completely illegible, but otherwise it remains unchanged. This is a book about humans written by gnomes, fairies, elves, and other magical beings from the Glimmering Land of Maar. The majority of the inhabitants of this land do not believe in people, but a few of them have unintentionally found themselves in our world by way of various mysterious means. It is these accidental travelers who became the authors of this book, which gathers their observations and stories about the lives of humans. Much of their findings is inaccurate, preposterous, and, frankly put, absurd. The findings are, of course, incomplete and incidental—describing only what these unusual authors happened to see or consider interesting. Nevertheless, we’re leaving these writings “as is,” with all their delusions about human reality—since the value of this work is not its accuracy, but its astonishing perspective on things that seem so commonplace to us.

LandOfStoneFlowers_INT_FinalCorrex_Alina.indd 6-7

1/31/18 1:23 PM

Goosebumps. Geese run all over the human’s back and arms when a human experiences a very pleasant sensation or hears their favorite music.

Natural Urges. something that makes humans awkwardly push up against one another with their stomachs, scream and lose their minds in all sorts of ways.

Frog. When a human’s stomach is empty, the frog croaks and a “rumbling” sound comes from the stomach. Operated by a complex mechanism made of water, sand and gears.

The human heart has a King or Queen, depending on whether the human is male or female.

Inner World. may be abundant or meager, different for every human. I never got a chance to see one. Humans keep their inner world in a special box and don’t show it to anyone.

Heart. located in a human’s chest. It can see what’s invisible to the eye. It has wings, because sometimes a human’s heart flutters. It’s made out of ruby, which is why it can be broken. Humans have written many poems and songs about this.

Invisible Crown. located on a human’s head. Humans are very afraid to look silly or awkward and are always checking to see if their crown is in place, even though no one but them can see it.

Anchor. makes a human’s heart sink when they are very disappointed or discouraged.

Ticklishness. lots of dancing miniature people, wearing black bowler hats and long, pointy shoes.

Twin. inside every human is their own miniature copy, so that when the human is angry the twin can come out and stand next to them.This is called “being beside oneself in anger.”

Inner Fire. begins to burn when a human falls in love.

Breath Holder. where a human holds their breath when they don’t want to frighten off the perfection of a certain moment.

Soul. a delicate construct, unique for each human. According to one account, the soul is located somewhere near the heart; according to another, it permeates the whole body.

Eyes. the windows to the soul. A complex engineering construct.

ANATOMY OF A HUMAN BEING

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

LandOfStoneFlowers_INT_FinalCorrex_Alina.indd 20-21 1/31/18 1:24 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO The iron bug sticks out one of its wings and the humans get inside.

nlike us, humans can’t fly. They’re wingless and they don’t ride carriages pulled by winged toads, leap about on flying fish, or ride on the wings of scarab beetles. Humans manufacture enormous bugs out of metals they’ve taken from the underground gnomes. When they want to go somewhere they get inside the bugs! With the help of mechanics (a type of magic humans use to awaken lifeless objects) and a potion called “gasoline,” humans make the iron insects run very fast, all around town. However, if a lot of bugs gather in one place, they inch along at the speed of a caterpillar crawling from a leaf onto a branch, and the bored humans goad the bugs to wail at one another. When it gets dark, the iron insect’s eyes light up on its front and back, so the person inside can see where it’s going. These beasts sink in water, so if humans need to cross the ocean they sail on gigantic iron seagulls, instead of in a seashell or under a mermaid’s scale, like we do. Humans are amazing wizards: they’ve not only manipulated the gnome’s metals

LandOfStoneFlowers_INT_FinalCorrex_Alina.indd 72-73

to furrow the seas, but also to fly in the sky! They pack inside an iron dragon—which traverses the ocean a great deal faster than the swimming iron seagulls. During the flight, the humans inside the dragon sleep or eat whatever the dragon has swallowed.

1/31/18 1:27 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Stick Tac Toe: Forever Foes! Chronicle Books With Stick Tac Toe, play the tic tac toe game you love – now with stickers! Tic Tac Toe + Stickers = Stick Tac Toe! Choose from more than 300 stickers as you pit rival against rival to see who wins! Tired of debating over which are better, cats or dogs? Or being the only hamburger fan in a room full of hot dog enthusiasts? Settle the score once and for all with an epic game of Stick Tac Toe! Endless combinations guarantee hours of fun in this fresh take on the classic game. How to play: 1. Pick your opponents, and tear out those sticker sheets. 2. Find their game board. 3. Take turns and Stick Tac Toe until someone gets three in a row!

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Games & Puzzles

Price

AU$12.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781452164021

Luke LaMarca is an illustrator based in Maryland.

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Key Information

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

152 x 152 mm

Extent

60pp

• Both tic tac toe and stickers are perennially popular for kids of all ages, making this a familiar tried-and-true concept with fresh appeal for consumers. • With 300 stickers, and 60 game boards, this is a great value for $12.99! • Perfect for families looking for witty, portable, and inexpensive travel games and activities. • Easy and affordable gift for the holidays to get kids off of their digital devices.

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

3 and up

Terms

SOR

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

CAT

vs. DOG

StickTacToe_ForeverFoes_INT_Mechscorrex.indd 1

12/8/17 4:03 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

PONY

VOLCANO

MONSTER TRUCK

TSUNAMI

vs.

StickTacToe_ForeverFoes_StickerSheets_Mechscorrex.indd 9

vs.

12/8/17 3:24 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Stick Tac Toe: Magical Mash-ups! Chronicle Books With Stick Tac Toe , play the tic tac toe game you love-now with stickers! Tic Tac Toe + Stickers = Stick Tac Toe! Choose from more than 300 stickers as you pit rival against rival to see who wins! Tired of debating which is cuter, a hedgehog or a bunny? Or of being the only pegasus fan in a room of unicorn enthusiasts? Settle the score with an epic game of Stick Tac Toe! Endless combinations guarantee hours of fun in this fresh take on the classic game. How to play: 1. Pick your opponents, and tear out those sticker sheets. 2. Find their game board. 3. Take turns and Stick Tac Toe until someone gets three in a row!

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Games & Puzzles

Price

AU$12.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781452164014

Ramona Kaulitzki is an illustrator based in Germany.

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

152 x 152 mm

Extent

60pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

3 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information • Both tic tac toe and stickers are perennially popular, making this a familiar tried-and-true concept with fresh appeal for consumers. • With 300 stickers, and 60 game boards, this has great value for $12.99! • Perfect for families looking for witty, portable, and inexpensive travel games. • Easy and affordable gift for the holidays to get kids off of their digital devices.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Unicorn

vs.

Rainbow

StickTacToe_MagicalMashups_INT_Mechscorrex.indd 1

12/20/17 11:50 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Stawberry Fairy

vs.

Raspberry Fairy

StickTacToe_MagicalMashups_StickerSheets_MechsCorrex.indd 2

Chipmunk

vs.

Squirrel

12/20/17 11:50 AM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Bugs (Touch and Explore) Stephanie Babin

The silky wings of a butterfly, the smooth back of a flower beetle, and the squishy skin of an earthworm — there’s so much to discover in this Touch and ExploreTM book about little creatures who fly, wriggle, and crawl! Touch and ExploreTM is a multi-sensory series created to encourage hands-on play and learning. Children will enjoy vehicle fun and facts at the tip of their fingers!

Author Details Stéphanie Babin is an author of books for young children, particularly nonfiction and interactive titles. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

Hélène Convert was born in Nancy, France. She studied at the École Nationale Supérieure of Art and Design and has illustrated several titles for Éditions Milan, including Paris, voyage animé au coeur de la Ville Lumière (Paris – A Pop-Up Stroll Through the City of Light, also published in English by Milan), Les Trois Petits Cochons (The Three Little Pigs), and several concept books in the Mes années pourquoi (My Why Years) collection.

ISBN

9782408004330

Key Information

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

Extent

16pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

3 and up

Terms

SOR

• Chock-full of age-appropriate details and information. • High-quality textures on every spread. • Lively text and engaging art.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Hungry Bunny Claudia Rueda Adventure awaits! Bunny is back in this new interactive picture book companion to Bunny Slopes! It's fall, which means it's the perfect time for a red, delicious...and hard-to-reach apple. But Bunny has some ideas. Pass Bunny the red ribbon that comes with the book to help Bunny climb to new heights and pick those tasty apples. Then rock the book back and forth, and turn the book round and round, for a roller-coaster adventure on the way home. Just don't upset the apple cart! Claudia Rueda shakes up the reading experience even more in this delightful sequel to Bunny Slopes.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452162553

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

203 x 222 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

Three-colour throughout (red, goldenrod, black)

Age Range

3 and up

Terms

SOR

Claudia Rueda is the award-winning, New York Times bestselling author and illustrator of more than twenty children's books, including Bunny Slopes. She lives in Bogotá, Colombia. When she was little, she would jump over the fence to her grandma's orchard and sneak apples. Now, she prefers to bake apple pie to share! Learn more at claudiarueda.com.

Key Information • Pioneered by Monster at the End of this Book, made popular by Press Here , and firmly solidified by Tap the Magic Tree , the Bunny Slopes series is the latest in a growing genre of delightfully interactive, and very successful, picture books. • Just like Bunny Slopes, Hungry Bunny has 3 pantone colours and die-cut hole. But it also comes with a wide grosgrain red ribbon! No, it's not a bookmark. Instead, the reader will use the ribbon that comes with the book to help Bunny get home! First, to help Bunny climb to new heights, and then to cross an impassable road. In the meantime, rock the book back and forth, and turn the book round and round, for a roller-coaster adventure on the way home. • Filled with puns and Claudia's warm sense of humour, this book has jokes for readers young and old – and will have the whole family giggling as they shake and rock the book. • Claudia is a great conceptual thinker and a wildly talented, New York Times bestselling illustrator. • Here comes the Easter Cast illustrated by Claudia Rueda, received four starred reviews, was an Amazon Book of the Month for February, a Kirkus Best Children's Book of 2014, and a New York Times bestseller. Four sequels have been published with more to come!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Can you hear my tummy rumble? Iâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;m one hungry bunny!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s much better. Thank you!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Could you help me

grab my scarf?

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Mr. Bear's ABC Virginie Aracil

From Angel to Zeppelin, Virginie Aracil’s distinctive Mr. Bear takes young children on alphabet journey like no other! Her charming and engaging art introduce memorable animals and objects that will delight readers and help them learn their ABCs. Perfect for baby showers, this gifty volume is a welcome addition to any child’s library.

Author Details After studying law in Aix-en-Provence, Virginie Aracil chose to pursue a degree at the École Supérieure de la Mode (ESMOD) in Paris. While continuing her studies, she is perfecting her design skills in fashion, graphics, and multimedia through various experiences with Parisian fashion houses, media outlets, and trend forecasting agencies.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$32.99

ISBN

9782747095006

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

Extent

58pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • High-end gift book with cloth spine. • Engaging art with big kid-appeal. • Perfect for baby showers or other gift opportunities.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Who Am I? Stephanie Babin

Hoo, hoo! Ribbit, ribbit! Yip, yip! Little ones will enjoy discovering the animals that appear in this visually dynamic and engaging pull-tab book. Tabs reveal ears, eyes, noses, mouths, and even tongues of the 10 special creatures. And children will be delighted with the sweet surprise at the end, when a baby animal makes a special appearance!

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Board Book

Price

AU$22.99

ISBN

9782408004354

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

Extent

22pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations and pull-tabs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Stéphanie Babin is an author of books for young children, particularly nonfiction and interactive titles. Tristan Mory is the head graphic editor for the magazine, Histoires pour les Petits. He earned a degree in visual communication, and has illustrated books for various publishers, including Milan, Albin Michel, and Flammarion. He lives and works in Toulouse, France.

Key Information • Pull tabs reveal a different animal on every page. • Kids love animals! • Encourages discovery through hands-on play, learning animal sounds, and high impact, simple art.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

I Double Dare You! Paule Battault and Charlotte Ameling

Oh no! It’s the nightmare monsters! Do you dare face the big hairy ogre, sweep away a warty witch, and scare away a super sticky octopus? Well, go ahead, I double dare you! Young readers will scream, squeal, and giggle as they chase away all the nightmare monsters in this spooky touch-and-feel book...again and again and again!

Author Details Paule Battault works as a journalist and creator of craft activities for children’s magazines and is the author of Petit maneul pour Publication

01 September 2018

aller sur le pot (Little Guide to Using the Potty).

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

Charlotte Ameling received her degree in science, but decided to pursue the arts and earned a diploma from the Institut Superieur des Arts Appliques. She creates images with vibrant colours, as well as characters that exude charm and a sense of humour. She currently works in the children’s fashion industry as a stylist, while also illustrating books and games for children.

ISBN

9782408004323

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

Extent

20pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

3 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information • Nightmare monsters theme. • Textures on every spread. • Empowers children in a fun and age-appropriate way.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Squidtoons Exploring Ocean Science with Comics Garfield Kwan Dive deep into the latest, most interesting (and weirdest!) science about underwater creatures with Squidtoons ! These beautifully drawn, educational comics combine fun science facts about marine life, kid-friendly wit, and a strong environmental message. From whale vomit to bone-eating worms, narwhals to sea dragons, Squidtoons presents real ocean science in a series of entertaining, easy-to-understand comics. Venture from the seashore to the deep sea, and learn about the ocean’s diverse life forms straight from the experts.

Author Details Garfield Kwan is a third-year Ph.D. student at the Scripps Institution of Oceanography in San Diego. Originally from Hong Kong, Garfield moved to California at the age of seven. The founder and director of Squidtoons, Garfield also volunteers for the local San Diego Science Fair and with Ocean Discovery Institute to teach and snorkel with students from the City Heights community. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$17.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781449490249

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Graphic Novels

Format

229 x 152 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

7 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information • Parents, teachers, and librarians are looking for fun ways to get kids excited about STEM subjects, and kids are eager to devour funny, high-quality comics. • Garfield Kwan's vast and peculiar knowledge of underwater life lends him both credibility and material. • The book won rave reviews from a classroom of third graders at Crossroads Academy – a public charter school in Kansas City, Missouri.

OF THE Y ANATOM

n o g a r d a e S y d Wee

) Mouth gon ever a r d e l b a r o d a (insert zooplankton here) t s (the mo Tube Snout

Eyes

(why the long face?)

(can move independently)

Gill Slit

(unique circular opening)

Dorsal Fins (the motor)

Pectoral Fins (the steering rods)

Camouflaging Pattern (connect the dots!)

Anal Fin

(helps with balancing)

Tail

Appendages

(used for camouflage, not swimming)

(males hold eggs here)

Squidtoons_TEXT.indd 8

2/15/18 2:23 PM

Squidtoons_TEXT.indd 12

2/15/18 2:24 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

My Very First 100 Words Everyday words in English, French, and Spanish CICO Kidz An illustrated book of 100 first words in English, French and Spanish, including 100 double-sided flash cards.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$14.99

ISBN

9781782494546

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

228 x 228 mm

Extent

12pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

0–3+

Terms

SOR

The optimal time for a child to learn another language is from birth to 3 years – at the same time he or she is learning a first language - so My Very First 100 Words includes 100 everyday words in three languages! Every word is illustrated with a colourful, eye-catching photograph and on a separate double-sided flash card the word is translated into French and Spanish. Categories include At the Farm, At the Zoo, Toy Box, On the Move and Things to Wear. With its bright colours and clear design, this essential first words book and card pack will be loved by babies and toddlers and used by parents time and again, as they encourage those all-important early language skills.

Key Information • • • • • • •

Each word is given in English, French and Spanish. The colourful photos will appeal to babies from birth. Will help babies and toddlers say their first words. Helps babies and toddlers with object recognition. Encourages parent/child interaction. Highly durable and wipe-clean so can be repeatedly handled by babies and young children. Excellent price point.

My Favorite Animals

My Favorite Toys

pig

cow

plane

rocket

dog

ďŹ sh

horse

crayons

train

dinosaur

cat

bunny

lion

doll

teddy

puppet

IW CB1090_MY_FIRST_100_WORDS_BLAD_DSJ_02 4.indd 4-5

20/09/2017 08:32

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Do You Know a Superhero? Duopress A primer in occupations with a fun superhero twist! Meet a special group of superheroes: they have a home, a family, and very important jobs. These are the Superhero Parents and their powers are diverse: Super Nurse Mom takes care of sick children, Super Vets are a mom and dad duo making sure pets are healthy, and Super Scientist Mom sends ships to space before coming home to read stories to her kids. Brilliantly illustrated and with simple and quirky text, Do You Know a Superhero? is the ideal primer to teach babies and toddlers all about what parents do during the day.

Author Details

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Board Book

Price

AU$14.99

ISBN

9781947458246

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

203 x 165 mm

Extent

22pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

duopress labs is the creative team, led by Mauricio Velázquez de León, responsible for writing and developing dozens of books and games. Recent titles include 100 Pablo Picassos ; My Fridge ; Hello, Ocean Friends; My New York Puzzle; My San Francisco Puzzle; Match it! San Francisco ; and Match it! Paris . Mauricio has written for Lonely Planet, Chouette, PowerKids Press, and the magazines Gourmet and Saveur. He resides wherever he can find a good Wi-Fi connection and strong coffee, mostly in the eastern United States. Jesús Escudero has been working as a professional illustrator for more than a decade. His work can be enjoyed in many books, advertising, and periodicals, such as Le Vif (Belgium) or The Washington Post. Colour and strong characters are features of his illustrations. Jesús splits his time between his native Spain and Belgium. You can learn more about him at www.jesusescudero.com

Key Information • For parents who want to teach their children about different jobs and what they entail.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ABC Animals duopress labs An introduction to the alphabet through a set of ringed flashcards featuring colourful animals. Explore the world of ABCs with these charming animal flash cards. This lovely set of 26 flashcards is printed on sturdy board and connected with a plastic ring that can be removed to allow kids to sort the cards during free play. Their large size is perfect for the little fingers of curious babies and toddlers. Featuring an engaging collection of animals that start with the letters A through Z, this is the perfect way to learn about both animals and the alphabet, all through beautiful and colourful art.

Author Details duopress labs is the creative team, led by Mauricio Velรกzquez de Leรณn, responsible for writing and developing dozens of books and games. Recent titles include 100 Pablo Picassos; My Fridge; Hello, Ocean Friends; My New York Puzzle; My San Francisco Puzzle; Match it! San Francisco; and Match it! Paris. Mauricio has written for Lonely Planet, Chouette, PowerKids Press, and the magazines Gourmet and Saveur. He resides wherever he can find a good Wi-Fi connection and strong coffee, mostly in the eastern United States. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

All Cards

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781947458239

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

72 x 127 mm

Extent

26pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range Terms

4+ SOR

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Carmer & Grit: The Wingsnatchers Sarah Jean Horwitz A stunning debut about a magician’s apprentice and a one-winged faerie princess who must vanquish the mechanical monsters that stalk the industrial streets and threaten the faerie kingdom. Aspiring inventor and magician’s apprentice Felix Carmer III would rather be tinkering with his latest experiments than sawing girls in half on stage. But Antoine the Amazifier’s show is a tomato’s throw away from going under, so Carmer is determined to win the cash prize in the biggest magic competition in the city of Skemantis. When fate throws Carmer across the path of fiery, flightless faerie princess Grit (do not call her Grettifrida), they strike a deal. If Carmer will help Grit investigate a string of faerie disappearances, Grit will use her very real magic to give his mechanical illusions a much-needed boost against the competition. But Carmer and Grit soon discover they’re not the only duo trying to pair magic with machine — and the combination can turn deadly. In this story perfect for fans of the Lockwood & Co. and Wildwood series, Sarah Jean Horwitz takes readers on a thrilling journey through a magical wooded fairyland to streets where terrifying automata cats lurk in the shadows and a mad scientist’s newest mechanical invention might be more menace than miracle.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$15.99

ISBN

9781616208028

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

140 x 210 mm

Extent

368pp

Illustrations

Text

Age Range

10 and up

Terms

SOR

Sarah Jean Horwitz was raised in suburban New Jersey where her love of storytelling grew from listening to her mother’s original “fractured fairy tales.” Carmer and Grit: The Wingsnatchers is her first novel. You can visit her online at sarahjeanhorwitz.com and on Twitter: @sunshineJHwitz.

Key Information • A warmly received debut: • "A fun and frolicking middle grade adventure, packing it full of enough fantasy, humor and heart to make giddy even the most finicky reader."—BookPage; “Enchanting.” GirlsLife.com • “Incorporating science and danger, this magic-infused adventure carries broad appeal." Booklist • “Magical stagecraft, steampunk mechanisms, and glittering faerie dust intermesh in a debut middle-grade fantasy. This adventure overflows with imaginative conceits.” Kirkus Reviews • Set in the sooty, steampunk-y city of Skemantis and the lush magical Arboretum, this fast-paced, exciting story weaves together fairies, mad scientists, magicians, and terrifying mechanical creatures in utterly original ways. • Mechanical cats are snatching fairies right out of the air, and unseelie creatures lurk in the dark. The stakes are high and not everyone (we won’t tell you who) makes it out in one piece. • Readers will love inventive and ambitious magician’s apprentice Carmer as well as the (literally) fiery and free-spirited faerie princess Grit as they battle to save Skemantis, the Arboretum, and the Amazifier’s career.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Gods and Heroes Korwin Briggs An entertaining, illustrated, and accessible encyclopaedia of world mythology for kids, organised alphabetically: A for Aphrodite, R for Ra, T for Thor, U for Underworlds, Z for Zeus… Kids love epic stories — listening to them, sharing them, creating them. Now, introducing a book that celebrates the myths and legends that have been the cornerstone of civilisations since the beginning of time. Gods and Heroes is the perfect introduction to the rich tales from 23 cultures around the world. Organised alphabetically, it’s an A– Z compendium of fascinating stories, exciting adventures, and legendary lore from not only Greek and Roman traditions but also Norse sagas, Egyptian history, Shinto pantheons, and more.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Meet powerful gods, brave heroes, fanciful creatures: A for Aphrodite, the goddess of love who arose from sea foam. M for Monsters, like the Thunderbird, whose wings are so huge that their beating causes thunder. P for Pele, the fiery volcano goddess whose temper simmers in the craters of Hawaii. Much more accessible than D’Aulaire, Bullfinch, or even Percy Jackson, this mix of fantasy, adventure, and history is an entertaining and completely absorbing fiction-meets-reference book.

Price

AU$39.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781523503780

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Korwin Briggs is a writer and illustrator who grew up in a small town halfway between Philadelphia and Amish country. He went to an old Quaker boarding school where he shot lots of nerf guns and then to the Rhode Island School of Design where he drew lots of chickens. Since graduating, he’s been working as a professional freelance artist in a couple of different cities (currently New York).

Series

Key Information

Category

Child Picture

Format

Extent

304pp

• From classics like D'Aulaire's to contemporary examples like Percy Jackson books and films, mythology is a perennially popular topic for kids. • Gods and Heroes collects, in A-Z encyclopaedic format, figures, places, and stories from Greek and Roman mythology alongside Norse myths, Egyptian gods, and other stories from 23 cultures around the world. • A real departure from the classic D'Aulaire layout — with text-heavy stories and occasional full-page art (which is also shared by the latest Percy Jackson book of mythology), this book is written and illustrated in a lively and modern style by Korwin Briggs. It's arranged A-Z for quick reference, and packed with illustrations and a lot of humour.

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Dire King William Ritter The dramatic and shocking conclusion to the Jackaby series sends the Sherlockian detective of the supernatural and his indispensable assistant, Abigail Rook, into the heart of an apocalyptic war between magical worlds. The fate of the world is in the hands of detective of the supernatural R. F. Jackaby and his intrepid assistant, Abigail Rook. An evil king is turning ancient tensions into modern strife, using a blend of magic and technology to push the earth and the otherworld into a mortal competition. Jackaby and Abigail are caught in the middle as they continue to solve daily mysteries in New Fiddleham, New England – like who’s created the rend between the worlds, how to close it, and why the undead are appearing around town. At the same time, the romance between Abigail and the shape-shifting police detective Charlie Cane deepens, and Jackaby’s resistance to his feelings for the ghostly lady of 926 Augur Lane, Jenny Cavanaugh, begins to give way. But before the four can think about their own futures, they will have to defeat an evil that wants to destroy the future altogether. The epic conclusion to the New York Times bestselling Jackaby series features wry humour and a cast of unforgettable characters facing off against their most dangerous, bone-chilling foe ever. Publication

01 September 2018

Author Details

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99

William Ritter is an Oregon author and educator. He is the proud father of the two bravest boys in the Wild Wood, and husband to the indomitable Queen of the Deep Dark. The Dire King is the fourth and final book in his acclaimed New York Times bestselling Jackaby series. Visit William Ritter online at rwillritter.wordpress.com and find him on Twitter: @Willothewords.

ISBN

9781616208547

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

210 x 140 mm

Extent

352pp

Illustrations

Text

Age Range

13+

Terms

SOR

Key Information • The Dire King earned much praise, including a starred review from Kirkus which called it a "humorous, energetic, action-packed, and magical conclusion.” Ghostly Echoes garnered many warm reviews, with multiple booksellers calling it, “the best book in the series yet.” Beastly Bones received three starred reviews, was a YALSA 2016 Best Book for Young Adults title, and a Fall 2014 Top Ten Kids' Indie Next List pick. • Jackaby was named to Kirkus's 2014 Best Books for Young Adults list and was a YALSA 2015 Top Ten Best Fiction for Young Adults title. Both Jackaby and Beastly Bones were New York Times Bestsellers. • This final action-packed volume brings events in New Fiddleham to a thrilling climax as the Jackaby team faces off against the mythic and powerful Dire King, whose armies are devastating the small New England city. With the stakes higher than ever, readers won’t be able to put this book down. • Abigail and shape-shifter Charlie’s relationship takes center stage as the supernatural forces converging on New Fiddleham pull Charlie and his family deep into the heart of the war.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Stories Of The Saints Carey Wallace A children's book of stories of the lives of more than 70 Christian saints, based on traditional legend and historical fact, packed with adventure, and accompanied by beautiful illustrations. Saints are the superheroes of Christianity, possessed of extraordinary power and will, thrown against fate, rising to the occasion in the most dramatic and inspiring ways. Sometimes they prevail, sometimes they come to a tragic end — but always they change the world they live in for the better. In this freshly told and boldly illustrated new book of saints, here are the stories of the greatest saints, from Augustine to Mother Teresa (officially canonised as St. Teresa of Calcutta). Meet Joan of Arc, the teenager whose faith inspired her to lead an army when the king’s courage failed. Francis of Assisi, whose gentleness tamed a man-eating wolf. Christopher, whose medal is often worn by travellers. Valentine, a bishop in the time of ancient Rome, who spoke so often of Christ’s love that his saint’s day, February 14, has been associated with courtly love since the Middle Ages. St. Thomas Aquinas, the great teacher. Peter Claver, who cared for hundreds of thousands of people on slave ships after their voyage as captives. Bernadette, whose vision of Mary instructed her to dig the spring that became the healing waters of Lourdes. Each tale is more vivid than the last; also included in each entry are the saint’s dates, location, emblems, and patronage. Taken together, it creates a rich and entertaining history of the church.

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9780761193272

Glass House, and Choose . She lives and works in Brooklyn.

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Key Information

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

191 x 305 mm

• As exciting as any Greek myth, as inspiring as any story about knights of the round table, these stories of the Christian saints are filled with history, adventure, and inspiration. • Kids learn about the saints in their religious education and through holidays like St. Patrick's Day, but there's been little new, fresh material published. Stunningly illustrated by Nick Thornborrow, who works in the very modern worlds of video games and comic books.

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

8 and up

Terms

Author Details Carey Wallace was raised in a small town in Michigan. She is the author of The Blind Contessa's New Machine, The Ghost in the

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Transformers Robots In Disguise Where Crown City Comes To Life Caroline Rowlands

Watch Transformers come to life as never before! Not only will young fans find out who's who in the all-action world of Crown City, they can then bring their favourite Autobots and Decepticons to life with the power of Digital Magic – and interact with them on their smartphones and tablets.

Publication

01 September 2018

This is the only Augmented Reality character guidebook to the world of Hasbro's smash-hit animated series, Transformers Robots in Disguise. Bring Autobots and Decepticons to life in the palm of your hand. Interact and customise your favourite Transformers, then make them life-size and watch them grow to real size. You can also connect your device to a friend's, and go head-to-head in a battle to see who is the ultimate winner.

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$22.99 | NZ$24.99

Caroline Rowlands wrote Carlton's 2015 smash-hit Jurassic World.

ISBN

9781783122424

Key Information

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

228 x 262 mm

Extent

32pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• Digital Magic brings Transformers to life. • Contains NINE Augmented Reality experiences, including LIFE SIZE Optimus Prime, Bumblebee, Grimlock and more! • Customise your very own Transformer. • Go head-to-head with Underbite and an Autobot of your choice to find out who the ultimate winner will be.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Paperplay-Enchanted Fairy Forests Gemma Barder

Stretch your imagination to the limit with this amazing papercraft activity book that's bursting with enchanted fairies and magical creatures! Build beautiful paper fairy dolls, design your own fairy flower garden, construct a secret treasure box and much more. There are models to press out and build, art projects to frame and display, masks to accessorise and model, and gorgeous stationery to pull out, colour and send. The projects differ in complexity, with some taking minutes and some an entire afternoon. Reusable stickers are included to help decorate your creations, while the notebook binding makes it easy to tear out the paper for each activity.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Gemma Barder is a writer and editor with 15 years' experience producing children's books and magazines. She has worked with major licensors such as Mattel, BBC, Disney, Nickleodeon and with characters including everything from Angry Birds to Postman Pat via Frozen and The Next Step.

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781783123568

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

283 x 245 mm

Extent

80pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• Contains a range of different craft activities and prompts for active play in which the material of the book – the paper – is the star. • Each activity is branded with a descriptor that encourages children to share their creations with their friends and family, as follows: • Make It – including models to press out and build, pop-ups to construct, and origami step by steps. • Wear It – including facemasks and other accessories to cut out, personalise and model. • Send It – stationery to press or cut out and customise, such as cards, envelopes and party invitations. • Show It – art projects designed for display, such as collages, 3D paper sculptures and room decorations. • Play It – board games and other ideas for creative play with friends and family. • Notebook binding makes it easy to tear out the pages for each activity. • Some projects take minutes; some will fill an entire afternoon. • Includes a page of reusable stickers for decorating your creations.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Paperplay-To the Land of the Dinosaurs Melanie Hibbert

Stretch your imagination to the limit with this amazing papercraft activity book that will take you to the land of the dinosaurs! Build a T.Rex paper skeleton, make a Triceratops face mask, construct a pair of explorer binoculars and much more. There are models to press out and build, art projects to frame and display, masks to accessorise and model, and gorgeous stationery to pull out, colour and send. The projects differ in complexity, with some taking minutes and some an entire afternoon. Reusable stickers are included to help decorate your creations, while the notebook binding makes it easy to tear out the paper for each activity.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781783123575

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

283 x 245 mm

Extent

80pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author and editor Melanie Hibbert has a passion for creating children's books. She loves to explore and discover new things about the world to share with young readers. Her latest challenge is learning to play the saxophone! She grew up in Scotland, has worked in the US, Japan and London, and now lives in Bath with her family. Melanie's diverse titles include history, travel, craft and picture books.

Key Information • Contains a range of different craft activities and prompts for active play in which the material of the book – the paper – is the star. • Each activity is branded with a descriptor that encourages children to share their creations with their friends and family, as follows: • Make It – including models to press out and build, pop-ups to construct, and origami step by steps. • Wear It – including face masks and other accessories to cut out, personalise and model. • Send It – stationery to press or cut out and customise, such as cards, envelopes and party invitations. • Show It – art projects designed for display, such as collages, 3D paper sculptures and room decorations. • Play It – board games and other ideas for creative play with friends and family. • Notebook binding makes it easy to tear out the pages for each activity. • Some projects take minutes; some will fill an entire afternoon. • Includes a page of reusable stickers for decorating your creations.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Paperplay-To the Moon and Back Susie Brooks

Stretch your imagination to the limit with this amazing papercraft activity book that will take you to the Moon and back! Build an origami space watch, design your Moon flag, construct an alien space buddy and much more. There are models to press out and build, art projects to frame and display, masks to accessorise and model, and gorgeous stationery to pull out, colour and send. The projects differ in complexity, with some taking minutes and some an entire afternoon. Reusable stickers are included to help decorate your creations, while the notebook binding makes it easy to tear out the paper for each activity.

Author Details Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781783123551

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

283 x 245 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Susie Brooks has been a big kid for nearly 20 years, writing and editing a wide range of books for children. Her work includes award-winning art & craft books, diverse non-fiction titles, stories, novelty books, puzzles and playful rhymes. She lives and works under a pile of scribbled-on paper in Edinburgh.

Key Information • Contains a range of different craft activities and prompts for active play in which the material of the book – the paper – is the star. • Each activity is branded with a descriptor that encourages children to share their creations with their friends and family, as follows: • Make It – including models to press out and build, pop-ups to construct, and origami step by steps. • Wear It – including facemasks and other accessories to cut out, personalise and model. • Send It – stationery to press or cut out and customise, such as cards, envelopes and party invitations. • Show It – art projects designed for display, such as collages, 3D paper sculptures and room decorations. • Play It – board games and other ideas for creative play with friends and family. • Notebook binding makes it easy to tear out the pages for each activity. • Some projects take minutes; some will fill an entire afternoon. • Includes a page of reusable stickers for decorating your creations.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Football Number Crunch Figures, Facts And Soccer Stats The World Of Football In Numbers Kevin Pettman

Longest unbeaten runs, goal-scoring streaks, record attendances, head-to-head player match-ups...every page of Football Number Crunch is a treasure trove of figures, facts and world football stats, from the biggest leagues to the most exciting tournaments on the planet. Football Number Crunch! is a snappily written, fact-packed overview of world football, bursting with colourful, punchy data graphics and action photographs – it's guaranteed to contain all the essential info that football fans aged 8 and up need to know. Each piece of data is based on a number, creating an entire book of easy-to- digest information that will hook the most reluctant of readers.

Author Details

Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783122844

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

251 x 191 mm

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Kevin Pettman is a sports writer and editor of children's magazines and annuals, including Match of the Day and Match. He is also a regular contributor to Top Gear 's annuals and children's titles.

Key Information • Longest unbeaten runs, goal-scoring streaks, record attendances, head-to-head player match-ups, and much more – every page of this book is a treasure trove of football data. • Each snappily written infographic is number based. • Truly international coverage, featuring all the key football facts and stats you need to know from leagues and cup tournaments around the world. • A perfect book for reluctant readers – amazing facts and records about a high-interest topic, presented as dynamic infographics • Quick, easy-to-read information. • Colourful layouts also include all-action photography.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Picture Me Buster Books An aspirational, fill-in journal for children to record their dreams and goals, inspired by bullet journaling. Lots of people find information easier to understand and more fun in pictures and infographics, from emoticons in a text message to lesson timetables and fundraising charts. This book shows children how to set themselves goals, get organised and keep track. Whether it is a virtual bookshelf of books to read or a year wheel to remember important birthdays, they can find out how to make the most of pictures and images. Children can compile healthy snack ideas, make note of inspirational people, build up a grid picture of moods over a whole year, and much more.

Publication

01 September 2018

The beautiful infographic illustrations make this a fun and visual journal that makes tracking life fun and helps keep children focused.

Binding

Paperback

Author Details

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781780555331

Cindy Wilde makes simple, joyful, quirky designs using bold graphic shapes and blocks of flat colour combined with areas of intricate pattern. All the elements within her work are made by hand using acrylic paint, indian ink and simple print techniques. They are then cut and reassembled to create the final piece.

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Key Information

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

246 x 189 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Text and drawings

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• This book shows children how to set themselves goals, get organised and keep track. • Whether it is a virtual bookshelf of books to read or a year wheel to remember important birthdays, they can find out how to make the most of pictures and images. • Beautiful infographic illustrations make this a fun and visual journal that makes tracking life fun and helps keep children focused. • Inspired by bullet journaling. • Help children connect with mindfulness and wellbeing.

Happy chart On the left hand side of the chart, write down things you do in your free time. Then colour in the square for how good it makes you feel. If you ever need a burst of good feelings, you can look at the chart and do the things that help the most.

Always

Mostly

Sometimes Not really

Never

Pay it Forward 48

When someone does something to brighten your day, write it in a sun ray. Then pay it forward by doing the same for someone else. Colour in the sun ray once youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ve done it. You could fill it in with patterns.

Picture perfect Draw and doodle all the things that make you happy on this page.

Planned to perfection

Work deadlines Fill in your work deadlines below, then colour in the book pages when you have completed the task.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Ivy and Bean One Big Happy Family (Book 11) Annie Barrows Book 11 in the critically acclaimed, commercially successful, and New York Times bestselling Ivy + Bean series! Annie Barrows' bestselling chapter book series, Ivy & Bean , is a classroom favourite and has been keeping kids laughing - and reading-for more than a decade! With more than 5 million copies in print, Ivy & Bean return with a brand-new book for a new generation! Ivy & Bean are back...and they are funnier than ever! Ivy's worried. She's read a lot of books about only children, so she knows that they are sometimes spoiled rotten. They don't share their toys. They never do any work. They scream and cry when they don't get their way. Spoiler alert! Ivy doesn't have any brothers or sisters. That's why she's worried. How can she keep from getting spoiled? She could give away all her clothes, but she'd probably get in trouble. She could give away all her toys, but she likes her toys. There's really only one solution she needs a baby sister, on the double! Luckily, Ivy and Bean know just where to get one. Publication

01 September 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452164007

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

184 x 140 mm

Extent

124pp

Illustrations

Full-color jacket, 1-color interior

Age Range

6 and up

Terms

Author Details Annie Barrows is the bestselling author of books for both children and adults, including the YA novel Nothing , and the bestselling novel The Guernsey Literary and Potato Peel Pie Society. She lives in Northern California with her husband and two daughters. Sophie Blackall has illustrated more than twenty books, which have won awards such as the Caldecott Medal, Ezra Jack Keats Award, and the Founders Award from the Society of Illustrators. She lives in Brooklyn, New York.

Key Information • Nearly 5 million copies sold across the series so far! • Established series that continues to gain momentum with retailers, educators, AND kids. • Great for both boys and girls ages 6+. • Depiction of girls and their antics is spot-on in both words and pictures. • You can never have too many funny books for this age group. • A terrific friendship story with very real, strong girl characters.